Vol. XXVII
January, 1951
No.l
THE
Pan -Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
GOLDSCHMIDT — New heteromorphoses in Drosophila
melanogaster Meig. 1
REES and NIELSEN — Four new mosquito records from Utah 11
REDDY — Determination of sex in adult rice and
granary weevils 13
BARBER — Hispella a synonym of Hispa Linnaeus,
and a new Dactylispa from China 17
BAILEY — A homonyn in the genus Thrips Linne 19
TILDEN — Observations on Rhopalomyia californica Felt 20
HURD — Lepidopterists’ Society 22
EDMUNDS — A checklist of the ticks of Utah 23
VAN DYKE — New species of Coleoptera from North America 27
THOMAS — Derobrachus geminatus on grape roots 35
EDWARDS — Official Seal contest 36
EDITORIAL NOTES 36
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY—
Proceedings 37
San Francisco, California
1951
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley
E. S. Ross
P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech
Co-Editors
R. L. USINGER
E. C. Van Dyke
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A, E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly In January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, Including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Hurd. Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 76 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
Announcing . .
^'THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura
of the world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and
Development, Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeog-
raphy. Complete systematic treatment is given including keys, syn-
nonymy and descriptions. The illustrations are in the well-known
style that has earned the author his reputation as “one of the very
foremost of entomological artists.” The 125 full pages of figures
include morphological details, and full illustrations of the type
species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
To be published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series”
by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its
Semicentennial Anniversary, September, 1951.
Prepublication Price ^5.00
Regular Price ^6.00
Send orders to : Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post
office at San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXVII January, 1951 No. 1
NEW HETEROMORPHOSES IN DROSOPHILA
MELANOGASTER MEIG.
Richard B. Goldschmidt
University of California, Berkeley
Introduction
The classic example of heteromorphosis is the regeneration of
antennulae after removal of an eyestalk in a number of Crustacea
(Herbst 1895 seq.). Heteromorphosis thus is defined as replace-
ment of an organ by another one of different morphology. In a
general way such structures, whether they are produced by experi-
mentation or occur spontaneously, whether they are hereditary (if
known) or not, may be subdivided into the following major groups:
1. Morphoses which are more or less teratological variants of
the organ in question, the latter still being recognizable in its gen-
eral structure. Many mutants of Drosophila belong to this group
e.g., aristaless (antennae), dachs (legs), and numerous teratologi-
cal cases in many insects. [See for the latter the monograph by
Cappe de Baillon (1927) and Bateson’s classic work (1894) ; for
Drosophila mutants, Bridges and Brehme (1944) ].
2. Morphoses which constitute a complete departure from the
organ they replace although the origin by transformation of this
organ, or parts of it, is still visible. An extreme example of this is
the hereditary replacement of the forelegs of Drosophila by a
labium-like structure as described by Goldschmidt (1949), Gold-
schmidt, Hannah and Piternick (in press).
3. The so-called homoeotic changes in which a serial, seg-
mental organ is replaced by another member of the series. Dorsal
and ventral serial members are interchangeable. Many such forms
are known from teratological literature. In the work on regenera-
tion of a generation ago many cases of homoeotic regeneration
have been described. In addition to the work of Herbst the most
important contributions are those by Cuenot (1921), Przibram
(1910-19), Brecher (1924) on regeneration of legs instead of
antennae in different insects. But the best analyzed cases are the
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1
homoeotic mutants of Drosophila, where the condition is heredi-
tary, sometimes as a simple recessive or a simple dominant or
based upon more than one locus. Because this important group of
facts is not sufficiently known to morphologists, embryologists, and
entomologists, the known cases may be recounted: a. Tetraptera
(Tshetverikov, 1929), transformation of halteres into wings with
a series of all intermediate morphological stages being available,
b. Tetraltera (Goldschmidt, 1940) ; transformation of the wings
into haltere-like structures, again with all intermediate stages exist-
ing. c. Podoptera (Goldschmidt, 1945; Goldschmidt, Hannah and
Piternick, in press; Rapoport, 1942) ; transformation of the wings
into incomplete legs, again with all transitions. A number of geneti-
cally different types are known, d. Aristapedia (Balkaschina,
1929) ; transformation of the arista into a tarsus, with many transi-
tions. Many slightly different alleles known, e. Proboscipedia
(Bridges and Dobzhansky, 1933) ; transformation of part of the
proboscis into tarsi (or arista) with many transitions, f. Hexaptera
(Herskovitz, 1949) ; presence of structures on the pronotum which
may resemble perfect wings, halteres or legs or some transitional
stage between them. g. Transformation of part of the eye into a
palp-like structure (a number of different mutants, e.g.. Glass
(1949) , Goldschmidt (1940) , Valadares (1937) ) . h. The last addi-
tion (Piternick, not yet published), where the entire antenna is
replaced by a complete leg.
Although in the cases just enumerated the heteromorphosis is
hereditary, it is not always so. Some of the types can also be pro-
duced as non-hereditary “phenocopies” by environmental action
(see Goldschmidt, 1938; Rapoport, 1947; Gloor, 1947). We know
now (Goldschmidt, 1929, 1935 a.o.) that the phenotype of practi-
cally every morphological mutant known can also be produced
experimentally as a non-hereditary phenocopy and one may safely
predict that, vice versa, all non-hereditary variations, heteromor-
phoses or otherwise, which appear in experimentation or as freaks,
may also occur as hereditary mutants. Mutant and phenocopy both
indicate the possible range of variation in development still produc-
ing an organized whole, whether caused by environmental action
or by a genetic change. They are identical in regard to morpho-
genesis, and thus both reveal the potentialities of the organism
for morphological change. The primary importance of heteromor-
phoses, homoeotic mutants and phenocopies for an understanding
of the genetic control of morphogenesis, and of variation, as well
JANUARY, 1951] GOLDSCHMIDT HETEROMORPHOSES
3
as for evolution is obvious. Therefore a presentation of new facts
means much more than an addition to a catalogue of teratological
phenomena. Bateson (1894) had actually realized this in pre-
Mendelian days, long before mutation, homoeotic mutation and
phenocopy were known.
Miniature Leg in Genital Region
The first new example was found in a single male which was
derived from a cross producing male intersexuality, the so-called
Beaded-Minute-Intersexes. In one of these types the external geni-
talia of the male are completely absent (although portions thereof
may be found internally; details in Goldschmidt, 1949) and there-
fore the ventral surface of the abdomen, frequently considerably
enlarged, is very conspicuous. In the male in question a single tiny
leg grew out of the combined 6th and 7th abdominal sternites. The
leg was rather transparent and very small. It extended only over
about half of the right side of the sternite to which it was attached.
It did have a complete femur, tibia and tarsus, but hardly any hairs.
It was oriented in the proper position of a right leg; a trochanter
and coxa could not be seen. A simple sketch was made from the
living specimen and it was demonstrated to my collaborator. Dr.
L. K. Piternick. Then the specimen was preserved for detailed study
after clearing. But in the vial the tiny leg disappeared, probably
pulled off its socket by the motion of the liquid. Thus a more de-
tailed description and drawing cannot be given.
A Combined Wing Heteromorphosis
The second heteromorphosis is rather remarkable and especially
interesting to the morphologist, embryologist and entomologist. It
appeared also in a male from which no offspring was obtained so
that it cannot be stated whether a mutant or a modification was
present, which, as pointed out above, is not an essential point. The
left wing was completely normal, while the right wing showed the
heteromorphosis. It was very different from any of the variants
found in podoptera and it is clear that it must have been developed
in a completely different way. Actually it contained elements of
wing, antenna and leg.
Figure 1 shows the structure from the right side. The dorsal
contour line of the thorax is shown with only one of the bristles
(dorsocentral) included for size reference. The contour of the
scutellum is visible below. The basis of the left wing with that por-
tion of the cubital cell not hidden behind the thorax, is outlined.
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
The heteromorphic wing is attached in the correct place but its
attachment is by means of a tiny knob of. dark chitin only. The
entire structure is not more than about twice as long as the normal
cubital cell and about the size of an antenna. Its supporting axial
structure consists of a short attachment, two knobs and a long rod,
not separated by joints, and made of hard dark chitin covered
densely with spines. On the rod these spines are arranged in a row,
similar to the arrangement of the spines at the anterior edge of the
wing. But these spines are many times smaller than those of the
normal wing. Where the second knob connects with the rod a small
Fig. 1. A combined wing heteromorphosis in Drosophila melano-
gaster.
side-branch is visible which ends in a long stiff bristle. It stretches
almost parallel to the rod, extending to one-half of its length. To
the rod and second knob a rhomboid plate is attached covered with
hairs (not all of them drawn) which are arranged like the hairs on
the surface of the wing. The free edge is lined with long slender
hairs, similar to the hairs upon the alula. In the position of the
drawing this blade is pointing toward the body and the axis of the
organ is in a lateral location. I assume that this topography has
been distorted somewhat, inasmuch as the axis should be the ante-
rior edge of the structure, with the blade behind it. At the end of
the rod a part which looks very much like a foxtail is attached at
JANUARY, 1951] GOLDSCHMIDT HETEROMORPHOSES
5
an angle. I suspect that this actually represents the continuation
and end of the hlade and was torn off partly during the eclosion
from the pupal case. The spine-like process at the basis of the “fox-
tail” fits exactly into the posterior end of the blade and has also the
same structure, when viewed at higher magnification. The original
topography would thus be obtained if the whole “tail” were moved
out of the plane of the drawing, turning it 180° upwards around
the point of attachment.
At the posterio-lateral edge of the thorax behind this wing, a
differentiation is found in form of a hairy double knob, as drawn.
The probable meaning will be discussed below.
Analysis
We ask now whether it is possible to relate the heteromorphic
structure to known elements of the wing or another appendage.
Actually it can be shown that wing, antenna, and leg elements are
all present in the structure. In order to realize this we must re-
member some of the facts found in the podoptera wing (see Gold-
schmidt, 1945).
Here the transformation of the wing into a leg with all transi-
tions between the two shows that the wing consists of four parts
which behave more or less independently: 1. The costal vein and
cell, which transform directly into the leg-like strueture. 2. The
anterior half of the wing blade, and 3. the posterior part of the
blade which are both reduced in different ways down to typical
chitinous knobs. 4. The alula (squama) which undergoes com-
parable changes independently. The heteromorphic wing discussed
here is clearly not a variant of the podoptera wing which is always
characterized by the typical transformation stages of the costal vein
and cell, as illustrated in Goldschmidt, 1945.
In the present case a new type of transformation has taken place
which involves only the two anterior sections of the wing. The costal
vein and cell have been transformed into the two spiny knobs and
their attachment, together representing a variant of the basis of
an antenna with its three segments (see below) . In the normal
costal cell the vein ends with an incision of the wing margin — ^the
point at which in podoptera the leg separates from the wing — and
here two larger spines or spurs are located. This end of the costal
vein is here transformed into the short process, which carries the
long spine. Undoubtedly the long spine corresponds to one branch
of an arista, while the process represents the attachment of the
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
arista to the basal segments. Beyond this point in a normal wing
the wing edge is occupied by the marginal vein. It carries spines
which are different in size, shape and arrangement from those of
the costal vein along the costal cell. Actually this marginal vein
is not a continuation of the costal vein but of the first longitudinal
vein. (Details in Goldschmidt, 1945.) In the heteromorphic wing,
part of this marginal vein is clearly represented by what was de-
scribed above as the rod to which the wing blade is attached. The
anterior section of the wing blade is thus represented by this rod-
marginal vein and a rudimentary wing blade which has formed
long hairs at its free margin and the “foxtail” at its tip. We shall
see at once that the foxtail represents a transition from wing to
tarsus, via arista. A completely new and in itself well organized
organ, resembling more an antenna than a wing, has been formed.
Actually this comparison is more than only a formal one, as
indicated above. If we remove the wing blade from this organ, a
structure is obtained which resembles to a certain degree some con-
ditions found in the mutant aristapedia (in which the basis of the
antenna looks like the knobs in the present case, and the arista,
instead of being transformed into a tarsus resembles somewhat our
foxtail) .
Figure 2, kindly contributed by Dr. Aloha Hannah, illustrates
a new type of aristapedia mutant, found by her. In (a) an antenna
is pictured with the three basal segments (scapus, pedicellus and
funiculus) and the arista which is not so different from normal,
(b) and (c) are more abnormal antennae of this mutant, none of
them showing the perfect tarsus which is characteristic of typical
aristapedia. In a general way the type resembles or is comparable
to the heteromorphic wing structure without the blade. I may add
that I have frequently seen abnormal Drosophila legs (in the mutant
podoptera) in which the unsegmented tarsus was represented by a
structure closely resembling the “foxtail.”
There is one more remarkable point. Bridges (Bridges and Mor-
gan, 1923) once found a mutant (since lost) called Pointed wing,
in which the antennae were changed in the direction of a wing.
The description given shows this mutant to be very similar to the
present heteromorphosis. Thus, taking all these facts into consid-
eration, I have no doubt that the heteromorphosis described here
has the combined features of the two anterior sections of a wing,
with simultaneous partial transformation into an antenna, and also
JANUARY, 1951] GOLDSCHMIDT HETEROMORPHOSES
7
partial transformation into a tarsus. Thus it represents the most
complicated heteromorphosis known in Drosophila, containing
simultaneously elements of the change of a wing into an antenna,
an antenna into a wing, an antenna into a tarsus, a wing into a
tarsus. It illustrates the unbelievably complicated potentialities of
a segmental disc and its ability to form in a single step what is to
all purposes a completely new organ, perfect in itself, and as such
no monstrosity at all.
Fig. 2. A new type of aristapedia mutant in Drosophila melanog aster.
There is one more point which is of special interest to the en-
tomologist. In an earlier paper (1945) I discussed the fact that the
transformations of the podoptera wing show, in partial confirma-
tion of Berlese’s views, that the wing consists of four integrated
parts, which may become separated. I discussed his views, also the
fact that the four sections which are revealed in the podoptera
mutant do not agree completely with Berlese’s definition (see table
6, p. 92 in Goldschmidt, 1945). Berlese assumed the first section
to be precostal and represented by a tegulum, where it exists; his
second section comprised most of the wing blade. My first section
was the costal cell and the second the anterior half of the wing blade.
Since then a number of podoptera flies have been found which have
a precostal appendage of the mesothorax. Description and illustra-
tions will be found in a forthcoming paper by Goldschmidt, Hannah
and Piternick. Thus my former evaluation of Berlese’s scheme
should be revised so as to have Berlese’s precostal element as the
first and to add the costal section, which forms the leg in podoptera,
8
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1
as the second section. Third and fourth would then be the two sec-
tions of the wing blade, as described in the former paper, and the
fifth is the alula or squama.
Returning once more to the heteromorphosis of Figure 1, we
find it to contain only section two and part of section three of the
wing; sections four and five are not represented. In podoptera the
sections which have become rudimentary are frequently represented
by chitinous knobs of varying structure as described in the earlier
paper. This fact now permits an interpretation of the structure
located behind the heteromorphic wing and drawn in Figure 1. It
is clearly the rudiment of the posterior two sections of the wing
(anal part and alula), smaller and more reduced than the knobs
found in podoptera flies.
Discussion
It would be interesting to discuss the morphogenetic and evolu-
tionary significance of all the foregoing facts. Discussions of some
of the problems involved are found in Goldschmidt (1945) and in
Goldschmidt, Hannah and Piternick (in press). An exhaustive dis-
cussion would require presentation and analysis of all the facts of
heteromorphosis and of the experimental work done in the field,
and would also have to include the problem of homology. There-
fore it will be reserved for a future occasion. But it may be of help
to others interested in the subject and not at home in genetical lit-
erature if we recount in a comparative way the heteromorphic
replacements known thus far, and the complete or partial trans-
formations of segmental appendages known in Drosophila.
1. The arista of the antenna may be replaced by a complete
tarsus or by all transitions between arista and tarsus (aristapedia
mutant and alleles ) .
2. The entire antenna may be replaced by a complete leg in
which it seems that the scapus of the antenna forms the trochanter,
the pedicellus the femur, the funiculus the tibia, and the arista the
tarsus. (Details not yet worked out.)
3. The antenna may transform into an anterior wing margin
to which a little wing blade, supposedly the anterior section, is
attached (mutant Pointed wing).
4. The wing may, as a whole, be transformed into a haltere
through all transitional stages (mutant tetraltera) .
5. This haltere may be transformed into a leg without a tarsus
(the same) .
JANUARY, 1951] GOLDSCHMIDT HETEROMORPHOSES
9
6. The haltere may be transformed through all transitions into
a wing (mutant tetraptera) .
7. Segments normally without appendages may grow legs
(present first case) or legs, wings, halteres and combinations
(mutant hexaptera) .
8. The costal cell of the wing may be transformed into a leg
without tarsus (mutant podoptera) .
9. The precostal wing elements (tegula) may appear, where
not normally present, in the form of palp-like structures (mutant
podoptera) .
10. The three postcostal parts of the wing may be independ-
ently reduced to palpi or knobs (mutant podoptera) .
11. The costa of the wing may be transformed into the basic
antenna segments (present case) .
12. The marginal part of the wing edge may form a structure
corresponding to an arista and also to a tarsus (present case) .
13. Oral lobes of the proboscis may be changed into an arista
or a tarsus (mutant proboscipedia) .
Important experimental-embryological work has been done
with the mutant aristapedia by Braun (1940), Villee (1943-45),
Waddington (1939) , and Vogt (1946). Its bearing on some of the
problems of homoeosis is being discussed in the forthcoming paper
by Goldschmidt, Hannah and Piternick.
Bibliography
Balkaschina, E. I.
1929. Ein Fall der Erbhomoeosis (die Geno-variation arista-
pedia) bei Drosophila melanogaster. Roux Arch. 115:448-463.
Bateson, W.
1894. Materials for the study of variation. London, Macmillan.
XV, 598 pp.
Braun, W.
1940. Experimental evidence on the production of the mutant
aristapedia by a change of developmental velocities. Genetics
24:143-149.
Brecher, L.
1924. Die Bedingungen fiir Fiihlerfusse bei Dixippus. Arch.
Entwcklgmech. 102:549-572.
Bridges, C.F. and K. Brehme
1944. The mutants of Drosophila melanogaster Carnegie Inst.
Publ. 552, 252 pp.
Bridges, C.F. and Th. Dobzhansky
1933. The mutant proboscipedia in Drosophila melanogaster, a
case of hereditary homoosis. Arch. Entwcklgmech. 127:575-590.
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Bridges, C. F. and Th. H. Morgan
1923. The third chromosome group of mutant characters of Dro-
sophila melanogaster. Carnegie Inst. Publ. 327 : 1-250.
Cappe de Baillon, P.
1927. Recherches sur la teratologie des insectes. Encycl. ento-
mol. S. a. No. 8, 291 pp.
CUENOT, G.
1921. Regeneration des pattes a la place d’antennes sectionees
chez un Phasme. C. R. Ac. Sc. Paris 172.
Glass, B.
1949. The distribution of erupt + suppressor-erupt in Dro-
sophila melanogaster and D. simulans. Proc. Intern. Congr. Genet.
Hereditas Suppl. 582-583.
Gloor, H.
1947. Phaenokopieversuche mit Aether an Drosophila. Rev.
Suisse Zool. 54:637-712.
Goldschmidt, R. B.
1929. Experimentelle Mutation und das Problem der sogenann-
ten Parallelinduction. Biol. Centralbl. 49:437-448.
1935. Gen und Ausseneigenschaft I. II. Ztschr. ind. Abstl,
69:38-69, 70-131.
1938. Physiological Genetics. McGraw-Hill, 338 pp.
1940. The Material Basis of Evolution. Yale Univ. Press. 436 pp.
1945. The structure of podoptera, a homoeotic mutant of Droso-
phila melanogaster. J. Morph. 77:71-103.
1949. The Beaded Minute-intersexesi in Drosophila melanogas-
ter Meig. J. Exp. Zool. 112:233-302.
Goldschmidt, R. B., A. Hannah and L. K. Piternick.
(In press.) The podoptera effect in Drosophila melanogaster.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool.
Herbst, C.
1895-1916. Regeneration von antennenahnlichen Organen an
Stelle von Augen. I- VII Arch. Entwcklgmech. 2, 9, 13, 30, 42.
Herskovitz, I.
1949. Hexaptera, a homoeotic mutant in Drosophila melanogas-
ter. Genetics 34:10-25.
Przibram, H.
1910-19. Homoeosis bei Arthropoden I-VIII Arch. Entwcklg-
mech. 29, 43, 45.
Rapoport, T. a.
1942. Genetic analysis of dependent differentiation in the em-
bryogeny of Diptera. Bull. Ac. Sc. U.S.S.R. 4:254-284.
1947. On the synthesis of gene products in equimolecular quan-
tities. Amer. Nat. 81 : 30-37.
Tshetverikov, S. S.
Published in Astauroff, B. L. (1929) : Studien fiber die erbliche
Veranderung der Halteren bei Drosophila melanogaster Meig.
Roux Arch. 115 :424-447.
JANUARY,, 1951 ] REES & NIELSEN — MOSQUITOES
11
Valadares, M.
1937. Declanchement d’une haute mutabilite dans une lignee
de Drosophila. Revista Agrar. 25:363-383.
ViLLEE, Cl. A.
1943-45. Phenogenetic studies of the homoeotic mutants of
Drosophila melanogaster I. J. exp. Zool. 75-98, II 96:85-102, III.
Am. Natur. 79:246-258.
Vogt, M.
1946. Zur labilen Determination der Imaginalscheiben von
Drosophila. II. Die Umwandlung presumptiven Fiihlergewebes
in Beingewebe, Biol. Zbl. 65:238-254.
Waddington, C. H.
1939. Genes as evocators. Growth Suppl. V. 1:37-44.
FOUR NEW MOSQUITO RECORDS FROM UTAH
(Diptera: Culicidae)
Don M. Rees and Lewis T. Nielsen
University of Utah, Salt Lake City
In October, 1934, April, 1942 and January, 1944, the available
mosquito records for Utah were published by the senior author in
this Journal. The following constitutes four new species records
for Utah which extend to thirty-six the species reported as occurring
in the state.
The writers are indebted to the University of Utah Research
Committee for granting funds to aid in conducting further investi-
gations of the mosquito fauna of the mountains of Utah. The two
new Aedes records reported herein were obtained as a result of
this study.
Unless otherwise indicated the collections were made by the
writers.
Aedes impiger (Walker)
This species is fairly common in northern Utah at elevations
ranging from 6,000 to 9,000 feet. It has been taken only in areas
along mountain streams and chiefly in or near willow growths. It
is a one-brooded species, the larvae appearing in April, May and
early June depending upon the elevation. It is an annoying pest in
some localities, but persists for only a short time. No females have
been collected in Utah after the first of July.
12
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Salt Lake County: Giles Flats, Big Cottonwood Canyon, May 7,
1949; Brighton, June 13, 1948. Summit County: Lemon's Grove,
Provo River, May 1, 1948; Park City, April 24, 1949; Smith and
Morehouse Reservoir, May 28, 1949; Soapstone Ranger Station,
Provo River, April 23, 1947. Wasatch County: Jordenelle, Provo
River, April 16, 1949; Stewart’s Ranch, Provo River, May 1, 1948.
Aedes nearcticus Dyar
This mosquito has been collected in only one locality in Utah.
Larvae and adults were found in an alpine meadow at an elevation
of 10,100 feet in the Uintah Mountains. This is a true arctic species
and although rare in Utah, is probably found throughout the Uintah
Mountain Range wherever suitable alpine conditions occur. Because
of its restricted distribution it is not of pest importance in Utah.
Summit County: Wall Lake, Uintah Mountains, July 5, 1947
(E. J. Roscoe), July 12, 1947.
CuLEX APiCALis Adams
This species is represented by a single larval specimen taken at
Kamas, Utah, at an elevation of 6,400 feet. It is probably more
widely distributed in Utah than this single record would indicate.
Summit County: Kamas, July 4, 1948 (F. C. Harmston).
CULEX QUINQUEFASCIATUS Say
Males of this species were found by the writers amongst un-
identified material in the University of Utah collection. Only two
localities are recorded but as they represent both northern and
southern areas of the state it is likely that the species is distributed
throughout Utah in the lower valleys at elevations below 5,000 feet.
Salt Lake County: September 24, 1940, September 10, 1943.
Washington County: St. George, October, 1938.
Literature Cited
Rees, Don M.
1934. Mosquito records from Utah. Pan-Pac. Ent., 10:161-165.
1942. Supplementary list of mosquito records from Utah. Pan-
Pac. Ent., 18:77-82.
1943. The mosquitoes of Utah. Bull. Univ. of Utah. Vol. 33,
No. 7.
1944. A new mosquito record from Utah. Pan-Pac. Ent., 20 : 19.
JANUARY, 1951]
REDDY WEEVILS
13
DETERMINATION OF SEX IN ADULT RICE AND
GRANARY WEEVILS
( Coleoptera : Curculionidae )
D. Bap Reddy
University of California, Berkeley
The rice weevil, Sitophilus oryzae (L.) and the granary weevil,
S. granarius (L.) are the most important destructive members of
the genus Sitophilus. These insects are very small and resemble
each other in general form and biology, but can be easily dis-
tinguished from one another. In contrast to the granary weevil, the
rice weevil is smaller, has four rufous spots on the elytra, possesses
functional wings and the punctuations on the body are circular
instead of oblong.
Although the species can be easily distinguished, the separation
of the sexes based upon external morphological characters offers a
more difficult problem. Therefore, an investigation was conducted
to determine what characters might be useful in separating the
sexes. Male and female weevils of both species, about two months
old, were secured from a mass culture maintained at room condi-
tions. Adults were etherized before they were measured. The body
length (prothorax and abdomen) and the width of the rostrum
(middle part) were measured in dorsal aspect. The length of the
rostrum, including the base of the eyes to the tip of the mandibles,
was measured in lateral aspect. It should be mentioned here that
it is very important to make measurements in the same aspect for
each part in each individual. In making measurements a binocular
microscope equipped with an eye piece micrometer was used. More
than 50 individuals of each sex of each species were measured. The
characters on the rostrum can be easily seen when the weevil is held
dorsally on the forefinger with the thumb covering the abdomen
and thorax and then placing it under a binocular of high magni-
fication in the presence of bright light.
It was found that the body length was of no value in determin-
ing the sexes. It was also observed that the age and size of the
weevils influenced the size of the rostrum, but this influence became
very insignificant as adults reached maturity. The useful characters
in separating the sexes, however, were found to be present in the
rostrum and the tip of the abdomen.
14
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
The male rostrum is comparatively shorter and wider as com-
pared to the narrower, longer and more cylindrical rostrum of the
female. In this regard Birch (1944) observed that the rostrum of
the male rice weevil was shorter and thicker. Also, in the male the
dorsal surface of the rostrum is closely and strongly punctured
whereas in the female the punctures are superficial and sparse and
rarely occur on the distal end. Richards (1947) separated the male
rice weevil from the female on the basis of punctures on the ros-
trum. These distinguishing differences between the sexes are shown
in figure 1. It should be pointed out here that the difference in the
density of punctures on the rostrum of male and female granary
weevils is not so well marked as is in case of rice weevils. With some
practice, however, the female granary weevil can be easily distin-
guished from the male by the presence of a more slender and
cylindrical rostrum.
TABLE 1
Measurements of rostri of male and female rice and granary
weevils.
" I
Sp«ciea : S«x
1
t
t
Langth of tha
roatrura in n.
Width of tha rostrua
in in.
Ratio of width
of tha roatrun
to the length
of the roatrum
Ratio of
lengths of mala
roatrum to
Ratio of aidtha
of male
roatrun to
Ranga
Ayarage
Haoga
Ayarega
: Ualo
0 . 785 - 11.075
0.893
0 . 161 - 0.200
0.179
1.0
! 5.0
Rica necrll
1.0 : 1.2
1.2 ; 1.0
: Femalo
O . B 56 i - 1.200
1.036
0 . 133 - 0.163
0 . U 7
1.0
: 6.9
; UAle
0 . 875 - 1.250
1.063
0 . 175 - 0.225
0.207
1.0
t 5.1
Qr&nATT
1.0 : l .^»
1.6 ; 1.0
weeTll
: FaaalQ
0 . 963 - 1.330
1.176
0 . 150 - 0.187
0.169
1.0
: 6.9
A clear picture of the relation between sizes of rostri of male and
female weevils can be obtained from table 1, In both species the
male rostrum is shorter and wider than that of the female. It is also
seen from the table that in the male and the female the ratio between
the width and the length of the rostrum is approximately the same
in each species. The ratio between lengths or widths of male and
female rostri, however, is not equal and varies slightly in each
species. In the female the range of variation in the width of the
rostrum is less than is that in the male although the variation in
the length of the rostri is equally great in both sexes.
In addition to the above characters the male rostrum is much
less curved than is that of the female. This is most apparent when
individuals are viewed from the side. Also when seen from the
JANUARY, 1951]
REDDY — -WEEVILS
15
Fig. 1. Rostri of male and female weevils. A, the rice weevil Sito
philVrS oryzae (L.) ; B, the granary weevil, S. grcmarms (L.).
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
dorsal aspect the male rostrum is slightly narrower in the center
and wider at the ends than is that of the female. The female rostrum,
particularly the anterior part, when viewed under a strong light
appears brighter. This is especially true in the case of the rice weevil
where the rostrum is lightly punctured, the distal end being almost
devoid of punctures.
Although not as suitable as the characters given for the rostrum,
the shape of the last abdominal sternite can be used to separate the
two sexes. Richards (1947) used this character to distinguish male
and female granary weevils. He found that in the male the sternite
is more ventrally flexed than in the female. While this character is
not so pronounced in the rice weevil it can be used in separating
the sexes.
Hundreds of adults of both species which were sexed on the
basis of characters of the rostrum mentioned above were dissected
to verify the sex and in all cases examined, these characters held
true.
Summary : — In both the rice weevil and the granary weevil the
male rostrum is comparatively shorter and wider and its dorsal
surface is closely and strongly punctured as compared to the female
rostrum which is longer, thinner and more cylindrical in form, the
punctures being superficial and sparse, rarely occurring on the
distal end.
Acknowledgments: — I wish to express my deepest gratitude to
Dr. A. E. Michelbacher for reading the manuscript, making helpful
suggestions and for guiding the work during the investigation.
Acknowledgments are made to professors E. 0. Essig and E. G.
Linsley for help and suggestions, and to the former for providing
the facilities. The valuable help of Miss M. Moeller and the sugges-
tions of Mrs. F. Abernathy in making drawings are sincerely ap-
preciated.
Literature Cited
Birch, L. C.
1944. Two strains of Calandra oryzde L. (Coleoptera) . Aus-
tralian Jour. Expt. Biol, and Med. Sci., 22:271-276.
Richards, 0. W.
1947. Observations on grain weevils, Calandra (Col., Curcu-
lionidae). 1. General biology and oviposition. Proc.
Zool. Soc., 17 (1) :l-43.
JANUARY, 1951] BARBER CHRYSOMELIDAE
17
HISPELLA A SYNONYM OF HISPA LINNAEUS, AND
A NEW DACTYLISPA FROM CHINA
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)
H. S. Barber^
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research
Administration, United States Department of Agriculture
This note records comparisons recently made by Dr, Erich
Uhmann (Stollberg, Saxony, Germany) of types of two described
species of spiny Hispinae of the genus Dactylispa, with a new species
from China. This new form, below named Dactylispa luhi, was
reared by C. J. Luh of the National Tsing Hua University, Peiping,
China, from a grass, Arthraxon hispidus (Thbg.), a variety of
which now occurs in 10 or more States in North America. It also
seems proper at this time to object to the misuse of the generic
name Hispa by Chapuis in 1875, whose error has been followed
unquestioned by his successors for three-quarters of a century.
Hispa Linnaeus 1767 (Syst. Nat. vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 603) included
four species, of which the fourth is now catalogued in the Colydii-
dae, the third was placed in Paussus by Schoenherr, 1817 (Syn.
Ins,, vol. 3, p. 19), while the first two remain in the subfamily
Hispinae. Latreille, 1810 (Consid. Gen., p. 432), designated (fide
Opinions 11 & 136) the type of Hispa as Hispa atra Fab., and since
Fabricius cites Linnaeus’ original description the record automati-
cally falls upon Linnaeus’ first species, which was also cited as the
genotype by Kirby, 1837 (in Richardson, Fauna Boreali- Ameri-
cana, p. 227) and by Westwood, 1838 (Introduct. Modern Class.
Insects, vol. 2, Synopsis, p. 42) . The date of the part last cited is
often erroneously given as 1840.
These type designations were ignored by Chapuis, 1875 (in
Lacordaire, Hist. Nat. Ins,, Gen. Coleop., vol. 11, p. 334). He er-
roneously cited Hispa testacea as type of Hispa and proposed a new
generic name, Hispella, citing as its type H. atra L., which is the
previously designated type of Hispa L. Thus Hispella Chap, is an
isogenotypic synonym of Hispa L., and we must find a different
name for the group which has been miscalled Hispa for about 75
years.
*Mr. Barber died on June 1, 1950.
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Although subdivision of old genera now seems prevalent, re-
studies of adequate material often lead to synonymy of names pro-
posed for supposedly distinct groups. If Thoracispa Chapuis, 1875
(l.c. p. 335), type T. dregei Chp., 1875 (validated by his remarks
on p. 336 but dated by Weise, 1911, in Junk Cat., pt. 35, p. 74, as
from its second description in 1877), were to remain in the group
called Hispa by Weise, that name should be adopted. But since Dr.
Uhmann tells me Thoracispa must be regarded as generically dis-
tinct, the choice of a name to supplant Hispa Chapuis, Weise, and
others would fall on Dicladispa Gestro, 1897, with Hispa aenescens
Baly, 1887, as its type (this latter specific name is regarded as a
synonym of Hispa armigera Olivier, 1808) .
Dr. Uhmann’s notes and illustration are adopted in the follow-
ing description.
JANUARY, 1951]
BAILEY THRIPS
19
Dactylispa luhi Uhmann, new species
Similar to D. assamensis Weise but narrower, with slenderer
antennae when examined from either their broad, or their narrow
sides. In the latter aspect (dorsal) segment 3 is longer than in
assamensis; 4 and 5 are longer than broad; 6 is not broader than
long, 7 is longer than broad. In their broader (lateral) aspect seg-
ments 3, 4, 5 are distinctly longer than broad and without visible
longitudinal channels while in assamensis all segments except 3 and
11 are broader than long and 3 to 6 are distinctly longitudinally
sulcate. Prothoracic spines more slender but placed as in assamensis.
Elytral spines in oblique series (see figure) : interstice II with spines
1-5 ; IV 1 is lacking, IV 2 far forward, only a little posterior to II 1 ;
IV 3 and IV 5 also much forward of II 3 and II 5; IV 4 lacking;
humerus with 5 spines as in assamensis, VI 1, VI 2, behind the three
axillary or prehumeral spines, VI 3 and VI 4, closer to the suture
and VIII 4, VIII 5 close to the margin with an additional spine be-
tween them which is not present on assamensis. Length, 3.1 mm.
This species, luhi, differs greatly from the lectotype of D. pusilla
Weise; the antennae are much more slender, the thoracic and elytral
spines are slenderer and longer.
Holotype, U. S. National Museum, cat. no. 59393.
Reared by C. J. Luh of Peiping, China, from Arthraxon hispidus
(Thbg.) under his experiment number 3561, but the type locality
was not stated by him. He was near Kunming, Yunnan, in South-
western China during the war.
A HOMONYM IN THE GENUS THRIPS LINNE
(Thysanoptera : Thripidae)
About ten years ago a case of homonymy was noted in Thrips
setosus Moulton, 1929. At this time Mr. Moulton’s attention was
called to the condition but it appears not to have been corrected.
Thrips setosus Moulton, 1928 (Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses
11 (4) :304-305. Dec. 20) has priority over Thrips setosus Moulton,
1929 (Records of the Indian Museum 31(2) :97-98. July). Thrips
setosus Moulton, 1928, was described from Osaka, Japan, and the
type is in the Moulton collection (No. 2358) . For the homonym,
Thrips setosus Moulton, 1929, nec setosus Moulton, 1928, 1 propose
herewith the name temporatus. The unique type of temporatus
Bailey, nom. nov. (Moulton No. 2002) is in the Indian Museum,
Calcutta. — Stanley F. Bailey, Davis, California.
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
OBSERVATIONS ON RHOPALOMYIA CALIFORNICA FELT
(Diptera: Itonididae)
L W. Tilden
San Jose State College, San Jose, California
Galls: This species forms many-chambered galls on the plant
terminals; a few single-chambered galls on the leaves seem also to
be made by it. The host is chaparral broom [Baccharis pilularis
D. C.) , both the prostrate coastal subspecies typica C. B. Wolf, and
the erect inland subspecies consanguinea D. C.
Sectioned and stained galls show a matrix of parenchyma-type
cells that forms the mass of the gall. The larval chambers are tubu-
lar, closed distally and of mechanical tissue. This tissue is absent
distally and apparently also inwardly, though this is less certain.
Cross sections show numerous small vascular bundles, the ap-
parent medium of food and water exchange for the gall. These
bundles appear to be those of the petioles and veins of the unde-
veloped leaves that are involved in the gall. This conclusion is based
on two considerations : first, that the bundles are concentrically ar-
ranged as in the bud, and second, that the xylem is internal and
the phloem external as in the petioles of normal leaves.
The epidermis of the gall is composed of from one to three,
usually two, layers of cells. The larval chambers are closed distally
by a few layers of cells. No open chambers with developing larvae
were found.
Eggs : Eggs are laid on the terminals, usually on the buds. The
newly hatched larvae enter between the bud scales, by pushing in
between the unopened leaves. No gall is formed until after the larvae
enter, so it is concluded that the stimulus for gall formation is the
entry of the larvae and not oviposition. Oviposition is largely ex-
ternal, and apparently eggs are not inserted into the tissue, although
they may be placed under partly opened leaves.
Larvae: Minute larvae may crawl for some distances, appar-
ently at random. By no means do all of the young larvae gain entry ;
many wander until they die. Oviposition is profuse but galls are
relatively few-chambered. The mortality rate of young larvae is
high ; only a few become established. The communal galls seem to
be a random result, caused by the entry of several larvae into one
bud. The gall that is stimulated by this mass entry eventually en-
JANUARY, 1951] TILDEN RHOPALOMYIA
21
velopes all the larvae in any given bud. The concentric arrangement
of the chambers of the gall seems to evolve from the concentric
arrangement of the bud leaves.
Since the galls are closed, the suggestion is made that the larvae
obtain oxygen through or from the tissues of the plant. Superficial
tissues of the galls are rich in chloroplasts, and a possible explana-
tion (by no means proven) is that the oxygen that results from
photosynthesis may enter the larval chambers. Further plausibility
is furnished by the fact that the cells closing the galls are photo-
synthetic.
Larvae face the inner end of the chamber. The method of ob-
taining nourishment is not clear. The mechanical structure of the
gall and the structure of the larvae suggests that food is liquid in
nature. Observations begun by another observer to clear up this
point have not to date led to any conclusion.
Prior to pupation, the larva turns in the cell and faces outward.
This was not observed in fact, but since the developing larvae face
inward while the pupae face outward, such a turning must occur.
Because of the opacity of the galls, and their tendency to wither,
no accurate information was obtained as to number of larval instars
and length of pupal period, but indications are that the instars are
few and the pupal period short.
Pupae: The pupa is equipped with a cephalic projection which
serves to push through the cells that close the chamber. The pupa
appears at the outer end of the cell and gradually protrudes. Pro-
trusion continues until but a few abdominal segments remain in
the cell. Then the pupal skin splits irregularly and the adult
emerges. Emergence is at first without evident movement, the adult
slowly squeezing out by translocation of body fluids, by ingestion
of air, or by both. When the adult is far enough out to free any
appendages, these are moved slowly and soon become functional.
Frequently adults crawl onto the gall to sit while their tissues
harden. Emergence takes but a few minutes. The pupal skin remains
hanging to the gall.
Adults : Newly emerged adults mate almost at once. Mating is
brief. Males are short lived. In a typical instance, mating occurred
at 9:00 A. M. and the male died at 12:20 P. M. This male had
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
emerged at 8:00 A. M. and so had an adult life span of four hours
and twenty minutes.
Newly emerged females are distended with eggs. The Vermillion
colored eggs give the abdomen of the female an orange color. After
oviposition, the female is slender in form and dusky in color. Ovi-
position is rapid and begins soon after mating. While eggs are
mostly laid on the tips, some may be laid at some distance down
the stems. In nine instances, the average number of eggs was 146,
but in each case unlaid eggs remained. Dissections of three females
just prior to egg laying showed an average of 279 eggs in the ab-
domens. It would appear that this maximum number is seldom laid.
This tendency not to lay all of the eggs that are developed appears
to be common to many species of insects of diverse orders.
The gut of adults of this fly is greatly reduced and appears to
be non-functional. None was seen to pass any excrement.
The life span of the female exceeds that of the male, the longest
survival time observed being fifty-two hours. The mouthparts seem
to perform no function; none was observed to take either food or
water.
Parasites: This fly is heavily parasitized. The following para-
sites were reared: Torymus haccharidis (Huber) ; Amblymerus n.
sp., Eupelmus inyoensis Girault Eupelmus sp., Tetrastichus sp.,
Platygaster sp. Some of these are undoubtedly secondary, but their
exact status is at present not known.
Acknowledgment: Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck of the United
States National Museum was so kind as to identify the parasites.
LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY
It is with great interest that we note the organization of the
Lepidopterists’ Society. Installed as ofllcers were J. H. McDun-
nough as president, A. H. Clark as senior vice-president, J. B.
Ziegler as treasurer, and F. H. Rindge as secretary. The society held
its first annual meeting in New York on December 29th and 30th
and certain aspects of the meeting have been reviewed in the New
Yorker magazine for January 13, 1951. Those interested in mem-
bership or in additional information should address their com-
munications to Dr. F. H. Rindge, Department of Insects & Spiders,
American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th
Street, New York 24. — Paul D. Hurd, Jr.
JANUARY, 1951]
EDMUNDS TICKS
23
A CHECK LIST OF THE TICKS OF UTAH
Lafe R. Edmunds*
University of Utah, Salt Lake City
This paper provides a distributional list of the ticks of Utah,
with their hosts. Approximately 650 specimens of ticks have been
examined from Utah comprising representatives of 19 of the 21
species listed. Specimens of Ornithodoros eremicus Cooley and
Kohls^t and Ixodes diversifossus Neumann, Stanford^^, previously
reported from Utah, were not available for this study.
The writer is indebted to Glen M. Kohls of the U. S. Public
Health Service, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana,
for verification of identifications; also to F. C. Bishopp of the
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine for his assistance in
obtaining literature and further references, and to Don M. Rees of
the University of Utah for guidance and aid during this study. The
study was made possible by a research grant from the University
of Utah Research Committee.
In this report the collection records are arranged alphabetically
by county. Unless otherwise indicated, all records listed as new are
of specimens now in the collection of the University of Utah. In the
lists of specimens examined, abbreviations are employed as follows :
(U.S.A.C.) Utah State Agricultural College; (R.M.L.) Rocky
Mountain Laboratory; (U.S.P.H.S.P.L.) United States Public
Health Service Plague Laboratory.
1. Argos refiexus (Fabricius). — NEW RECORDS: Uintah County,
3 mi. S. Vernal, July 27, 1948, cliff swallows (C. Greenhall) . These
specimens were immature forms, and were labeled “probably re-
fiexus*’ at the R.M.L.
2. Argo^ persicus (Oken). — ^records from literature: Tooele
County, Tooele, Apr. 18, 1934, chickens (G. F. Knowlton), Bishopp
and Trembley2; Washington County, “near” St. George, 1936,
chickens (E. W. Davis), Cooley and Kohls^. — new records: Kane
County, 5 mi. NW. Kanab, May 18, 1947, long tailed chat (J. C.
Downey) ; Salt Lake County, 3 mi. E. Salt Lake City, 1948, fox spar-
row (R. Selander).
3. Otobius megnini (Duges). — RECORDS FROM LITERATURE: The
following authors list this tick as occurring in Utah without giving
specific collection data: Hunter and Bishoppi®, Bishopp and Trem-
bley2, Cooley and Kohls."^ new records: Emery County, San Rafael
♦Contribution from the Division of Biolo^, Department of Invertebrate Zoology
and Entomology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah.
fThe collection records from the literature are followed by the author’s name
and a number, referring to the number of the reference in the bibliography. The
names placed in parentheses are those of the collectors of the specimens.
24
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Desert, Aug. 16, 1947, calf (B. Moore) ; San Juan County, Dry Mesa,
Oct. 27, 1946, deer (J. Berryman) ; Sanpete County, Wales, Oct. 19,
1946, deer (D. M. Rees) ; Washington County, Beaver Dam Wash,
May 6, 1941, host unknown (J. Berryman).
4. Ornithodoros eremicus Cooley and Kohls. — records from
literature: San Juan County, “near” Bluff, Aug. 24, 1939, Peromys-
cus maniculatus, Cooley and Kohls.^
5. Ornithodoros turicata (Duges). — ^RECORDS from literature:
San Juan County, “near” Monticello, Aug. 31, 1940, burrow of
Citellus sp. (R.M.L.), Cooley and Kohls'^; Washington County,
Beaver Dam Slope, 1939, Gopherus agassizi, Woodbury and Hardy.^^
6. Ornithodoros parkeri (Cooley). — records from literature:
Collections from Carbon, Emery, Grand, Iron, Uintah, and San Juan
Counties reported by Davis.^ new records: Washington County,
Beaver Dam Slope, Sept., 1939, tortoises (A. M. Woodbury).
7. Ornithodoros kelleyi Cooley and Kohls. — ^RECORDS from
literature: Grand County, 4 mi. N Thompsons [sic], July 31, 1940,
Pipestrellus bats (J. Frenkle), Cooley and Kohls.®
8. Ornithodoros talaje (Guerin-Meneville). — new records:
Kane County, “near” Echo Cliffs, Navajo Indian Reservation, Sept.,
1939. Found unattached under a rock (S. and D. Mulaik).
9. Ixodes sculptus Neumann. — records from literature:
Rich County, May 20, 1938, Citellus armatus (Eskey) ; Summit
County, June 15, 1938, Citellus armatus (Eskey) ; June 13, 1938,
Citellus armatus (Eskey), Cooley and Kohls.® NEW records: Cache
County, Logan Canyon Forestry Camp, Mar. 23, 1942, Citellus arma-
tus (J. S. Stanford), U.S.A.C. ; San Juan County, Abajo Mts., 5 mi.
W. Monticello, July 5, 1947, pocket gopher (L. R. Edmunds) ; Dalton
Spring, Abajo Mts., 5 mi. W. MonticeFo, July 5, 1947, pocket gopher
(L. R. Edmunds) ; Gooseberry Ranger Station Elk Ridge, July 14,
1947, pocket gopher (L. R. Edmunds).
10. Ixodes pacificus Cooley and Kohls. — records from lit-
erature: Beaver County, Bush Creek, Oct. 20, 1938, human
(Thorne) ; Washington County, “near” Pinto, Oct. 20, 1938, human
(D. M. Rees); Bishopp and Tremble.^ new records: Millard
County, Holden, Oct. 25, 1945, human (D. M. Rees).
11. Ixodes marmotae Cooley and Kohls. — RECORDS FROM lit-
erature: Cache County, May 24, 1938, Citellus armatus (U.S.P.H.
S.P.L.) ; Rich County, June 3, 1938, Marmota sp. (U.S.P.H.S.P.L.),
Cooley and Kohls.® new records : Box Elder County, “near” Lampo,
July 9, 1942, Marmota sp. (J. S. Stanford), U.S.A.C.; Salt Lake
County, Prairie Hollow, May 18, 1939, Marmota sp. (L. R. Ed-
munds) .
12. Ixodes kingi Bishopp. — records from literature: Grand
County, Sept. 1, 1940, prairie dog (R.M.L.) ; Sept. 2, 1940, prairie
dog (R.M.L.) ; Millard County, Aug. 9, 1940, prairie dog (R.M.L.) ;
Q, 1940, nrairie dog (R.M.L.) ; San Juan County, May 1, 1937,
prairie dog (Haas) : Anr. 22, 1937, Mustela sp. (Haas) ; Apr. 21,
JANUARY, 1951]
EDMUNDS TICKS
25
1937, Mustela sp. (Haas), Cooley and Kohls.^ new records: San
Juan County, July 4, 1947, prairie dog (L. R. Edmunds).
13. Ixodes angustus Neumann. — NEW records: Cache County,
Sardine Canyon, Dec. 28, 1937, weasel (Denning), U.S.A.C. ; Camp
Hunt, Aug. 14, 1942, shrew (J. S. Stanford), U.S.A.C.; Uintah
County, Paradise Park, Aug. 7, 1947, pika (K. R. Kelson).
14. Ixodes ochotonae Gregson. — new records: Uintah County,
Paradise Park, July 31, 1947, pika (G. F, Edmunds, Jr.) ; July 22,
1947, pika (K. R. Kelson) ; July 30, 1948, pika (D. M. Rees).
15. Ixodes spinipalpis Hadwen and Nuttall. — NEW records:
Uintah County, 1 mi. SE. Ouray, 1946 (J. Berryman), host un-
known. These specimens were labeled “probably spinipalpis” at the
R.M.L.
16. Ixodes diversifossus Neumann. — records from litera-
ture: Cache County, “near” Logan, July 28, 1931, cottontail rabbit
(J. S. Stanford).
17. Dermacentor albipictus Packard. — RECORDS FROM LITERA-
TURE: Bishopp and Trembley^, Cooley^, report this tick as occurring
in Utah, without giving specific collection data, new records: Cache
County, Logan, Feb. 5, 1942, deer (Clamaine) ; Logan, Oct. 27, 1947,
deer (Hobbs), U.S.A.C.; Daggett County, 18 mi. E. Linwood, Mar.
12, 1947, antelope (K. R. Kelson) ; Garfield County, Panguitch,
March, 1948, horse (L. R. Edmunds).
18. Dermacentor parumapertus Neumann. — records from
literature: Bishopp and Trembley^, Cooley^, show this species on
their distribution maps; Juab County, Trout Creek, May 6-8, 1934,
jack rabbit (J. S. Stanford), Stanford.12 new records: Kane
County, 2 mi. SW. Kanab, May 20, 1947, jack rabbit (J. C. Downey) ;
3 mi. S. Kanab, May 23, 1947, jack rabbit (G. K. Todd) ; Kanab, May
24, 1947, jack rabbit (J. C. Downey) ; 2 mi. S. Kanab, May 24, 1947,
jack rabbit (J. C. Downey) ; Hamblin Ranch, Cave Lakes Canyon,
5 mi. NE. Kanab, May 18, 1947, cottontail rabbit (G. K. Todd) ;
House Rock, Arizona-Utah border. May 5, 1947, jack rabbit (L. R.
Edmunds) ; San Juan County, 11 mi. N. Bluff, June 28, 1947, jack
rabbit (L. R. Edmunds) ; Tooele County, Rush Valley, Dec. 30, 1947,
jack rabbit (I. Bell).
19. Dermacentor andersoni Stiles. — records from litera-
ture: Many authors record this species in Utah. NEW record: The
most abundant tick in Utah, records are from the following counties:
Cache, Davis, Duchesne, Emery, Garfield, Iron, Kane, Millard, Salt
Lake, San Juan, Sanpete, Tooele, Utah, Wasatch. Numerous host
species were recorded.
20. Haemaphysalis leporis-palustris (Packard). — records FROM
literature: Box Elder County, July 22, 1931, pigmy rabbit (J. S.
Stanford), Stanford.12 Other authors show distribution on maps,
Bishopp and Trembley,^ and Hunter and Bishopp.^® new records:
Emery County, 4 mi. N. Green River, June 22, 1947, cottontail rabbit
(L. R. Edmunds) ; 4 mi. N. Green River, June 22, 1947, cottontail
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
rabbit (L. R, Edmunds) ; Grand County, Valley City, June 23, 1947,
cottontail rabbit (L. R. Edmunds) ; Salt Lake County, Mill Creek
Canyon, July 21, 1946, jack rabbit (H. Stark) ; San Juan County,
18 mi. E. Monticello, July 1, 1947, cottontail rabbit (L. R. Edmunds).
21. Rkipicephalus sanguineus (Latreille). — RECOEIDS FROM LIT-
ERATURE: Salt Lake County, Salt Lake City, May 15, 1943, dog
(R.M.L.). Kohls and Parker. new records: Salt Lake County, Salt
Lake City, Oct., 1947, Mexican dog, [s^c] (collector unknown).
References Cited
1 — Banks, Nathan, 1908. A revision of the Ixodoidea, or ticks, of
the United States. Tech. ser. no. 15, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr.,
pp. 1-60.
2 — Bishopp, F. C., and Trembley, H. L., 1945. Distribution and
hosts of certain North American ticks. J. Parasitol. 31 :l-54.
3 — Cooley, R. A., 1946. The genera Boophilus, Rhipicephalus, and
Haemaphysalis of the New World. Bull. (187) Nat. Inst. Hlth.,
pp. 1-51, 13 figs.
4 — 1938. The genera Dermacentor and Otocenter (Ixodidae) in
the United States with studies in variation. Bull. (171) Nat.
Inst. Hlth., pp. 1-89.
5 — Cooley, R. A., and Kohls, G. M., 1941. Three new species of
Ornithodoros. Pub. Hlth. Rept. 56:587-594.
6 — 1941. Further new species of Ornithodoros from bats. Pub.
Hlth. Rept. 56:910-914.
7 — 1944. The Argasidae of North America, Central America and
Cuba. Amer. Md. Nat., Monograph No. 1, p. 52.
8 — 1945. The genus Ixodes in North America. Bull. (184) Nat.
Inst. Hlth., pp. 3-244, 87 figs.
9 — Davis, Gordon E., 1941. Ornithodoros parkeri and relapsing
fever spirochets in Utah. Pub. Hlth. Rept. 56:2464-2468.
10 — Hunter, W. D., and Bishopp, F. C., 1911. Some of the more
important ticks of the United States. Yearbook, Bur. Ent. U. S.
Dept. Agric., pp. 220-230.
11 — Kohls, Glen M., and Parker, R. R., 1948. Occurrence of
the brown dog tick in the Western States. Jour. Econ. Ent.
41(1) :102.
12 — Stanford, J. S., 1934. Some ectoparasites of Utah birds and
mammals. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters, 11 :247.
13 — ^Woodbury, Angus M., and Hardy, Ross, 1948. Studies of
the desert tortoise, Gopherus agassizii. Ecol. Monog. 18:145-
200 .
JANUARY, 1951] VANDYKE COLEOPTERA
27
NEW SPECIES OF COLEOPTERA
FROM NORTH AMERICA
Edwin C. Van Dyke
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco
Carabidae
Feronia (Cryobius) bryanti Van Dyke, new species
Small, narrow and elongate, moderately flattened, black and shin-
ing, legs rufous. Head somewhat longer than broad, as wide as apex
of prothorax, front smooth, frontal grooves straight and well im-
pressed; mandibles prominent, porrect; eyes moderately prominent;
antennae long and delicate, extending backwards beyond base of
elytra. Prothorax as broad as long, apex feebly emarginate, sides
broadly arcuate in front, obliquely narrowed behind or sometimes
feebly sinuate to obtuse hind angles ; disc with median longitudinal
line flnely impressed, anterior transverse impression well defined,
posterior transverse impression less evident, basal impressions linear
and lunate in front, broad and deep behind, faintly double, basal area
quite smooth, hind angles obtuse, base feebly emarginate and with-
out margin. Elytra elongate, slightly cordate,, broad at base with
humeral angles prominent and well rounded, the sides almost paral-
lel, broadly rounded posteriorly and feebly sinuate towards apex;
disc feebly convex, more or less flattened, striae well impressed
throughout and practically impunctate, the intervals convex, the
third with three foveae. Legs long and delicate. Prosternum not
margined apically. Male front tarsi well developed. Length 8.0 mm.,
breadth 2.75 mm.
Holotype male, allotype female (Nos. 6197 and 6198, California
Academy Sciences, Ent.) and one male paratype, all collected by
Owen Bryant, at Aklavik, Mackenzie Delta, Northwest Ter-
ritory, Canada, June 16, 1931 (Bryant Lot 233).
This small PlatidiusAiike beetle is closely related to Feronia
hlaisdelli Van Dyke (Pan-Pacific Ent., 19(1) :24-25. Jan. 1943)
but differs principally by having the sides of the prothorax oblique
posteriorly and with obtuse hind angles, whereas hlaisdelli has the
sides of prothorax strongly sinuate posteriorly and the hind angles
right-angled; the elytra rather cordate in shape with prominent
humeri as against an elliptical afterbody with narrowed and oblique
humeri ; and well-impressed striae and convex intervals in contrast
to the more feebly impressed striae and somewhat flattened inter-
vals. The two species stand well apart from all other American
species of the subgenus Cryobius.
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Elateridae
Athous farallonicus Van Dyke, new species
Elongate, subparallel, moderately convex, upper surface brown,
the elytral suture and lateral margin, the underside, legs and anten-
nae somewhat rufous. Head rather coarsely closely punctured, the
front deeply triangulately impressed anteriorly, clypeal margin
prominent, transverse, eyes large; antennae filiform, reaching in
males two segments beyond hind angles of prothorax, in females
barely to hind angles, the second segment small, but little longer
than broad, the third almost twice as long as second and triangular,
the fourth and fifth somewhat more robust, about one-and-a-half
times as long as broad and feebly serrate, the sixth to tenth a bit
longer, more parallel and gradually narrower and the eleventh
elongate fusiform. Prothorax about a sixth longer than broad, apex
feebly arcuate, base emarginate, sides sinuate behind, feebly arcuate
in front and slightly narrowed at apex, apical angles blunt, not
projecting, hind angles acute, without carinae, with sides elevated
and extending somewhat backwards, the lateral margins narrow;
the disc rather coarsely, not closely punctured except at sides, feebly
depressed near front angles, with a median smooth longitudinal line
more or less evidently especially posteriorly, without canaliculation,
and sparsely clothed with rather coarse, forwardly inclined fulvous
pile. Scutellum elongate, rounded at apex, coarsely punctured and
setose. Elytra as broad as broadest part of prothorax, two and two-
thirds as long, with sides quite parallel, the striae well impressed
and coarsely punctured, the intervals convex, rugose and with
coarse, sparse and inclined pubescence irregularly distributed along
them. Beneath rather finely somewhat densely punctured. Legs long
and delicate, the second and third tarsal segments of all legs some-
what prolonged beneath and feebly lobed. Length male, 11.0 mm.,
breadth 3.0 mm.
The female more robust, the antennae shorter and more delicate,
the prothorax somewhat broader than long, with disc more convex
and the sides more arcurate, and the elytra much more convex and
expanded especially behind, giving the afterbody a spatulate ap-
pearance.
Holotype male, allotype female (Nos. 6199 and 6200, Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent.) and three paratypes, two males and one female, all
collected by Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, during June, 1949, from the
Farallone Islands, 25 miles west of the Golden Gate, San Fran-
cisco, California. The five specimens were found on the ground
and under cover.
This species is related to Athous excavatus (Motschulsky) and
because of its brown color, looks more like the subspecies carmeli
Van Dyke (see table, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 20(9) :363, and dis-
cussion, pp. 373-374, March 3, 1932). In excavatus, the pronotal
JANUARY, 1951] VANDYKE COLEOPTERA
29
punctation is somewhat denser, the pubescence finer, longer and
gray, the antennae more robust and longer, at least four antennal
segments in the males extending beyond the hind prothoracic angles
and the tarsal lobes a bit more pronounced. In most of the typical
excavatus and many of the subspecies carmeli the sides of the pro-
thorax are rufous, which is not the case with farallonicus.
Buprestidae
Acmaeodera boharti Van Dyke, new species
Rather small, moderately short and compact, the head and pro-
notum black or feebly aeneous and finely pilose, the head with white
pile, the pronotum with erect black pile, the elytra a deep bluish-
black, the under surfaces aeneous, and the insect as a whole some-
what shining and without maculations of any kind. Head coarsely,
densely punctured, the front longitudinally impressed, transversely
impressed at base of clypeus and the latter semicircularly emar-
ginate in front; antennae short, reaching just beyond middle of
prothorax, segments 5 to 10 serrate, the eleventh elliptical. Prothorax
about twice as wide as long, apex feebly biemarginate, base trans-
verse, sides unevenly arcuate and gradually narrowed from base to
apex, the disc convex, coarsely, cribrately punctured laterally and
rather finely, less densely punctured centrally, with a small feeble
impression near center of front margin and a deeper one in front of
scutellum, the lateral margin narrow but distinct though concealed
when viewed dorsally. Elytra at base barely wider than base of pro-
thorax, twice as long as broad, sides feebly sinuate in front of middle
but in general gradually narrowed and convergent posteriorly to the
rounded apex, the side margin serrate from middle to apex, the disc
convex, somewhat flattened medially, the humeral umbone distinct,
the striae finely, sharply impressed and finely closely punctured
towards the suture, but outwardly very coarsely punctured except
for the ninth and tenth striae which are very deeply impressed but
less coarsely punctured, the inner intervals flattened and about
twice as wide as the striae, becoming narrower and more irregular
outwardly as the punctures increase in size, and with the last three
more regular, very convex and rugose, each interval in addition
with a single row of fine punctures from which arise a row of in-
clined white setae. Ventral surface shining, coarsely punctured in
front and gradually more finely and sparsely punctured posteriorly
and sparsely clothed with short, white pile. Prosternum with the
front margin sinuate. The last ventral segment without a transverse
lobe-like plate before apex. Length 8.0 mm., breadth 3.0 mm.
Holotype (No. 6201, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.), a unique collected
at Ensenada Honda, Puerto Rico, West Indies, Aug. 20, 1942, by
George E. Bohart.
This very distinct species is like no other described species from
the West Indies, nor in fact like any from North America.
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Chrysobothris sinaloae Van Dyke, new species
Of moderate size, chocolate brown in color and bronzed, somewhat
narrow and elongate, and simulating C. distincta Laporte and Gk)ry
in general appearance. The clypeus broadly shallowly and feebly
angulately emarginate with the outer angles of the emargination
rounded, the antennae short, with the- outer eight segments serrate
and gradually narrowed towards the apex. Prothorax two-fifths
broader than long, apex very feebly bisinuate, the base strongly so
with the median lobe prominent, the disc somewhat convex, densely
punctured, the punctures well separated centrally but approximate
at sides and more or less arranged into transverse rugae, a slight
median longitudinal impression generally reaching the apex but
well separated from base, and the' sides quite parallel in basal two-
thirds, rounded in front and obliquely convergent to apex. Elytra
three times length of prothorax, slightly broader at base than pro-
thorax, humeri prominent, sides quite parallel or feebly sinuate for
basal two-thirds, thence gradually narrowed towards apex and
rounded to a blunt apex, the lateral margin serrate posteriorly and
the disc feebly convex with three well-developed carinae, the sutural
one straight and extending forwards two-thirds of the way towards
the base, the second sinuate and extending forward from apex to
beyond the middle and more or less paralleling the sutural, and the
third or outermost, short, feebly arcuate and running from the
posterior fovea toward the humeral umbone but generally not reach-
ing it but turning outwardly, the general surface densely punctured
especially toward the sides, with a deep fovea to the outer side of
the scutellum, a feebly impression between that and the umbone
and three well-defined, very densely punctured and somewhat
cupreous foveae, the inner one about one-third the distance from
the apex and to the outer side of the sutural carina, the second
slightly forward of this, to the outer side of the second carina and
at the apex of the short third carina, and the third fovea, about a
third the distance from the base and straddling the apex of the
second carina. The ventral surface bronzed and shining, the tarsi
generally greenish, the ventral sclerites rather deeply sulcate medi-
ally, somewhat coarsely punctured, the abdomen strigate and clothed
with a fine, white pile. In addition each sclerite has an elongate
callosity at the side and the margin of the last ventral is finely ser-
rate. The anterior femora have a well-marked tooth, serrate along
the outer margin. Length 13 to 16 mm., breadth 5 to 6 mm.
Males with front flattened, densely, finely punctured, bright
green, with a dense fine white pile; the antennae green, the front
tibiae gradually dilated beneath at the apex, the last ventral seg-
ment broadly emarginate, the base of the emargination transverse
or feebly sinuous, and the undersurface clothed with white pile,
especially evident on the prostemum.
Females with front feebly convex, more coarsely punctured than
in the male and rugose, with the pile sparser, both front and an-
JANUARY, 1951]
VAN DYKE COLEOPTERA
31
tennae bronzed, the front tibiae feebly arcuate and enlarged out-
wardly but without apical dilation and the last ventral segments
with a small notch at the apex.
Holotype male, allotype female (Nos. 6202 and 6203 Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent.) and 12 paratypes, collected at Morcorito, Sin-
aloa, Mexico, Sept. 18, 1947, by Joseph Marquis. Three other
specimens collected at Los Mochis, Sinaloa, on Nov. 15, 1947,
were also taken by Mr. Marquis.
This species from the west coast of Mexico superficially looks
like the larger and more distinctly sculptured distincta Laporte and
Gory from the interior of Mexico and the smaller and shorter
schaefferi Obenberger from Lower California, but both these in
the male have a very distinct tooth near the apex of the front tibiae
whereas in sinaloae the front tibiae in the males has only a sudden
enlargement near the apex. According to Fisher’s table (1942, U. S.
Dept. Agric., Misc. Publ. No. 470) , it would run close to peninsul-
aris Schaeffer from Lower California but it differs from this by
being larger, with a much broader prothorax, the males with a
green forehead and the front tibiae with the apical enlargement a
simple dilatation with at most a small tooth inwards whereas in
peninsularis the forehead is bronzed and the front tibiae with a
prominent tooth at the base of the enlargement.
Curculionidae
Eupagoderes bryanti Van Dyke, new species
Rather small, short and compact ; clothed above with light brown
and white scales irregularly distributed and closely applied in a
tesselated manner; the head, a broad hand at sides of prothorax
and the underside with white scales, in close contact on the head
and feebly imbricated at sides of prothorax and beneath; a band of
brown scales on either side of the middle of pronotum and the hind
femora barred. Head convex, a well-marked transverse impression
separating it from the rostrum, the latter distinctly trisulcate, the
median sulcus ending at the transverse impression and the lateral
short but linear. Prothorax one-sixth broader than long, the sides
arcuate, narrowing in front, almost parallel in posterior two-thirds,
the disc with a few coarse punctures and numerous small ones but
these latter are in most cases concealed by the dense scaly vestiture.
Elytra cordiform, but little broader at base than base of prothorax,
and almost a third longer than broad ; disc evenly convex, the striae
finely impressed and finely regularly punctured, the intervals feebly
elevated centrally and with a row of minute punctures down their
center from which arise very short curved setae. Legs robust, apices
of hind tibiae obliquely truncate, the third tarsal segment enlarged
and lobed. Length 8.5 mm., breadth 4.0 mm.
32
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Holotype (No. 6204, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and 16 paratypes,
collected in the Baboquivari Mountains, Arizona, Sept. 23, 1933,
by Owen Bryant.
This species along with halli Van Dyke and huachucae Van
Dyke forms a small group of related species characterized by being
of medium size, compact, with the rostrum trisulcate, the median
sulcus not extending above the transverse impression, a maculate
design, and the upper surface densely clothed with scales arranged
in a definite tesselated or pavement manner. In halli the anterior
tibiae are not serrate beneath, the head is flattened or but feebly
convex with the result that the rostrum is not distinctly limited
above by a transverse impression, the elytral striae sharply defined
and the scales either black or white giving the beetle a gray appear-
ance. Since the original description of halli based on five specimens
was published, we have received 23 additional specimens all more
or less uniform as to color and general appearance. In bryanti,
a species of the same size and shape as the above, the anterior
tibiae are serrate beneath, the scales are brown and white, the head
feebly convex thus definitely limiting the rostrum above, and the
elytral striae vaguely indicated, defined more by the row of strial
punctures than the impressed striae. The pronotum is also so dense-
ly clothed with scales, more or less imbricated, that the coarse
punctures are concealed which is not the case in either halli or
huachucae where the scales are tesselated and numerous large punc-
tures are exposed. Placed side by side the black and white scales of
halli strongly contrast with the brown and white scales of bryanti.
Tosastes columbianus Van Dyke, new species
Black, densely clothed with imbricated scales, gray beneath, and
gray above maculated with dark brown as follows; a broad band,
narrowed on occiput, extending down the middle of the head and
rostrum, another down the middle of pronotum, sometimes expanded
so as to cover the entire disc, and irregular patches, often ocellate
scattered over the elytra. Head slightly convex, separated from the
rostrum by a feeble transverse impression, the rostrum broad, a bit
longer than wide, somewhat flattened above in basal area and with
the apex well arched; eyes of moderate size and quite flattened.
Prothorax about one-third broader than long, sides feebly arcuate
at middle, obliquely narrowed in front and quite straight and paral-
lel behind, the disc coarsely, densely punctured and generally with
a faint median longitudinal groove. Elytra oval, a bit broader at
base than base of prothorax, broadest at middle, the disc convex, the
striae well impressed and quite coarsely, regularly punctured, the
JANUARY, 1951]
VAN DYKE COLEOPTERA
33
intervals convex and ornamented with an irregular double row of
short, hooked setae. Legs stout, the hind tibiae subtruncate and with
a double row of spines. Length 4.5 mm., breadth 3 mm.
Holotype (No. 6205, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and four paratypes
collected at Kamloops, British Columbia, May 1, 1932, by Owen
Bryant.
This small species structurally belongs near T osastes cinarescens
Pierce and superficially resembles some of the smaller, more irregu-
larly maculate specimens. It differs, however, by having a narrower
prothorax which is also more deeply and closely punctured, a head
which is definitely convex, not flattened, a rostrum which is quite
convex and depressed apically and with eyes which are more
flattened.
Crocidema arizonica Van Dyke, new species
Elongate, dark brown, densely clothed with brownish or opal-
escent scales and with rather stiff hairs varying in degree from
sparse to rather dense. Head as long as prothorax, the front mod-
erately convex, with a well marked transverse impression between it
and the arcuate beak, sparsely punctured, the punctures mostly con-
cealed by the scales, and with semierect stiff pile, the rostrum nar-
rower than interocular area in male, about as broad in female,
quadrate; eyes large but quite flattened, projecting but little beyond
side of head, the scrobes deep, not reaching eyes but curved beneath
in front of eyes. Prothorax slightly broader than long in the male
and considerably broader in the female, front margin feebly arcuate,
transverse base, the sides arcuate, the disc rather densely punctured
though the punctures are concealed by the scales and the post-ocular
lobes are evident but not prominent. Elytra two and two-thirds times
length of prothorax, elongate elliptical in the male, broader and
slightly cordate in female, disc somewhat flattened, declivity round-
ed, the striae well impressed especially at sides and rather deeply
punctured with rounded closely placed punctures, the intervals flat,
very finely punctured and with the stiff pile irregularly distributed.
The underside finely punctured and sparsely pubescent. Length male
holotype 10.0 mm., breadth 3.5 mm., female allotype, length 11.0
mm., breadth 4.0 mm.
Holotype male, allotype female (Nos. 6206 and 6207, Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent) and six designated paratypes collected by Owen
Bryant in the Santa Catalina Mountains, Arizona, the first July
15, 1938 (Lot 21), the second June 20, 1933, the others on July
15, 1938. I have associated with these various specimens from the
Chiricahua Mountains and Santa Rita Mountains of Arizona, also
one specimen from the Chisos Mountains of West Texas.
This species is rather closely related to attenuata Van Dyke (Pan-
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Pacific Ent., 10(4) :186-187, 1934) but differs by being generally
larger and more robust, the scales more opalescent, the eyes less
prominent, flatter, the funicular segments of antennae very similar
in breadth whereas gradually wider apically in attenuata and the
elytral striae generally deeper and the punctures coarser.
Peritaxia longipennis Van Dyke, new species
Rather large for the genus, narrow, elongate, black, antennae
and tarsi rufopiceous, densely clothed with very closely applied
scales which appear of the general body color though they are some-
what opalescent under good light and high magnification, and are
arranged in a tesselated manner, and sparsely pilose, the pile semi-
erect and denser on head and elytral declivity. Head one-third
longer than prothorax, convex above, feebly flattened in front, finely
punctured behind, coarsely punctured in front, distinctly separated
from rostrum by a rather deep transverse impression; the rostrum
broad, feebly arcuate, coarsely, densely punctured, wider in front
and triangulately emarginate apically; the antennae with scape
long and clavate, the funicle with the first and second segments
twice as long as broad, segments 3 to 7 slightly longer than broad,
the terminal segment long and fusiform, almost equal in length to
the three preceding segments; the eyes feebly convex and moder-
ately prominent. Prothorax two and one-half times as broad as long,
base and apex transverse, sides evenly and moderately arcuate, disc
feebly convex, finely granular in appearance as a result of the scales,
with a well-impressed narrow line medially, and a moderate number
of coarse, well-spaced punctures but coarsely punctured and rugose
laterally. Elytra two and a half times as long as prothorax and about
one-fifth longer than broad; base feebly emarginate, basal angles
right angled though feeble, disc convex, the declivity abrupt, almost
perpendicular, the striae well defined by the coarse, closely placed
punctures, the intervals almost twice as wide as striae and feebly
convex. Ventral surface rather finely, densely punctured and sparse-
ly pubescent. Length 9.0 mm., width 4.0 mm.
Holotype (No. 6208, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and one paratype
collected in Oak Creek Canyon (south of Flagstaff), Arizona,
July 25, 1936, by Owen Bryant.
This species when compared with larger specimens of rugicollis
Horn appears generally narrower and more elongate, the pronotum
less markedly rugose, the elytra much longer and elliptical with
humeri angles small, not somewhat cordate and pronounced, and
the strial punctures more numerous and rounded. Other described
species are generally smaller, proportionally shorter, with the pro-
notum more rugose, the elytra more cordate in shape and with
prominent humeral angles.
JANUARY, 1951]
VAN DYKE COLEOPTERA
35
Onychobaris langei Van Dyke, new species
Elongate oval, convex, subopaque, the general surface alutaceous,
black, the legs piceous or sometimes feebly rufous, setae very minute
and inconspicuous. Head sparsely, finely punctured, sometimes with
a snjall fovea at base of rostrum, the rostrum about 1.5 mm. long,
evenly arcuate, of moderate robustness, rather coarsely punctured
towards base and finely towards apex. Prothorax robust, slightly
broader than long, with sides evenly arcuate, the apex constricted,
the base broadly bisinuate, the median lobe wide and prominent, the
disc rather coarsely, densely punctured, the punctures contiguous
laterally, and with a well marked median smooth line. Scutellum
transverse and feebly impressed at center. Elytra almost a third
longer than broad with rather prominent humeri which make the
elytra wider there than the base of the prothorax, with sides
feebly convergent posteriorly, well-rounded at apex, the disc with
coarse, deep and abrupt striae, the intervals flat, equal, distinctly
wider than striae, each with a single series of well-impressed
rounded, contiguous punctures. Beneath coarsely, closely punctured
laterally, more finely and sparsely at center of abdomen. Length
5.0 mm. excluding beak, breadth 2.5 mm.
Holotype (No. 6209, Calif. Acad Sci., Ent.) and seven paratypes
collected by Dr. W. H. Lange at El Segundo, Los Angeles Co.,
California, September 28, 1938. They were found on Oenothera
spiralis, close to the roots. Four specimens were returned to Dr.
Lange.
The species, according to Colonel Casey’s key (Col. Notices IV,
1892, pp. 522-524) , runs close to molesta Casey from Arizona, but
aside from locality, differs by having dense approximate pronotal
punctures, confluent at sides, a very much more distinct median
smooth line on disc, a less robust rostrum, a subopaque or duller
appearance, and piceous instead of red legs.
DEROBRACHUS GEMINATES ON GRAPE ROOTS
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
Larvae of Derohrachus geminatus Leconte were found feeding
on grape root stock near Indio, California, August 30, 1950, by
Mr. B. Laflin. The land had been cleared lor about one year. For-
merly it had been covered by mesquite (Prosopis glandulosa Ckll.) ,
a natural host of the beetle. Mr. Laflin tells me he has found four
other such cases. I am indebted to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke for identify-
ing the specimens. — Sherman L. Thomas, Indio, California.
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
OFFICIAL SEAL CONTEST
It has long been felt that the Pacific Coast Entomological Society
should have some significant identifying seal which could be affixed
to official Society documents, stationery and publications. To stimu-
late interest in the choice of this official seal, it has been decided to
conduct a contest for the purpose of selecting the best and most
appropriate design to be submitted by a reader of the Pan-Pacific
Entomologist. The person who creates the chosen seal will receive a
complete up-to-date set of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Contest entries should be drawn in large size on heavy white
^aper (8% x 11). All drawings must be carefully inked. It is
considered advisable to include the title “Pacific Coast Entomological
Society” as an integral part of the official seal, so be sure to include
this printing on the submitted design. The name and address of the
contestant must appear on the reverse side of each contest entry.
Mail the completed drawings to Dr. J. Gordon Edwards, Department
of Natural Sciences, San Jose State College, California, postmarked
on or before April 1, 1951.
After a preliminary screening, the surviving entries will be
examined by a board of entomologists who will choose a number of
the most appealing entries for further consideration. The remaining
drawings will then be photographed and a lantern slide of each will
be projected for viewing by the members present at the May meeting
of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. The final winning seal
will be chosen by popular vote at that time — J. Gori>on Edwards.
— EDITORIAL NOTES —
The editors wish to draw to the attention of contributors to the
Pan-Pacific Entomologist an article “Notes on writing sentences,”
by J. Ansel Anderson, which appeared in the 80th Annual Report of
the Entomological Society of Ontario, pages 7 - 10. 1949 [1950].
E. C. VAN DYKE HONORED
Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke has been notified of his election by popu-
lar ballot to the presidency of the Coleopterists’ Society. Dr. Van
Dyke, who will be 82 on April 7, is Emeritus Curator of Entomology
at the California Academy of Sciences, where he donates his time
six days a week. He is currently finishing a monograph on the Coleop-
tera of the Galapagos Islands.
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF CANADA
At the eighty-seventh annual meeting of the Entomological
Society of Ontario, held at Guelph on November 1-3, 1950, it was
decided to form a national society, to be called the Entomological
Society of Canada. The new society will serve as a link between the
various regional societies, namely, the Acadian Entomological So-
ciety, the Entomological Society of Ontario, the Entomological So-
ciety of Manitoba, the Entomological Society of British Columbia,
the proposed entomological society of Quebec, and others that may
be established. The Canadian Entomologist will be published jointly
by the Ontario and the national societies, Dr. W. R. Thompson con-
tinuing as Editor, with Dr. G. C. Ullyett as Associate Editor.
January, 1951] pacific coast ent. society
37
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
E. 0. Essie
R. L. USINGER
President
D. D. Jensen
Secretary
Vice-President
Proceedings
Two Hundred and Ninth Meeting
The two hundred and ninth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomo-
logical Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on January 28, 1950, in the
entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco. President Ferris conducted the meeting. The follow-
ing members were present: R. F. Fritz, E. G. Meyers, J. P. Harville,
J. W. Tilden, E. O. Essig, A. E. Michelbacher, E. G. Wegenek, E. C.
Van Dyke, H. B. Leech, S. L. Thomas, V. Stombler, A. Retan, P. H.
Amaud, Jr.,, C. P. Hoyt, F. X. Williams, J. W. Green, B. Brookman,
B. D. Culver, D. C. Thurman, Jr., E. B. Thurman, J. E. Gillaspy,
D. P. Furman, W. W. Middlekauff, L. W. Quate, D. Gould, R. L,
Usinger, P. D. Hurd, Jr., W. Barr, E. G. Linsley, W. D. Murray,
T. Aarons, L. P. Coy, 0. W. Graf, Jr., W. Hoyt, E. L. Kessel, C. W.
Hildebrand, R. C. Miller, R. M. Bohart, R. Potts, D. D. Jensen, and
W. H. Lange. The following visitors were present: Doris R. Thomas,
Harold W. Brydon, Howard H. Abram, J. M. Savage, R. R. Harry,
J. N. Simons, Harry Freeman, Heidi Aarons, J. E. Ryus, Mrs. R. M.
Bohart, J. Bohlke, G. S. Myers, P. S. Lange, and J. W. Skousen.
The minutes of the meeting held December 3, 1949, were read and
approved.
The membership committee proposed and the Society elected
C. A. Downing and Harold A. Brydon as members.
The President then called for notes, exhibits and remarks. Dr.
Ross reported that the Academy is considering a Hall of Insects for
public display, and discussed briefly the type of exhibits being pro-
posed.
Dr. Ross exhibited specimens of a rare arthropod class, the Penta-
stomida. These had been taken from the liver of an African rock
python, collected by Borys Malkin in the British Cameroons, May
28, 1949. The cork-screw form of the body shows no obvious relation-
ship to the other arthropods even though it is considered to be re-
lated to the mites. Dr. Ross also exhibited a box of 108 microscope
slides each bearing the male and female of a separate species of flea.
This is one of 20 such exhibit sets of fleas prepared by C. A. Hubbard
to be used with his book on fleas.The first set was deposited in the
U. S. National Museum and the second is in the California Academy
of Sciences.
38
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Mr. H. B. Leech circulated a publication on the Siphonaptera of
Canada by George P. Holland.
Dr. Richard Bohart exhibited two species of Strepsiptera, one of
which is parasitic on the Thysanura and the other on the Pentato-
midae. The latter has been used in biological control efforts against
a bug which is a pest of coffee in Africa.
Mr. Aarons reported that preliminary plans are being drawn up
for a study of the flight range of the mosquito Aedes squamiger
(Coq.) in the San Francisco Bay area. The mosquitoes, emerging
from 20 acres of the Petaluma Creek basin area, will be marked and
attempts will be made to recover them at various locations in the
bay region. The details of the experiment have not been decided upon
but marking will probably be accomplished by using a fluorescent
dye.
President Ferris introduced as the main speaker of the meeting.
Dr. Robert L. Usinger, Associate Professor of Entomology, Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley, who spoke on the subject: “The
Paris Meetings of the International Commission on Zoological No-
menclature.”
The situation as regards international nomenclature before the
Paris Meetings was briefly outlined and was followed by an account
of the actual meetings held in Paris.
Important decisions such as liberalizing the procedure of the
Commission, defining the term “binary,” providing for infra-sub-
specific categories and clarifying the subject of homonyms were dis-
cussed in some detail.
Finally, the events subsequent to the Paris meetings were out-
lined, including publication of the proceedings.
Dr. Usinger ’s report stimulated considerable discussion and ques-
tions among the members present before the meeting was adjourned
at 4:30 p.m. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Tenth Meeting
The two hundred and tenth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomo-
logical Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on February 25, 1950, in the
entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco. President Ferris in the chair. The following members
were present : G. F. Ferris, D. D. Jensen, W. W. Middlekauff, A. E.
Pritchard, H. H. Abram, R. Usinger, B. Brookman, C. D. Grant,
0. W. Graf, Jr., J. W. Tilden, W. C. Day, J. N. Simons, W. H. Nut-
ting, T. W. Cook, V. Stombler, C. H. Spitzer,Jr., K. Innes, B. B.
JANUARY, 1951] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
39
Kessel, E, L. Kessel, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., C. A. Downing, E. S. Ross,
J. W. Green, W. Barr, C. Don MacNeill, H. A. Scullen, M. Marquis,
S. L. Thomas, E. C. Van Dyke, E. G* Wegenek, A. E. Michelbacher,
E. O. Essig, J. W. MacSwain, H. B. Leech, H. H. Blakemore, F. X.
Williams. Visitors were present as follows: Rex Bartges, L. P. Coy,
Marian Kendall, Sylvia Spitzer, Don Kelley, W. C. Bentinck, F. L.
Rogers, Joy Hogan, Lucy Jones, Allen Bartel, Enid Moor, Doris R.
Thomas, Gretchen Baumgartner, Lois MacDonal, Metta Weddleton,
Linda Sorensen, Franklin Devore, John Schmiedel, Sally Barrett,
Christine Owens and Borys Malkin.
The minutes of the meeting held January 28, 1950, were read and
approved.
The membership committee proposed and the Society elected the
following as members: J. H. Freitag, F. C. Hottes, B. J. Spencer,
Ernest R. Tinkham, and Howard Abram.
The President appointed a committee, composed of Dr. Tilden
and Dr. Ross, to determine the location for the annual field meeting
and report at the next meeting.
The President called for notes, observations and exhibits. Dr.
Ross called attention to a display of some of the 250,000 insects
collected by Mr. Malkin in Africa.
Dr. Usinger displayed the superb illustrations made by Arthur
Smith of the British Museum of 50 new genera of Aradidae. In the
past only 50 genera were known in this family. The large number of
new genera were found by Dr. Usinger because it was previously not
recognized that adult aradids could be wingless. Heretofore such
specimens were considered to be nymphs.
The President then introduced as the main speaker of the meet-
ing, Mr. Borys Malkin, Research Associate of the California Acad-
emy of Sciences, who spoke on "Entomological Observations in
Africa.” A summary of Mr. Malkin’s discussion is given below.
Mr. Malkin spoke of his experiences during a 16 month trip in
Africa, from August, 1948, until December, 1949. The first three
months were devoted to collecting in North Africa starting off from
Tripoli through Tunisia and into Algeria. Desert conditions pre-
vailed throughout most of this territory except for a relatively nar-
row strip around Algiers. A bus trip southward through the Sahara
desert, French Sudan and Dahomey into Nigeria marked the second
stage of the journey. Mr. Malkin remained in Nigeria and the British
Cameroons nearly 7 months and covered a considerable portion of the
colonies. Here the work extended from the peak of the dry season
to the peak of the rainy season during which time considerable
change occurred in the composition of the insect fauna. Collecting
on the whole was strenuous and not too rich except for aquatic
Coleoptera and Hemiptera of which nearly 15,000 specimens were
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
taken. Concentration of species even in a small body of water was
enormous and a count, from a tiny pond in Ogbomosho, Southern
Nigeria, showed over 100 species of aquatic Coleoptera. The rain
forest was limited to the southernmost part of the colony and even
here it had been practically eliminated by intense cultivation. How-
ever, great stretches of such forests still survive in the Benin prov-
ince in the Niger Delta and are practically untouched in the Southern
Cameroons.
Over a month was devoted to working up the various vegetation
zones of Mt. Cameroon which practically rises from the sea, with
mangrove swamps at the bottom and the rain forest belt at about
2,500 feet. Next comes mid-mountain forest up to 4,500 feet. It is
this zone which he found richest in insect life. One of the character-
istic forms was a staphylinid Osorins later also found on Sao Tome
Island in the Guinee Gulf and in the Knysna Forest in South Africa.
Above 4,500 feet, ringed by tree ferns, occurs the mist forest which
extends to 7,500 feet in places. In this zone the fauna is distinctly
impoverished. Above the forest are grasslands to 10,000 feet where
the last trees disappear with mosses and lichens taking over to the
peak. At 10,000 feet very few insects occur, the most characteristic
form being sawflies.
In June, 1949, Mr. Malkin moved into the French Cameroons,
working over into the grassy highlands, and in July to the Portu-
guese Island of Sao Tome where an endemic and presumably new
species of Licinius was collected in the mountains. During August
and September Angola was explored. The Northern Highlands of
this colony show close relationship to the Cameroons and Nigeria
whereas the arid coastal strip and the sandy eastern part of the
colony resemble the Kalahari sands. Hardly any duplication occurred
in species and such groups as the chrysomelids, buprestids, meloids
and cincindelids occurred in particular abundance.
The last six weeks of the expedition were devoted to the explora-
tion of the Eastern Cape province and parts of Namaqualand, the
latter trip undertaken jointly with Dr. Karl Koch, an entomologist
of the Transvaal Museum in Pretoria. Work in the mountains back
of Capetown revealed an entirely different fauna, such groups as
melyrids, malachiids and clerids being especially numerous. The
virgin forest of Knysna, a coastal strip along the southern shores,
reminded Mr. Malkin very much of the western Oregon forests. Trips
up Table Mountain,, especially to Blinkwater Falls, yielded several
new genera and species of hydrophilids, some of which show affini-
ties to the Chilean fauna.
In addition to his comments on entomological exploration Mr.
Malkin discussed particularly the local mode of travel and living
conditions in the various areas visited.
After a discussion of Mr. Malkin’s talk, the meeting was ad-
journed. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
JANUARY, 1951] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
41
Two Hundred and Eleventh Meeting
The two hundred and eleventh meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on April 1, 1950, in
the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sci-
ences, San Francisco. President Ferris conducted the meeting. The
following members were present: G. F. Ferris, D. D. Jensen, R. L.
Usinger, J. W. MacSwain, E. R. Leach, E. O. Essig, F, X. Wiliams,
B. D. Culver, D. P. Furman, B. Brookman, W. W. Sampson, H. B.
Leech, E. C. Van Dyke, H. W. Brydon, C. A. Downing, C. W. Hilde-
brand,, K. F. Innes, Jr., J. W. Tilden, J. R. Walker, G. F. Augustson,
R. C. Miller, E. S. Ross, P. A. Adams, A. E. Pritchard, E. G. Wege-
nek, W. C. Bentinck, A. E. Michelbacher, T. W. Cook, and E. L.
Kessel. The following visitors attended : Mrs. G. F. Augustson, Ruth
Vickery, H. E. Stark, W. H, Renner, L. P. Coy and F. M. Prince.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The membership committee proposed and the Society elected
William C. Bentinck as a member.
Dr. Ross, Chairman of the field meeting committee, reported that
Portola State Park in San Mateo County had been selected as the
site for the annual field meeting which will be held May 7, 1950.
In response to the President’s call for notes, exhibits and re-
marks, Mr. H. Leech reported that Mrs. Fred Winters of Santa
Barbara had made a gift to the Academy of the collection of water
beetles, particularly Hydrophilidae, made by her late husband.
Dr. Ross reported that Dr. L. Hewes, an amateur lepidopterist,
of San Francisco,, died recently and had willed his collection of but-
terflies to the Academy.
Professor Ferris called attention to the recent death of Dr. P. N.
Annand, Chief of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quar-
antine and former member of the Society.
Dr. MacSwain reported that the University of California field
course in entomology will be held this summer in the San Gabriel
Mountains and invited members of the Society to visit the camp.
Dr. Kessel raised the question of having some meetings of the
Society in the evening instead of Saturday afternoon. After some
discussion a motion was made and carried that the Program Com-
mittee schedule at least one evening meeting during the fall season.
President Ferris then introduced F. M. Prince, Medical Ento-
mologist of the Western Communicable Disease Center Laboratory,
San Francisco, who addressed the Society on the subject: “Objec-
tives and Methods in Studies of Plague Transmission.” Mr. Prince’s
remarks are summarized below.
Plague first appeared among humans and rats in San Francisco
in 1900 and was discovered among California ground squirrels in
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
1908. Since 1934, the Public Health Service has extended the search
for plague in wild and domestic rodents and their ectoparasites to
17 Western States. Plague has been found in 137 counties in 15
States. The infection was demonstrated most frequently in ground
squirrels, marmots, prairie dogs, and wood rats.
Transmission studies were conducted with different species of
wild and domestic rodent fleas using white mice as the test animal
for the studies. A series of slides in color demonstrating techniques
in conducting the studies were shown. Color microphotographs illus-
trating the evolution of plague masses in a wild rodent flea (Mono-
psyllus wagneri), and a domestic rat flea {Xenopsylla cheopis) were
also presented. The development of mass formations in wild rodent
fleas is usually quite different from that of X. cheopis’, Masses usual-
ly originate in the stomach of wild rodent fleas and take several
weeks or months to produce complete blockage of the stomach,
whereas, the masses originate in the proventriculus of X. cheopis
and produce complete blockage in a much shorter period. Under
laboratory conditions X. cheopis proved to be the most efficient vector
of plague tested.
Following a discussion of Mr. Prince’s talk, the meeting was
adjourned. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Twelfth Meeting
Portola State Park, May 7, 1950
The two hundred and twelfth meeting of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society was held as the annual field meeting at Portola
State Park, San Mateo County, May 7, 1950.
The recorded attendance was 59 persons, including 14 members,
20 adult visitors and 25 children. The following members were pres-
ent: Howard Abram, P. H. Arnaud, E. S. Ross, E. C. Van Dyke,
F. X. Williams, W. H. Lange, H. B. Leech, J. W. Tilden, 0. W.
Graf, M. Marquis, J. H. Freitag, D. D. Jensen, A. E. Pritchard, and
A. E. Michelbacher. Visitors were present as follows: Mrs. Howard
Abram, Marguerite Arnaud, K. G. Swenson, Vaudis Swenson,
Winona C. Farr, Mr. and Mrs. Ernest Schneider and family, Pauline
Lange and family. Dr. and Mrs. Steve Dorman and family. Hazel
Tilden and son, Anne Minaker, Mrs. M. Marquis, Steven D. Mar-
quis, Elinor B. Freitag, Mr. and Mrs. J. L. Brady, Dr. and Mrs.
E. S. Sylvester and family. Dr. and Mrs. Eugene Stafford and
family, Mrs. A. E. Michelbacher.
Tha weather was good and although some collecting was done
most of the time was spent in visiting. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
JANUARY, 1951] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
43
Two Hundred and Thirteenth Meeting
The two hundred and thirteenth meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 8:00 p.m. on October 13, 1950,
in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco. President Ferris conducted the meeting.
The following members were present: Berta B. Kessel, E. L. Kessel,
A. E. Michelbacher, E. O. Essig, M. Marquis, W. C. Day, G. F.
Ferris, B. L. Usinger, E. C. Van Dyke, S. B. Freeborn, W. W. Middle-
kauff, J. W. Tilden, P. A. Harvey, W. Hazeltine, P. D. Hurd, Jr.,
F. X. Williams, J. E. Gillaspy, J. G. Edwards, P. H. Amaud, L. M.
Henry, C. D. Duncan, H. B. Leech, L. W. Quate, J. W. MacSwain,
L. P. Coy, W. C. Bentinck, S. G. Watkins, C. A. Downing, E. S.
Ross, D. D. Jensen, and G. A. Marsh. Visitors were present as fol-
lows : Bernard Adelson, Robert Schuster, Harold Stark, Harry L.
Hansen, S. C. Daniels, Lynne Scott, Neva Duncan, W. F. Ehrhardt,
Mrs. J. W. MacSwain, Norman Lewis, and G. F. Edmunds.
The minutes of the meeting held April 1 and of the field meeting
held May 7, 1950, were read and approved.
The membership committee proposed and the Society elected
the following as members : Mrs. Ruth C. Whitney, Robert Snelling,
and Gordon Marsh.
President Ferris appointed H. B. Leech, Paul Arnaud and J. W.
MacSwain as a committee to propose a slate of officers at the annual
meeting in December.
Dr. Hurd, chairman of the committee appointed to review the
constitution, distributed mimeographed sheets carrying proposed
modifications in the by-laws of the Society which will be acted upon
at a later meeting.
President Ferris asked for an expression of opinion from the
members present regarding the time of day meetings should be held.
After some discussion a motion was made and carried that the
meeting time alternate between afternoon and evening.
In response to the President’s call for notes and exhibits Dr,
Duncan displayed a species of syrphid fiy which has been very
abundant at San Jose for the past six weeks. The species, Tubifera
aenea (Scopoli), was found clustered in large numbers in paper
bundles, wrappings and other secluded places. Dr. MacSwain re-
ported that this species commonly infests solitary wasp cells, and
cracks, and suggested that the flies might be getting ready for
hibernation.
Dr. Duncan also reported that the owner of a new home in San
Jose had become alarmed because a bostrychid, Stephanopachys
padficus Casey, infested the lumber of the house. Both larvae and
adults were found. Although mainly in the sapwood under the bark,
specimens were also found deep in the wood. Dr. Van Dyke expressed
the opinion that the species would not breed very long in finished
lumber.
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Dr. Duncan reported an infestation of dry wood termites in a
piece of solid wood. The reproductive alates were found.
Dr. Edwards reported finding a female of Poreospasta polita
Horn mating with a male of Lytta aurictdata Horn, and commented
that this observation is additional evidence that the two species are
closely related, as indicated by Dr. MacSwain’s larval studies.
Professor Ferris called attention to a fine collection of bedbugs
which he had brought with him and which were available for
examination.
President Ferris introduced as the main speaker of the meeting,
Mr. George F. Edmunds, Jr., of the University of Utah, who spoke
on the subject: “Notes on the mechanics of flight and wing venation
of the Ephemeroptera and their ancestors, with remarks on the
archetype wing venation of the insects.” The talk was based on
studies conducted jointly by Mr. Edmunds and Jay E. Traver of
the University of Massachusetts. A summary of the talk, which was
illustrated by lantern slides and a cardboard model of an insect
wing, is summarized below.
The typical forewing of a mayfly is triangular in shape, and fan-
like in appearance due to corrugations, or fluting, resulting from a
complete alternation of concave and convex veins near the margin
of the wing. The corrugations strengthen the wing and make it more
rigid. The convex veins brace the wing on the downstroke and the
concave veins brace it on the upstroke. The wing is further strength-
ened by the close grouping of the costa, subcosta and radius 1 which
are held firmly together by a costal brace.
Although the mayfly wing appears to be wholly rigid, some of
the main longitudinal veins have obvious weakened spots or bullae
midway of their length. These bullae allow the concave veins to bend
sharply and consequently fail to support the distal half of the wing
on the upstroke. From these facts it can be seen that the corruga-
tions or fluting of the wing, and the bullae serve important flight
functions. On the downstroke, the wing remains rigid and the insect
gets a maximum amount of lift and propulsion. The failure of the
bullae equipped veins to support the wing tip, however, allows the
distal half of the wing to bend downward on the upstroke as a result
of the pressure of the opposing air. Thus the air slips away in such
a manner as to offer lessened resistance to the wing.
When examined in cross section it is seen that in general the
convex veins belong to the upper wing surface and the concave veins
to the lower wing surface. All veins and cross veins appear to be
arranged in such a way as to brace the wing.
The mayfly wing is apparently an excellent lift type wing but it
is not adapted for speed. In those insects that fly rapidly the anterior
margin of the wing is rigid, and the remainder of the wing mem-
brane is flexible. These insects fly by means of a sculling action in
which the rigid anterior margin leads the membrane in the direc-
tion of the wing stroke. Experiments and observations on the
Ephemeroptera indicate that the fluted wing seriously interferes
JANUARY, 1951] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
45
with sculling action. But in some Ephemeroptera such as Lachlania
the fluting of the wing has been interrupted hy the loss of many
intercalary veins and these mayflies appear to be the strongest
fliers in the order. They clearly demonstrate the superiority of the
sculling type over the fluted wing.
At the present time there seems to be no adequate explanation
of the origin of fluting in insect wings, but the speaker’s study of
the mechanics of mayfly flight have led him to believe that fluting
of the wing was an adaptation, which added rigidity to the wing
as it thinned out into an effective flight surface. The most ancient
winged insects are found in the Upper Carboniferous, but it is
evident from the great variety of wing types in these fossils that
the first winged insects are of greater antiquity. Entomologists have
thus had to hypothesize as to the ^nature of the wings of the first
pterygote insects. The present concept of this archetype venation
is illustrated by Snodgrass (Fig. 121 A) in his Principles of Insect
Morphology. The veins in this archetype are considered to be either
concave or convex in position but there is no complete or functional
fluting.
We, therefore, offer the hypothesis that the archetype wing was
a completely fluted wing with intercalary veins, not too unlike that
of Lithoneura mirifica Carpenter, an Upper Carboniferous paleo-
dictyopteran believed to be very close to, if not on, the ancestral line
of the mayflies. The fossil record clearly shows that the so-called
intercalary veins are true veins and that their free basal ends are
a secondary condition.
Several facts seem to support the idea that the wings of the first
pterygote insects were completely fluted. In all the winged orders
the veins show evidence of being concave or convex and the veins
often appear to belong to one surface or the other in cas^s where the
concave or convex positions are obscure. As this seems to be of no
functional value in most orders, we would consider these to be vestig-
es of once functional structures. The fact that fluting is more common
in Upper Carboniferous forms than in recent forms would seem to
be an additional evidence. The concept of an archetype wing with
complete fluting also indicates an .adaptational significance to the
evolutionary trends of fluting in insect venation.
Even though fluting appears to have been necessary for the thin-
ning out of the wings into effective flight surfaces, it would be a
detriment to the development of the rapid sculling type of flight.
The trend in the evolution of insect wings seems to be from the
fluted type toward the speed type wing with a rigid anterior margin
and a comparatively flexible membrane.
In light of the hypothesis that the completely fluted wing is more
primitive than that generally conceded to be the archetype venation,
the origin and major phylogenetic lines of ephemerid evolution were
discussed in some detail.
After considerable discussion the meeting was adjourned. — D. D.
Jensen, Secretary.
46
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1
Two Hundred and Fourteenth Meeting
The two hundred and fourteenth meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2 :00 p.m. on December 9, 1950,
in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco. President Ferris conducted the meeting.
The following members were present-: J. H. Freitag, C. D. MacNeill,
P. A. Adams, Gene Morris, E. C. Van Dyke, R. L. Usinger, E. 0.
Essig, W. C. Day, J. W. MacSwain, F. X. Williams, Wm. Hazeltine,
R. L. Doutt, E. G. Linsley, H. W. Brydon, C. P. Hoyt, C. L. Scott,
P. H. Arnaud, K. F. Innes, E. L. Kessel, W. D. Murray, R. C. Miller,
H. B. Leech, S. G. Watkins, J. G. Edwards, L. M. Henry, J. W. Tilden,
G. A. Marsh, J. P. Harville, E. A. Smith, W. C. Bentinck, R. Snelling,
J. J. De Bois, G. F. Ferris, B. E.' White, A. E. Pritchard, L. R. Gil-
logly, D. J. Gould, P. D. Hurd, Jr., L. W. Quate, J. W. Green, O. W.
Graf, Jr., and D. D. Jensen. The following visitors were present:
E. S. Sylvester, Phyllis Morris, Allan D. Telford, J. F. Reinhardt,
F. H. Lauret, Y. Tanada, H. R. MacCarty, Mrs. Burdette White,
T. F. Stubbs, Norman Lewis, A. A. Hubert, Barbara Prendergast,
and Benjamin Keh.
The minutes of the meeting held October 13, 1950, were read and
approved. The membership committee proposed and the Society
elected the following new members : W. H. Wade, Elbert B. Dixon, P.
D. Gerhardt, Alexander A. Hubert, and Charles L. Scott. Professor
Essig read a report of the historical committee outlining recommen-
dations for the commemoration of the fiftieth anniversary of the
Society in 1951. Dr. Miller presented a financial report of the Society
up to November 30, 1950. Mr. Day reported that the auditing com-
mittee had examined the financial records of the Society" and found
them in good order.
The President then called for notes, exhibits and remarks. Mr.
Arnaud exhibited a collection of males of an undescribed species of
braconid in the genus Blacus which he had observed swarming on a
number of occasions, usually in the early evening, both in the spring
of 1948 and 1949 at Redwood City.
Mr. Leech, representing the nominating committee, proposed
and the Society elected the following officers for 1951 : R. L. Usinger,
President; E. 0. Essig, Vice-President; D. D. Jensen, Secretary;
R. C. Miller, Treasurer; and E. L. Kessel and G. F. Ferris, Executive
Board Members at Large.
Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, only living charter member, was elected
Honorary President of the Society for the semicentennial year 1951.
The chairmanship of the meeting was then turned over to the
president-elect. Dr. Usinger, who called on Professor Ferris to give
his retiring presidential address entitled “Entomology, Aesthetics
and Science.” Professor Ferris’ address created considerable inter-
esting discussion before the meeting was adjourned. — D. D. Jensen,
Secretary.
For your ayriculturul needs
1
PENNSALT
ngrieulturai chemicals
PENNSALT DDT TECHNIC AL— Fine
to medium granulated powder of
uniform high quality. Setting point
89° C. minimum.
PENTECH®— Technical DDT made
especially for manufacturers of dust
concentrates, dusts and emulsion
concentrates. A granular, dry,
Jriable powder.
PENNSALT DB-50® — Fine, dry pow-
dered dust base containing 50%
DDT, for use by dust manufacturers
in formulating finished insecticides.
PENNSALT WB-50® — Micron-sized
powder containing 50% DDT and
superior wetting agents for use as
water suspension spray. Mixes easily,
adheres to foliage.
H H H
PENNSALT BHC TECHNICAL 36
(Benzene Hexachloride) — A superior,
partially refined technical BHC con-
taining approximately 36% of the
active gamma isomer. Readily lends
itself to production of impregnated
dusts.
PENNSALT BHC DUST BASE D-12
— 1 2% gamma isomer for use by dust
manufacturers in the formulation of
finished insecticides.
PENNSALT HI-GAM® 99— This is
technical lindane, the essentially
pure gamma isomer of benzene
hexachloride.
Other Pennsalt Insecticides
KRYOCIDE® — Time-tested natural
cryolite insecticide for control of
many chewing insects which attack
orchard and garden.
PENPHOS® W-1 5 — A wettable pow-
der containing 15% parathion. De-
signed for use as a water spray and
as a dust base concentrate. Effective
for the control of a wide variety of
economic insect pests.
SODIUM CHLORATE— High quality
weed-killer for long-range, non-
selective weed control.
For information on any or all of these
products write: rennsylmnia Salt
Manufacturing Company of
Washington^ Agricultural
Chemicals Oivision^ Tacoma,
Wash., Portland, Ore., Los Angeles,
Calif., Wenatchee, Wash., Takima,
Wash., Berkeley, Calif.
Chemicals
u
THERE’S A
SPRAY OR DUST
Send today for
• • • • for every infestation
Every Niagara product offers proved con-
trol to provide the most effective insecti-
cide or fungicide available to growers today,
The secret of Niagara’s superiority lies in
perfectly balanced formulation which has
been skillfully developed and fuUy tested by
Niagara’s technical staff. Successful growers
know from experience that Niagara sprays
and dusts used in a planned, year ’round
protection program, play a major part in
producing the highest quality pest-free crops.
Your local Niagara fieldman will be glad to
help you plan your crop protection program.
Call him today.
FREE field service
bulletin
Whatever your
crop or infestation.
Niagara field serv-
ice bulletins give
complete and accu-
rate information on
the best treatment
Send for your free
copy today. Write
Department 121
f >7
^ COHSUIT A <
t mAGARA ^
^ FtHB £XP£Rr i
4 ” ^1
Niagara
W CHEA
SPRAYS & DUSTS
CHEMICAL DIVISION
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA
Home Office: Middlepert, New York
Ill
OUTDOOR LABORATORY
Ro/im & Haas Experimental Farm at Bristol, Pa.
Long-time testing on our 300-acre Experimental Farm proves the
formulations developed by Rohm & Haas Research Laboratories
— under actual farming conditions. Result: maximum effectiveness
in commercial use of such chemicals for agriculture as Dithane
and Rhothane.
Because it controls many diseases of many crops without retarding
plant growth, Dithane helps thousands of farmers to increase
yields of potatoes and other crops. And because of its unique
insecticidal qualities, Rhothane gives orchardists effective control
of the red-banded leaf roller on apples, and the orange tortrix
on pears, apples, grapes and other fruit.
Scientific development and exhaustive testing-in-use will continue
to assure the effectiveness oiall Rohm & Haas agricultural chemicals.
CHEMICALS Hi FOR INDUSTRY
Dithane and Rhothane are trade-
marks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in
principal foreign countries.
ROHM e HAAS
COM PANV
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
IV
^teatet%Mct HilL
2 MAJOR ADVANCES IN
INSECT CONTROL DEVELOPED
IN THE LABORATORIES OF
Julius HYMAN & Company —
ALDRIN
(Compound 118)
ALDRIN has been approved for
control of Bo Weevil, certain other
insects, and grasshoppers
DIELDRIN _
(Compound 497)
DIELDRIN — Tests indicate
Dieldrin to be the most
effective killer of HOUSEFLIES, MOSQUITOES
and their larvae.
Samples for Experimental Use Available on Request
WRITE FOR INFORMATION
HYMAN
~ DENVER, COLORADO
URfommlated Aldrin and Dieldrin are distribnted in the U S. by Shell Chemical Coip.
V
from research to field —
DuPont Agricultural Chemicals
Measure Up to the Respdnsieility
For Effective Control of
Insects, Diseases, and Weeds
Today a necessary part of almost
every agricultural operation — farm,
ranch, orchard and garden — is the
efficient use of quality agricultural
chemicals.
Nearly every commercial crop is
affected by insects, diseases or weeds.
All types of livestock are attacked by
insects or subject to weed poisoning.
Controlling these pests directly re-
sults in greater yields of better quality
farm products and livestock.
Du Pont agricultural chemicals are
backed by a complete laboratory re-
search and farm testing program to
assure top quality safety and effec-
tiveness.
mm
“EG.U. S.PAT.OFf.
BETTER THINGS FOR BETTER LIVING — THROUGH CHEMISTRY
E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS & COMPANY, (INC.)
GRASSELLI CHEMICALS DEPARTMENT
WILMINGTON 98, DELAWARE
VI
MULTI-FILM "L"
“L” STANDS FOR LIQUID
A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER
that really WETS and still DEPOSITS
MULTI-FILM ADDS A PLUS VALUE
TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Colloidal Products Corporation
ESTABLISHED 1920
2598 TAYLOR STREET • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays
BULLETIN OF
ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Arrangements have been made
for completing vol. 1, and for the
publication of volumes 2 (applica-
tions in regard to nomenclatural
problems), 3 (documents considered
by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature at Paris,
1948), 4 (Official Record of the In-
ternational Commission at Paris),
and 5 (Official Record of the section
on Nomenclature of the thirteenth
International Congress of Zoology
at Paris, 1948).
All inquiries regarding publica-
tions should be addressed to : Inter-
national Trust for Zoological No-
menclature, 41 Queen’s Gate, Lon-
don, S, W. 7, England.
^
PACIFIC
DISCOUCRV
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
y
V
N
It
im
MwUllw
z'
CHEMICALS
1885
SINCE
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
<
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
Vlll
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEHCIAL INSECTS.
PACinC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA
FRIANITE is a processed anhydrous alkali alumi-
num silicate, definitely on the acid side (pH range
5.4 to 6.5). Designed distribution of particles makes
Frianite easy and effective to use.
FRIANITE is as close to neutral as practical for
general agricultural application. Superior adhesive
qualities. Moisture is less than 1%. Bulk density is
about 47 lbs. per square foot.
FRIANITE improves insecticides... makes them
flow freely and work easier. Because Frianite is a
superior diluent, it is effective and economical to
use anywhere in the United States.
Send for
Free Booklet
ora "FRIANITE”
FRIANITE is shipped direct from our plant at Friant,
California, in 100 lb. kraft bags. Superior qualities of
FRIANITE make it economical to use all over the U.S.
CALIFORNIA INDUSTRIAL MINERALS CO.
"Producers at FRMANITE" * FRIANT* CALIFORNIA
YOU GET THE BEST
Scientific Pest Contrei Products!
When you use ORTHO products, you’re getting the benefits of this matchless
combination of values: nearly half a century of research knowledge and field
experience, progressive product development, quality manufacturing, techni-
cal field service . . . and result's against pests!
These ORTHO Products are leading the field
Modern Organic Pesticides
ISOTOX — Gamma Isomer of BHC from
lindane. Dusts, Sprays, Wettable
Powder. Concentrate
VAPOTONE - TEPP, Dusts, Spray
Concentrate
VAPOPHOS — Parathion. Dusts, Wett-
able Powders
PERSISTO — DDT. Dusts, Wettable
Powder
PEST-B-GON— DDT. Spray
ORTHO-KLOR— Chlordane. Dusts,
Spray, Wettable Powder
ALLTOX — ^Toxaphene, Dusts, Wettable
Powder, Spray
GAMTOX — BHC. Dusts, Wettable
Powder
ESTERCIDE 330— Ester 2, 4-D Weed
Killer Spray
ESTERCIDE-T 245 and
ESTERCIDE-T 2— Ester 2, 4, 5-T
Weed and Brush Killer Sprays
WEED-B-GON 64— Amine 2, 4-D
Weed Killer Spray
Local ORTHO dust mills throughout the country supply freshly-mixed,
custom-mixed dusts for more timely, more effective control of pests.
For further information on ORTHO products, call your local ORTHO Dealer
or contact the nearest ORTHO office:
CALIFORNIA SPRAY- CHEMICAL CORP.
RICHMOND, SACRAMENTO, FRESNO, SAN JOSE, AND WHITTIER, CALIF.
PORTLAND, ORE. CALDWELL, IDAHO KANSAS CITY, MO. OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA.
SOUTH HAVEN, MICH. ORLANDO, FLA. LYNDONVILLE, N. Y. ELIZABETH, N. J.
SINCE 1906
Trademarks: ORTHO. ISOTOX. VAPOTONE. VAPOPHOS, PERSISTO, B-GON, GAMTOX
REG. U. S. PAT. OFF.
Vol. XXVII
April, 1951
No. 2
THE
Pan -Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
WIRTH — A new mountain midge from California 49
BEAL — Habitats of species of Novelsis 57
MacSWAIN — ^A new genus of Meloidae from North America 58
BREAKEY & PROPP — The spinose ear tick in Washington 59
MICHENER — Records and descriptions of
Megachilid bees from Texas 61
ADAMS & MacNEILL— G elastocoris rotundatus
Champion in California 71
MacSWAIN — N ew North American species of
Nemognatha and Zonitis 72
PRICK — Liriomyza langei, a new species of leaf miner
of economic importance in California 81
BOOK NOTICE 89
STARK — A specimen of Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker)
lacking a pronotal ctenidium (Siphonaptera) 91
WHEELER — Dettopsomyia and Ptilomyia: two genera new
to the United States 92
HELPER — A new subspecies of Metataenia 94
ROTH — New Records for Streblidae and Nycteribiidae 96
San Francisco, California
1951
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E» G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech R. L. Usinger
E. S. Ross Co-Editors E- C. Van Dyke
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly In January, ' April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ines appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored. Including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the CaJifomia Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco 18, Calif;, or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 70 cents. Make checks payable to "Pan-Paclflc Entomologist."
Announcing . . .
"THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura
of the world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and
Development, Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeog-
raphy. Complete systematic treatment is given including keys, syn-
nonymy and descriptions. The illustrations are in the well-known
style that has earned the author his reputation as “one of the very
foremost of entomological artists.” The 125 full pages of figures
include morphological details, and full illustrations of the type
species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
To be published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series”
by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its
Semicentennial Anniversary, September, 1951.
Prepublication Price ^5.00
Regular Price . ^6.00
Send orders to : Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post
office at San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
Xhe Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXVII, No. 2
April, 1951
A NEW MOUNTAIN MIDGE FROM CALIFORNIA
(Diptera: Deuterophlebiidae)
Willis W. Wirth
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research
Administration, United States Department of Agriculture
The peculiar nematocerous Diptera known as “mountain
midges” have excited the interest and curiosity of biologists when-
ever they have been found. This has by no means been a common
occurrence, as evidenced by the fact that the first adults were not
known until 1922, when Edwards described the male of Deutero-
phlebia mirahilis from Kashmir at an elevation of 11,000-12,000
feet in some of the highest mountains of the world. In 1924 Puli-
kovsky described the first known larvae, pupae, and females of an
unnamed species from the Altai Mountains in Siberia. Muttkowski
(1927) figured a larva from Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming,
which probably belongs to a species, D. coloradensis, described by
Pennak in 1945 from Colorado. Brodsky (1930) described the
larva, pupa, and female of D. mirahilis from Central Asia. The
Japanese species, D. nipponica, was first reported by Kitakami in
1929, by Kawamura in 1932, and Yie in 1933, but was not named
and fully described until 1938, when Kitakami gave it what is still
the most complete study for any known species, based on many
specimens of all stages. The same author ( ibid.) described the larva
and pupa of a second species, D. tyosenensis, from northern Korea.
Pennak (ibid.) has very ably summarized the existing knowledge
of the family, including references to the collecting of larvae of
undetermined species in Convict Creek, Mono Co., California, and
Rock Creek, Benton Co., Oregon. Stone (1949) noted the collection
of a male pupa of D. coloradensis from Peoria Slough, Oregon, but,
as will be shown later, his record probably refers to the new species
here described. Thus, up to the present time only four species of
Dealer ophlebia have been named, two of which are known from the
immature stages only.
During the summer of 1948 the writer had the opportunity to
search for deuterophlebiids over a wide area of northern and coastal
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
California. His hunt was finally rewarded in the mountains near
Mount Shasta in the headwaters of the Sacramento River, when he
collected large numbers of larvae and pupae in a small rapid moun-
tain stream. After finding the immature stages several hours before
dusk, he made a rapid search for adults in the vicinity, but without
success, owing partly to lack of time, which also precluded further
visits. However, the dissection of male and female imagoes from
mature pupae makes possible the description of all stages of this
species, and original observations on the biology, although limited,
supplement existing knowledge.
Notes on the Habits of the Larvae. The larvae were col-
lected in Fawn Creek, near its junction with the South Fork of the
Sacramento River at about 5,000 feet elevation, about 10 miles
southwest of Mount Shasta City, California. The stream is a typical
cold mountain creek, several feet wide with riffles several inches
deep, cascading over boulders and stones at a 45° slope from the
last pockets of melting snow on the slopes 2,000 feet above.
The deuterophlebiid larvae and pupae were found on the upper
surface of smooth rocks, where they seemed to prefer the water
line or the splash at riffle areas. They were also found on broad,
fairly flat rocks covered with a thin film of very swift water. The
larvae spent much time moving the head and anterior portion of
the body in an arc from side to side, presumably feeding on par-
ticles they scraped off the surface of the rock. Locomotion was in a
characteristic zig-zag lateral course, made possible by alternate
loosening of anterior and posterior ends of the body, rotating the
free end in an arc to the side, and re-attaching. A similar method
for blepharicerid larvae has been described by Kellogg (1903).
When the larvae are disturbed, locomotion may be surprisingly
rapid, especially considering the amount of co-ordination neces-
sary to move several sets of legs at one time, and the hazard of being
swept away in the swift current.
The exceedingly simple mechanism of hooks and sucker of the
larval prolegs was described and illustrated by Pulikovsky. In look-
ing at her figures, however, the writer has reached a different con-
clusion regarding the function of this mechanism. It seems that the
primary force for secure attachment or adhesion is not the suction
of the pad at the end of the leg, but rather the simultaneous traction
of the hundreds of minute retrorse hooks on each leg, which is
greatest when the leg is relaxed and extended. The primary muscles
April, 1951]
WIRTH DEUTEROPHLEBIIDAE
51
of t-ie leg, which are attached at the center of the pad at the end of
the leg, would then act by their contraction to invaginate the rows
of hooks, the distal rows first, thus shortening the leg and releasing
its hold on the substrate preparatory to movement.
Owing to the scarcity of males and male pupae, Kitakami postu-
lates that D. nipponica may reproduce by parthenogenesis. The
collection of about equal numbers of pupae of both sexes in the
California material would indicate normal reproduction. The sea-
sonal distribution of the present species is not known, but the collec-
tion of about equal numbers of larvae of all sizes indicates the
existence of no marked broods, at least in mid-summer. There are
four larval instars, according to Kitakami.
The deuterophlebiids were closely associated with several other
dipterous larvae and pupae of similar body form and similar habit.
Individuals of undetermined species of two genera of Blephariceri-
dae, Agathon and Philorus, were numerous, usually in deeper
water than the D enter ophlebia. The psychodid genus Mamina was
represented in greater abundance, and usually in shallower water
or closer to the water line or upper splash line.
The discovery of this colony of D enter ophlebia coincided with
the adoption of, and can be almost wholly credited to, the use of
an apparently crude but nevertheless amazingly effective collecting
method, described by Fritz Muller in 1895 for collecting Mamina
larvae. One need only to pass his fingers, palms down, slowly and
with moderate pressure over the rocks where larvae may be sus-
pected of breeding. They are dislodged from the rocks and cling
tightly to the skin, where their presence can be readily observed at
close range, their color contrasting much more greatly with the
hand than with the rocks of their natural habitat. The larvae can
then be removed rapidly from the hand by knife or forceps, perhaps
in the relative safety and comfort of a nearby boulder rather than
at the brink or in the spray of a dangerous stream. More important,
hundreds of samples can be taken in the time in which only one
would have been possible by conventional screens, seines, or even
by direct visual examination of the rocks.
Deuterophlebia shasta Wirth, new species
Male: Length, undetermined; wing, 3.6 mm. by 1.7 mm. Head
(fig. 16) hidden under projecting mesonotum, small, transverse and
flat. Eyes small, subspherical, without pubescence, diameter about a
fourth entire width of head, projecting at antero-lateral corners of
head. Clypeus with small prominent setose mesal lobe. Ocelli and
52
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2
mouthparts absent; mouth opening on ventral side of clypeal lobe.
Ventral margin of head rather flattened. Antennae (fig. Id) six-
segmented, very long, proportions of segments 10:5:16:6:6:560;
first two segments enlarged, the first with fine setae; second ring-
like, bare; third to fifth each with a small distal tubercle on mesal
side bearing five to six peg-like hyaline sensillae; distal segment
evenly tapered to filiform tip, with minute capitate sensillae on mesal
surface of about proximal half.
Thorax robust, apparently devoid of vestiture. Prothorax much
reduced, mesonotum very convex in front, broad and dorsally flat-
tened caudad ; scutellum flat and about four times as broad as long ;
postscutellum very large, as broad as mesonotum; metanotum tri-
angular, hidden under first two abdominal tergites. Pleural structure
not determined. Halteres grayish hyaline, with minute pubescence,
the stem slender, knob subspherical.
Wing hyaline, with fine microtrichiae ; with shape and apparent
venation as in figure le; only costa, subcosta, and Ri apparently
thickened ; the fan-like arrangement of secondary venation due to
folding of the wing in the pupal case, this first pleat-like lengthwise,
the whole then alternately folded in four sections.
Legs long and slender, proportions of mid legs as in fig. Ih, fore
and hind legs similar; coxae and trochanters setose ventrally, the
trochanters apparently two-segmented; femora with a few dorsal
setae ; tibiae and tarsi with well-developed ventral pubescence of fine
capitate hairs ; tibial spurs absent ; tarsal segments obliquely articu-
lated; last segment (fig. li) with claws unequal, reduced to lance-
olate pubescent lobes, the empodium a flattened disc, nearly circular,
the diameter subequal to length of fifth segment, the surfaces densely
set with long very fine capitate hairs.
Abdomen broad at base, tapered distad to eighth segment which
is greatly reduced and only half as broad as the genitalia. Sixth and
seventh segments with low lateral prominences each bearing five or
six strong, scattered spines. Genitalia (fig. 1;;) simple, ninth tergite
bilobed, extending between the basistyles about half their length,
deeply emarginate mesad, each lobe with a pair of short blunt spines ;
ninth sternite poorly differentiated. Basistyles tapering, mesal sur-
face with fine setae; dististyles simple, about half as long as basi-
styles, slightly tapered distad, flexor surface slightly concave and set
with scattered short spinose setae. Aedeagus tube-like, slightly ta-
pered caudad, arising between bases of basistyles, the rounded tip
reaching their apices; apparently with a slightly sclerotized inner
protrusible penis tube.
Female: In general similar to the male, with the following dif-
ferences: Head (fig. la) smaller than in male, wdth antennae (fig.
Ic) short, segments in proportion of 27:10:30:10:10:18; the four
flagellar segments at apices with one, three, three, and three, peg-
like hyaline sensillae respectively; distal segment also with two
mesal and one distal, short setae. Legs (fig. Ig) with femora much
April, 1951]
WIRTH DEUTEROPHLEBIIDAE
53
stouter than in male ; femora and tibiae with a few minute setae on
extensor surface; tarsal segments with one or two pairs of small
ventral spines, the articulations very oblique, segments two to four
appearing rhomboidal; segment five with claws (fig. 1/) strong,
equal, and simple, with basal swelling, empodium lanceolate, with
short setae. Abdomen tapering to tip, with minute pubescence;
seventh segment with single lateral bristle; eighth with irregular
lateral lobe with about six short strong bristles; tenth tergite bi-
lobed. Eighth sternite with a large conical invaginated genital cham-
ber extending forward from the gonopore in middle of hind margin ;
ninth sternite bilobed, tenth sternite a pair of blunt pubescent lobes
with a blunt smooth tubercle on mesal side of apices.
Pupa: Length variable, about 2. 0-2.5 mm. Broadly oval, dorsal
surface (figs. 2a, /) convex, especially in head region, flattened be-
hind, integument strongly sclerotized dark brown, with strong gran-
Figure 1. D enter ophlebia shasta. a. head, female; b. head, male;
c. antenna, female; d. antenna, male; e. wing, male; f. fifth tarsal
segment, female ; g. mid-leg, female ; h. mid-leg, male ; i. fifth tarsal
segment, male; j. genitalia, male, ventral aspect.
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
ulation especially on caudal margins of segments. Pro- and meso-
thorax fused, with median longitudinal seam (which splits at emer-
gence of imago). A pair of prominent respiratory horns on antero-
lateral margin, each with a short thick stem and three very crooked
filaments ; a single long, stout spine arising from a conical tubercle
dorsad of base of each respiratory organ; dorsal surface of body
between these spines with a pair of long, transverse, sub-lateral lines
of dark macro-granulation. Examination of the histoblasts in ma-
ture larvae shows that the respiratory organ is prothoracic, and the
spine is mesothoracic. Metanotum small, not reaching lateral mar-
gins, with a pair of transverse lines of granulation similar to but
shorter than those on mesonotum. First and second abdominal seg-
ments very narrow with ends curved forward, projecting free as
very heavily sclerotized prominences with about a dozen strong black
thorn-like spines. Segments three to five with undulating margins,
sixth segment with five to six spines on caudo-lateral margin, mostly
on ventral side; seventh segment with spinose caudo-lateral lobes
bent around the small mesal eighth and ninth segments. Dorsally the
male pupa distinguishable from the female by the much longer
thoracic region (0.36 of the entire length in male; 0.27 in female).
Ventral surface (figs. 2h, g) flattened, not heavily sclerotized,
with three pairs of blackish oval adhesive pads near lateral margins
of abdominal segments three to five. Sexual dimorphism extreme on
ventral aspect; male with the long antennal cases each forming two
elliptical rings appressed around body; female attennal cases short,
not reaching past wing cases ; the latter reaching to fourth abdom-
inal segment; leg cases reaching fifth segment in female, seventh
in male.
Mature Larva (fig. 2e) ; Length variable, about 3.5 mm. Color
yellowish-white, with some scattered orange pigment along dorsum,
head and base of antennae dark brown. Body plano-convex ; eleven-
segmented, counting the head, the three thoracic segments, and seven
leg-bearing abdominal segments ; without trace of spiracles.
Head rather fiat, clypeus well differentiated, with four lateral
pairs of minute setae, two lateral pairs of setae well back on frons
and about four pairs of multiple-branched setae near base of each
antenna. Antenna arising from a short conical tubercle, proximal
segment brownish sclerotized, two-thirds as long as width of head,
stout, slightly tapering; bifurcating into a long dorsal and a short
ventral, membranous branches, respectively about twice as long and
three-fourths as long as proximal segment. A pair of small black
eye-spots near lateral margin of head behind antennae.
Mouthparts (fig. 2h) : Labrum membranous, bilobate, projecting
in front of, and curving down below clypeus to ventral surface of
head, with a pair of densely setose ridges curving from lateral cor-
ners in front to near mid-line on caudo-ventral margin of labrum;
sides of labrum with series of short, plate-like setae. Mandibles with
a heavily sclerotized ring, bearing a narrow transverse comb of
hrown setae, and a dense tuft of long brown hairs on caudo-mesal
April, 1951]
WIRTH DEUTEROPHLEBIIDAE
55
margin. Maxillae a transverse lobe vrith a comb-like row of dense
short setae, a small palpus on caudal margin near lateral ends and
a small black granular spot on caudal margin near mid-line. Labium
apparently a submedian pair of sclerotized flaps.
Thorax with three well-marked segments, the mesothorax broad-
est and most highly pigmented.
Abdomen broadest at segment four, each of the seven preapical
segments with a well developed lateral pseudopod or proleg, each
bearing a distal series of eight to eleven rows of small dense black
hooks (fig. 2c). Front and hind margins of prolegs with dense vesti-
ture of long, multiple-branched black hairs. Each segment dorsally
with a few fine setae in a transverse row. Eighth segment consisting
of a pair of tapering curved lobes, bearing a pair of black peg-like
spines and a hair at apex (fig. 2d) ; on ventral side with five white,
sausage-shaped, anal gills.
ventral ; c. detail of hook of larval proleg ; d. detail of tip of eighth
abdominal segment of larva; e. mature larva, dorsal view (hooks of
second and sixth prolegs, right side, inverted) ; f. female pupa, dor-
sal view; g. same, ventral; h. larval head, ventral view showing
mouth parts.
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
Holotype male, dissected from pupa, Fawn Creek, near head-
waters of South Fork, Sacramento River, Siskiyou County, Cali-
fornia, July 22, 1948, W, W. Wirth, (TYPE No. 59,374, U. S.
National Museum) allotype female; paratypes 2 males, 1 female
dissected from pupae; 25 pupae and 100 larvae in various stages,
same data as type. Adult paratypes will be deposited in the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences and the British Museum of Natural
History.
Comparative Notes. The species of Deuterophlebia are diffi-
cult to separate in the larval and adult stages because of poorly
diagnostic characters. However, the pupae are quite distinctive and
Pennak has given a key to separate them. D. shasta falls in couplet
two of Pennak’s key with Pulikovsky’s Altai Mountain species on
the basis of the single long thoracic spine near the respiratory
organ. From her species it may be separated as follows:
Pupa with distinct transverse granulose lines on dorsum of thoracic
segments ; larvae yellowish to light orange in color ; adult female
antenna with two pre-apical setae on last segment shasta
Pupa without differentiated lines on dorsum of thorax; larvae dark
brown on dorsal surface; adult female antenna with at least five
pre-apical setae on last segment (Pulikovsky’s species)
The pupa reported by Stone (1949) from Oregon as D. colora-
densis is in the U. S. National Museum collection and has been
examined by the writer. It possesses the single pair of thoracic
spines. The range of shasta doubtless extends over a much wider
area along the Pacific Coast while that of coloradensis remains
within the Rocky Mountain system so far as known.
The writer wishes to thank Dr. R. W. Pennak of the University
of Colorado for the gift of larvae and pupae of D. coloradensis.
Pupae of the two Japanese species in the National Museum collec-
tion were also studied.
Literature Cited
Brodsky, K.
1930. Zur Kenntnis der Wirbellosenfaune der Bergstrdme Mit-
telasiens. II. Deuterophlebia Tmrahilis Edw. Zeitschr.
Morph. Okol. Tiere, 18:289-321.
Edwards, F. W.
1922. Deuterophlebia mirabilis, gen. et sp. n., a remarkable
dipterous insect from Kashmir. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 9, 9 :379-387.
April, 1951]
BEAL NOVELSIS
57
Kawamura, T.
1932. D enter ophlebia. Iconographia Insectorum Japonicorum,
p. 2204.
Kellogg, V. L.
1903. The net-winged midges (Blepharoceridae) of North
America. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, 3:187-232.
Kit AK AMI, S.
1929. An unusual insect from Japan (Diptera Deutero-
phlebiidae) Zool. Mag., 41:379-380.
1938. The Deuterophlebiidae of Japan. Annot. Zool. Japon.
17:487-513.
Muller, F.
1895. Contribution towards the history of a new form of larvae
of Psychodidae from Brazil. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1895 ; 479-482.
Muttkowski, R. a.
1927. A new and unusual insect record for North America
(Diptera-Deuterophlebiidae) . Bull. Brooklyn Ent.
Soc., 22:245-249.
Pennak, R. W.
1945. Notes on mountain midges (Deuterophlebiidae) with a
description of the immature stages of a new species
from Colorado. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1276, pp.
1 - 10 .
PULIKOVSKY, N.
1924. Metamorphosis of D enter ophlehia sp. (Diptera, Deutero-
phlebiidae Edw.). Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1924:45-62.
Stone, A.
1949. D enter ophlehia coloradensis Pennak in Oregon (Diptera,
Deuterophlebiidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 51:122.
Yie, S.
1933. Observations on a Japanese Denterophlebia (Diptera).
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, 23:271-296.
HABITATS OF SPECIES OF NOVELSIS
(Coleoptera: Dermestidae)
Mature larvae of Novelsis horni (Jayne) were taken on Dec.
27, 1950, one by the writer from a Sceliphron nest 5 miles north
of Tucson, Arizona, and one by C. B. Beal from a Leptochiline-Iike
nest in the sandy bank of the Santa Cruz River 9 miles south of
Tucson. A single mature larva of Novelsis varicolor (Jayne) was
found by the writer in a Sceliphron nest 11 miles northeast of Tuc-
son on December 28. All the larvae were reared to adults on pollen
in a temperature cabinet at 31° C. — R. S. Beal, Jr.
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
A NEW GENUS OF MELOIDAE FROM
NORTH AMERICA
J. W. MacSwain
University of California, Berkeley
In North America the genus Lytta has long been recognized as
being made up of several well defined species groups. Horn (1873) ^
in his synopsis of the genus first suggested such a division and he
was followed by Fall (1901) ^ and others as additional species were
described. However, larval studies coupled with field observations
and a re-evaluation of the significance of adult structures clearly
indicate that the genus as now recognized is polyphyletic. The
species which have previously been assigned to Group 3 of Horn’s
classification can now be shown to be an annectant group whose
features relate them more closely to Epicauta than to Lytta.
Genus Linsleya® new genus
Antennae with segments compressed, intermediate segments
either sub-quadrate or transverse. Legs with front tibia sericeous
on its inner face; hind tibial spurs equal, slender and acute.
Type : Lytta convexa LeConte.
In addition to the type, the following species are assigned to
this genus on the basis of the adult characters; L. sphaericollis Say,
L. compressicornis (Horn),.L. infidelis (Fall) and L. suavissima
Wellman.
The genus as here defined should be placed as a primitive group
of the Epicautini. Such an assignment requires a modification of the
present definition of this tribe, as based on the adults, to include
members lacking a sericeous patch on the anterior femora but pos-
sessing such a patch on the anterior tibia. No modification of the
tribal definition is necessary for the inclusion of the larvae, al-
though only the first instar larva of L. convexa is known at the
present. Finally it may be stated that the activity pattern of the
adults of several species has been observed by the author to be
more typically Epicautine than Lyttine.
^Horn, G. H. 1873. Revision of the species of several genera of MelOidae of the
United States. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 13 ;88-117.
-Fall, H. C. 1901. Notes on DicheLonycha and Cantharis, with descriptions of new
species in other genera. Tran. Am. Ent. Soc. 27 ;277-316.
^Named in honor of E. G. Linsley in partial recognition of his many contribu-
tions toward a knowledge of the biology and systematics of the Coleoptera.
April, 1951]
BREAKEY & PROPP EAR TICK
59
THE SPINOSE EAR TICK IN WASHINGTON"
E. P. Breakey^ and Harold Propp^
Ticks collected from the ears of cattle on the A. D. Olson Ranch
near Beverly, in central Washington, in November, 1949, were re-
ferred to the senior author’s attention on February 8, 1950. They
were tentatively identified as the spinose ear tick, Otohius megnini
(Duges). Immediately, specimens were sent to Dr. F. C. Bishopp,
Assistant Chief, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, who
verified our determination.
Dr. Bishopp stated {in litt.) , “It is unusual to have a general
infestation of this tick as far north as Beverly, Washington, al-
though it has been taken on several occasions in the state of Wash-
ington.”
Dr. Bishopp also asked if any of the cattle on the ranch had been
brought in from the south, since the species is native to the south-
western United States.
In the meantime. Dr. M. O. Barnes, Supervisor, Division of
Dairy and Livestock, Washington State Department of Agriculture,
Olympia, had been questioned regarding the presence of the spinose
ear tick in Washington. Dr. Barnes stated {in. litt.), “Several years
ago, I had an opportunity to investigate severe tick infestation in
the ears of cattle in eastern Washington; however, it was doubted
at that time if the tick could be identified as the spinose ear tick.”
When A. D. Olson, owner of the cattle, was questioned regarding
the history of the infestation, he stated {in litt.), “We have been
running livestock in this locality for 20 years. We have been running
cattle for the last five years and sheep fifteen years prior to that.
We have not shipped in any stock from any southern states. We have
always had ticks here but the ear tick has been bothering us only
about two years. The ear tick infestation was heavier this year than
in previous years. We did not examine the sheeps’ ears as they did
not give us trouble, but we have always found them in the dogs’
ears.”
David H. Brannon, Extension Entomologist, State College of
Washington, believes that the spinose ear tick has been present in
central Washington for a number of years. Recently, he displayed
^Scientific Paper No. 973, Washington. Agricultural Experiment Stations, Insti-
tute of Agricultural Sciences, State College of Washington, Pullman.
^Associate Entomologist, Western Washington Experiment Station, Puyallup.
® Veterinarian, Bureau of Animal Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture.
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2
some specimens of this tick which he had mounted in plastic for
the purpose of acquainting county agents and ranchers in the area
with the appearance of the pest. A few days later, Brannon wrote
as follows: “In going over our insect identification record in the
office, I find that Laurel Smith (Brannon’s predecessor) reported
the spinose ear tick on September 3, 1942. The identification was
made by Dr. Roy D. Shenefelt. The ticks were collected from cattle
near Quincy. They were sent to Laurel Smith by D. Sinclair through
L. R. Nicholson from Ellensburg. Smith states that four cattle had
died from the effects. Smith also notes, “This is the first record
I know of from this state. It has been recorded from Alberta. Insect
Pest Survey has been notified and any records of previous infes-
tations from the state requested.” This is the only record we have in
our files on the spinose ear tick other than the specimens I showed
you when I was in Puyallup.”
The specimens sent to Dr. Bishopp for identification were slightly
engorged nymphs. It appears that we are dealing with an infestation
that is of several years standing. Apparently the ticks pass the
winter in central Washington as nymphs in the ears of the host,
multiplication and dispersal taking place during the summer. It is
not surprising that a southern species with such habits should be
able to survive in more northern localities, since temperature chang-
es on the host during the winter would not be great.
Bishopp and Trembley (1945) state “It is unlikely that Ornitho-
doros megnini will ever become permanently established or assume
such importance as a livestock pest in states to the east of Texas or
to the north of Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arizona, and California,
with the possible exception of certain parts of southern Colorado,
Utah and Nevada.” Certain exceptions to this generalization are
then given.
This tick was also collected by J. D. Gregson in December, 1943,
in the ears of mountain goat at Bryant Creek, British Columbia.
Since a nymph was taken from the ear of a cat in the same vicinity
(Ewings Landing on Okanagan Lake, B. C.) on October 6, 1941,
it also appears that the pest may be established there, at least tem-
porarily.
Literature Cited
Bishopp, F. C., and Trembley, Helen Louise
1945. Distribution and Hosts of Certain North American Ticks,
Journal of Parasitology, 31:44-46.
April, 1951]
MICHENER MEGACHILID BEES
61
RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF
MEGACHILID BEES FROM TEXAS
( Hymenoptera )
Charles D. Michener
University of Kansas, Lawrence
In previous papers^ the thesis was developed that several groups
of megachili d bees are confined to the westernmost deserts of North
America, immediately east of the great mountain divides of central
and southern California. This idea was based on extensive collecting
in California and some collecting in Arizona by the author, Timber-
lake and others, and extensive collecting in New Mexico and Colo-
rado by Cockerell. Of particular importance were Cockerell’s col-
lections from southern New Mexico, made in desert areas similar
in many ways to the Californian deserts. His material lacked the
groups involved.
In the spring of 1949 the author, in company with his wife and
Doctor and Mrs. R. H. Beamer, spent a week collecting in western
Texas and obtained in these easternmost North American deserts
members of several groups once thought to be confined to the west-
ern desert or at least concentrated there. Such groups are Anthocopa
of the subgenera Phaeosmia and Eremosmia. There remain several
of the groups (e. g. Proteriades and two subgenera of Ashmeadiella)
which are probably actually confined to the far west, but further
collecting will be necessary to establish this. It becomes obvious
that Cockerell’s collecting in southern New Mexico was not suffi-
ciently extensive to be used as a basis for zoogeographic generali-
zations, at least in connection with bees which fly in the spring.
Except as otherwise stated types of new forms are deposited in
the Snow Entomological Collections, University of Kansas.
Anthocopa (Phaeosmia) rubrella Michener, 1949
It is now eertain that the flowers on which the type series of this
species were taken at Dryden, Texas, were a species of Dalea.
Additional records, all from Texas, are as follows: Marathon,
April 13, 1949, on Dalea argyraea; Cooper’s Store, Big Bend Na-
^ Michener, C. D., 193^, A revision of the genus Ashmeadiella (Hsnnen., Mega-
chilidae), Amer. Midland Nat., 22:1-84; 1943, The American bees of the genus
Anthocopa with notes on Old World subgenera (Hymenoptera, Megachilidae) , Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer., 36 :49-86 ; 1944, The distribution of the osmiine bees of the deserts
of North America, Amer. Nat., 78:257-266.
62
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
tional Park, April 11, 1949, on Dalea neomexicana; Sanderson,
April 13, 1949, on Dalea formosa (all collected by R. H. Reamer
and C. D. Michener) .
The Sanderson series of two males and two females is interesting
in that one specimen of each sex is entirely without red on the abdo-
men, and in the remaining female the red is very dark, particularly
on the third metasomal tergum. The remaining male is fully as red
as specimens from other localities. The absence of red in part of this
series is possibly an intergradation toward A. maryae, but the cly-
peal margin is typical of rubrella.
Anthocopa (Phaeosmia) maryae Michener, 1949
Three females, Quemada, Texas, on Dalea pogonathera, April
14, 1949, (R. H. Reamer, C. D. Michener.)
Anthoeopa (Phaeosmia) dale ae Michener, new species
This species, which raises the total number of known species of
Phaeosmia to ten, resembles rubrella and maryae in the broad
apical flange of the sixth metasomal tergum of the female, but differs
from them as well as from all other species of Phaeosmia by having
a strong longitudinal median carina on the clypeus and by having
the apical margin of the clypeus feebly trilobed (fig. 7), the lobes
being the angles which demark the truncation and a median con-
vexity between them. The male differs from that of rubrella in the
large second metasomal sternum, which reaches the seventh tergum
when the abdomen is in repose. In the key to the males of Phaeosmia
(Michener, 1949, Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., 22:54) daleae runs to
enceliae if the rounded rather than emarginate second sternum is
ignored.
Female : Length 6 mm. (varying to 5.8 among paratypes) . Black,
pubescence dull white, ochraceous to light fuscous on lower half of
clypeus and dorsum of head and thorax ; tufts of hair beneath clypeal
margin orange but very small, not exceeding clypeal margin; face
rather densely pubescent to above level of antennae; mesepisterna
and marginal portions of scutum and scutellum rather densely pubes-
cent. Inner margins of eyes converging below. Punctation of head
and thorax rather uniform and coarse, that of area immediately in
front of anterior ocellus finer and dense, that of lower two thirds
of clypeus also fine and dense except for the longitudinal median
raised carina which marks this part of clypeus ; lower end of carina
low and narrow, upper end merging into rather coarsely punctate
upper third of clypeus; clypeal truncation with impunctate but not
thickened margin which is brownish; truncation longer than dis-
tance from its end to lateral angle of clypeus; median portion of
April, 1951]
MICHENER MEGACHILID BEES
63
truncation slightly convex; distance between posterior ocelli slightly
greater than distance from one of them to eye margin or to posterior
edge of vertex; median ocellus about 1.5 times as far from antennal
bases as from posterior edge of vertex; genal areas narrower than
eye seen from side. Mandibles feebly dark red subapicaily, less than
three times as long as greatest breadth, over three times as long as
narrowest medial breadth, distance between first and second teeth
less than that between second and third, margin between first and
second teeth a V-shaped notch, that between second and third arcu-
ate, subapical inner swelling absent; maxillary palpi longer than
greatest width of galea, five-segmented, second segment longest,
first and third subequal, slightly shorter, fourth slightly shorter than
third, fifth very small and slender; first segment of labial palpus
about 0.7 times as long as second. Thoracic punctation similar to that
of vertex; tegulae smooth, transluscent dark testaceous. Legs black,
tibial spurs pale brown. Wings slightly dusky, veins and stigma black.
Abdomen black, posterior margins of terga feebly brownish; meta-
somal terga one to four with conspicuous apical bands of white
pubescence, somewhat narrowed medially on first and second terga ;
sixth tergum somewhat pruinose, more finely and closely punctured
than dorsal portions of first four terga; sixth tergum with apical
flange, projecting at an angle to disc of tergum; scopa short, dull
white, that of apical half of sixth metasomal sternum consisting of
hairs which are bent subapicaily.
Male: Length 5.5 mm. (varying to 5.2 mm. among paratypes).
Similar in appearance and punctation to female but punctures of
entire clypeus and supraclypeal area fine and dense, those in front
of anterior ocellus not so; face more densely covered with white
pubescence; clypeus without longitudinal carina, margin transverse,
coarsely denticulate, median portion with three large denticles,
adjacent parts of margin with two denticles on each side. Mandibles
bidentate, outer tooth the longest. Abdominal punctation and pubes-
cense similar to that of fema’c; sixth metasomal tergum with a
narrow projecting flange produced to a median slightly obtuse angle
and to a small rounded lobe at each side; seventh tergum small,
brown, margin rounded laterally, straight medially; first sternum
thickened, posterior margin straight; second sternum large, cover-
ing succeeding sterna, posterior margin broadly rounded, reddish
brown ; third sternum with a broad squarely cut emargination with
a fringe of long hairs only medially; fourth to sixth sterna entire,
broadly rounded, margin of fifth more clearly straight than others ;
seventh sternum with apical emargination ; eighth with apex obtuse.
Holotype female, allotype male, and three female and two male
paratypes: Cooper’s Store, Big Bend National Park, Texas,
on Dalea neomexicana, April 11, 1949 (R. H. Beamer, C. D. Mich-
ener). One female is from Phacelia popei but was not collecting
pollen. One female paratype: Sanderson, Texas, on Dalea formosa,
April 13, 1949 (R. H. Beamer, C. D. Michener) .
64
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
This is the third Texan species of Phaeosmia. All are smaller than
the more western species of this subgenus, but daleae in particular
is closely related to the western group of species.
Anthocopa (Eremosmia) beameri Michener, new species
This is a species of typical Eremosmia, a group of bees hitherto
known only from the California deserts. It has the appearance of a
small specimen of A. robustula (Cockerell), from which it differs
strikingly in the more nearly equidistant mandibular teeth of the
male, in the coarsely punctured clypeus of the female with the upper
portion shining, convex, with widely separated punctures, and in
the rounded subapical inner mandibular swelling of the female.
Because of the swollen upper part of the clypeus, the female might
run to laevibullata in the key (Michener, 1943, Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer., 36:67) . It differs from that species by the equidistant man-
dibular teeth of the female, among many other characters.
Female: Length 6.5 mm. (varying to 7.0 mm. among paratypes).
Black, pubescence dull white, ochraceous on dorsum of head and
thorax, tufts of hair beneath clypeal margin large, orange; sides
of face and supra-antennal area rather densely pubescent to level of
median ocellus, sides and dorsum of thorax also rather densely
pubescent. Inner margins of eyes parallel. Punctation of head and
thorax fine and dense, the vertex and supra-antennal areas par-
ticularly so ; supraclypeal area more coarsely and sparsely punctate,
especially below; clypeus with upper two thirds strongly bulging,
coarsely punctured, with punctures widely separated especially
medially where there is a longitudinal zone which is impunctate or
nearly so ; lower third of clypeus closely and rather finely punctate
except for the impunctate, thin margin of the truncation; margin
of truncation slightly shorter than distance from end of truncation
to lateral angle of clypeus, angles demarking truncation rounded;
distance between posterior ocelli subequal to distance from one of
them to posterior margin of vertex and to eye margin; anterior
ocellus with its anterior margin slightly nearer to antennal bases
than to posterior edge of vertex; genal areas narrower than eyes
seen from side. Mandibles dark red subapically, less than 2.5 times
as long as greatest breadth, less than four times as long as shortest
(medial) breadth, teeth large, their apices equidistant, inner sub-
apical swelling rounded; maxillary palpi about as long as greatest
width of galea, four-segmented, second segment longest, third and
fourth slightly shorter ; first segment of labial palpus about 0.6 times
as long as second. Punctation of mesoscutum coarser than that of
vertex, that of mesepisternum still more so ; tegulae smooth, trans-
parent testaceous. Legs black, tibial spurs brown. Wings slightly
dusky, veins and stigma black. Abdomen black, posterior margins
April, 1951] michener — megachilid bees
65
of terga brownish, metasomal terga one to four with broad apical
bands of white pubescence; sixth tergum and posterior portion of
fifth pruinose; punctation fine, dense on fifth and sixth terga but
sparser on others; scopa short, dull white.
Male: Length 6.5 mm. (6.0 to 6.8 mm. among paratypes). Similar
in appearance and punctation to female but punctation of clypeus
very fine and dense, face more densely covered with white pubes-
cence ; clypeal margin but little produced, edentate, slightly thick-
ened and shining; inner orbits strongly diverging below. Mandibles
tridentate, inner tooth much shorter than the others. Sixth meta-
somai tergum with posterior margin convex, with weak lateral lobes ;
seventh largely hidden, brown, margin with median notch. First
sternum with posterior margin straight, second large, margin
broadly rounded except for shallow, broad, median apical emar-
gination, reaching to cover all but the apex of the fourth sternum;
third sternum hidden, with broad, deep emargination which bears
a fringe of long hairs medially; fourth sternum broadly rounded
posteriorly, covering following sterna; sixth with small median
notch in posterior margin; seventh with posterior margin broadly
emarginate.
Holotype female, allotype male, and twenty-one male paratypes :
Cooper’s Store, Big Bend National Park, Texas, on Phacelia
popei, April 11, 1949 (R. H. Beamer, C. D. Michener) ; four female
paratypes, twenty miles south of Marathon, Texas, on Nama hispi-
dum, April 12, 1949 (R .H. Beamer, C. D. Michener).
This species is named for Doctor R. H. Beamer who helped col-
lect the type series, in addition to many other interesting bees from
Texas, Kansas, and elsewhere.
Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) bucconis denticulata
Cresson, 1878
Cooper’s Store, Big Bend National Park, Texas, April 11, 1949,
(R. H. Beamer, C. D. Michener).
Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) prosopidis (Cockerell), 1897
Hot Springs, Big Bend National Park, Texas, on Prosopis juli-
flora, April 11, 1949 (C. D. Michener, R. H. Beamer).
Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) meliloti meliloti
(Cockerell), 1897
Sanderson, Texas, on Dalea formosa, April 13, 1949 (R. H.
Beamer and C. D. Michener) ; Quemada, Texas, on Dalea pogo-
nathera, April 14, 1949 (R. H. Beamer and C. D. Michener).
66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
Ashmealiella (Ashmeadiella) cactorum cactorum
(Cockerell), 1897
Twenty-five miles southeast of Dryden, Texas, on Dalea argy-
raea, April 13, 1949 (R. H. Beamer and C. D. Michener) ; Que-
mada, Texas, on Dalea pogonathera, April 14, 1949 (R. H. Beamer
and C. D. Michener) .
Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) gillettei Titus, 1904
Specimens of this species from western Texas and southern New
Mexico are intermediate between the Great Plains form, gillettei
(for which the synonym coloradensis was used by error in Mich-
ener, 1949, Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., 22 :45) , and the form previously
known as A. rufiventris Michener from the arid parts of California
and Baja California. It is evident that rufiventris should be con-
sidered a subspecies of gillettei, and that a new subspecific name
(rubra) should be p/oposed for the Texan population. The geo-
graphical variation can be described as follows:
Specimens from the plains east of the foot of the Rocky Moun-
tains (Boulder and vicinity and Fort Collins, Colorado) and the
single known specimen from South Dakota (Badlands National
Monument) are rather coarsely punctate, with the mesocutum more
coarsely punctate than the vertex. They are wholly black, or in less
than half of the population at Boulder (the southernmost of the
known great plains localities) , there is red on the first two or three
metasomal terga and on the posterior femora. This great plains
population is properly known as A. gillettei gillettei.
Specimens from western Texas and southern New Mexico are
about as coarsely punctate as is true gillettei but the abdomen is
almost wholly red above, the posterior femora are red and the tibiae
partly so. This population is to be known as A. gillettei rubra.
The populations from the deserts of California and Baja Cali-
fornia are similar in coloration to rubra although often with more
black on the apical portion of the abdomen. They differ from rubra
particularly by the somewhat finer punctation, that of the meso-
scutum being little if any coarser than that of the vertex. This sub-
species is A. gillettei rufiventris.
A. gillettei ranges westward into the driest parts of cismontane
southern California where it is represented by a population similar
to rufiventris but having more black on the abdomen. In order to
name this subspecies in connection with other forms of gillettei.
April, 1951] michener — megachilid bees
67
it is described below as A. gillettei cismontanica, even though it is
not from Texas.
Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) gillettei rubra
Michener, new subspecies
Female: Similar to typical gillettei but metasomal terga red
except for dusky area on sixth, sterna largely red except for fifth
and sixth which are black, posterior femora red and posterior tibiae
red except for outer surface. Length 5 mm.
Male : Coloration similar to female but with median black areas
on fifth and sixth terga (in some paratypes these terga black except
for sides and posterior margins and median black areas present on
third and fourth terga). Length 5 mm. (varying to 5.5 mm. among
paratypes).
Holotype female: Sanderson, Texas, on Dalea formosa, April
13, 1949 (R. H. Reamer, C. D. Michener) . Allotype male and eight
male paratypes: Rankin, Texas, April 10, 1949 (R. H. Reamer,
C. D. Michener) . These specimens were taken on the ground.
Additional male specimens, one from each locality, are from
El Paso, Texas, April 6, 1902, and Mesilla Park, New Mexico,
May 6, 1909.
Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) gillettei cismontanica
Michener, new subspecies
Female: Similar to the subspecies rufiventris but with tegulae
darker ; hind tibiae usually with red on under surface only ; first
metasomal tergum red (or dusky along posterior margin in some
paratypes) ; second and third terga red, black middorsally (or second
wholly red) ; fourth and fifth terga red, only laterally (fourth some-
times with as much as lateral thirds red, fifth sometimes wholly
black) ; sixth tergum black. Length 4.8 mm (to 5.9 mm.)
Holotype female and ten female paratypes: one and one-half
miles west of Perris, California, on Heliotropium oculatum. May
29, 1946 (P. H. Timberlake) . One female paratype, same locality
and collector. May 14, 1948, on Cryptantha intermedia. One female
paratype, four and one-half miles west of Perris, California, on
Hugelia virgata. May 14, 1948 (P. H. Timberlake) .
The holotype and ten paratypes will be returned to the Timber-
lake collection. Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside, California.
Two paratypes will be placed in the Snow Entomological Collection
at the University of Kansas.
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
Ashmeadiella (Aslimeadiella) truncativentris
Michener, new species
This striking species resembles A. bigeloviae Cockerell and its
relatives in being black with the legs partly red. It differs, in the
female, from higeloviae as well as all other known species of Ash-
meadiella by having a broad transverse shining subapical ridge
across the sixth metasomal sternum, giving it the appearance of
being broadly truncate. The hind tibial spurs are thick, black, and
strongly curved as in femorata Michener and A. titusi Michener
but they have more teeth than, in these species, for which reason
the male runs out at 2 in the key (Michener, 1939, Amer. Midland
Nat., 22:12). The female differs from all species except A. cactorum
(Cockerell) in lacking a smooth clypeal margin. The clypeus is
flatter than in cactorum, which is an entirely unrelated and much
smaller species.
Female: Length 7.5 mm. (6.0 mm. in paratype). Inner margins
of eyes slightly converging below; facial line slightly shorter than
transfacial ; upper part of head and genal areas with punctures fine
and close, becoming progressively coarser on lower part of supra-
antennal area, supraclypeal area, and upper two-thirds of clypeus,
being quite coarse and irregular and separated by shining ground
in the latter area; lower third of clypeus with punctures very fine
and dense, only an exceedingly narrow margin slightly raised and
not conspicuously punctate; clypeal truncation slightly concave
medially, demarked by rather distinct angles, slightly narrower
than distance from its end to nearest eye margin; mandibles red-
dish subapically in paratype, distance from first to third tooth much
less than greatest breadth of eye, nearly as great as length of last
three antennal segments together; genal areas conspicuously nar-
rower than eyes seen from side; anterior ocellus well behind mid-
point between antennal bases and posterior edge of vertex; distance
between posterior ocelli subequal to distance from one of them to
eye, subequal to or greater than distance to posterior edge of vertex.
Explanation of Figures
1, Mandibular teeth of Anthocopa beameri, male, 2, Same, female.
3, Mandibular teeth of Anthocopa daleae, female. 4, Same, male.
5, Apex of male gonopod of Anthocopa daleae. 6, Same, Anthocopa
beameri. 7, Clypeus, Anthocopa daleae, female. 8, Eighth metasomal
sternum, Anthocopa beameri, male. 9, Seventh metasomal sternum
of same. 10, Seventh metasomal sternum of Anthocopa daleae, male.
11, Eighth metasomal sternum of same. 12, Sixth metasomal ster-
num of Ashmeadiella truncativentris, female. 13. Clypeus and mand-
ible of Ashmeadiella clypeodentata simplicior, female.
April, 1951]
MICHENER MEGACHILID BEES
69
Mesoscutum with punctures small and dense, like those of vertex,
anterior margin with weak pair of pubescent spots; punctures of
mesepisternum markedly coarser and more widely separated than
those of mesocutum or genal areas; tegulae black, distinctly punc-
tured throughout; posterior femora and tibiae, middle femora, part
of posterior trochanters, and undersides of middle tibiae red, hind
tibial spurs black, strongly curved, outer spur with about eight teeth
12
13
70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2
on each margin, those of outer margin very low and oblique, inner
spur with about nine teeth on each margin, those of outer margin
very large and conspicuous, those of inner margin low. Abdominal
terga more coarsely punctured than mesoscutum and except for the
apical one less closely so ; metasomal terga one to five with conspicu-
ous apical bands of white hair, that on fifth weaker than the others ;
sixth tergum more broadly rounded than in most species ; sixth ster-
num with basal half coarsely punctured, distal half impunctate and
elevated to form a strong, slightly arcuate, subapical transverse
ridge which is produced to each side to form distinct shoulders on
the sternum.
Male : Length 6.2 mm. Similar to female in pubescence, puncta-
tion, and structure, but clypeus not so coarsely punctate (though
distinctly more coarsely so than vertex) ; anterior margin of clypeus
with concavity, demarked by distinct angles and with an impunctate
margin, this concavity about two-thirds as wide as upper width of
clypeus; distitarsi rufescent and bases of posterior basitarsi red;
hind tibial spurs with fewer teeth (outer margin of inner spur with
about six large teeth) except for inner margin of inner spur which
has ten or eleven teeth ; lateral teeth of sixth tergum large and acute,
median teeth longer than basal width, emargination between them
deeper than a semicircle.
Holotype female, allotype male, and one female paratype:
Sanderson, Texas, on Dalea formosa, April 13, 1949 (R. H.
Reamer, C. D. Michener) .
Ashmeadiella (Arogochila) clypeodentata simplicior
Michener, new subspecies
Female: Differs from typical clypeodentata Michener by the
weaker angles and emarginations of the median lobe of the clypeus,
which is practically without a median emargination. Length 5.0 to
6.5 mm.
Holotype female and one female paratype: Hot Springs, Big
Bend National Park, Texas, on Prosopis juliflora, April 11, 1949
(R. H. Beamer, C. D. Michener) .
A. clypeodentata clypeodentata has been found only in the
deserts of California and northwestern Mexico. The occurrence of
the species in Texas is therefore interesting. It is of course possible
that the Texan form is a different species but in view of the mor-
phological similarity to the western form, this seems unlikely.
Ashmeadiella (Arogochila) erema Michener, 1939
A single female specimen was collected twenty-live miles south-
east of Dryden, Texas, on Dalea argyraea, April 13, 1949 (R. H.
April, 1951] adams & mac neill — gelastocoris
71
Beamer, C. D. Michener) . This species was previously known only
from the desert of eastern California. The Texan specimen differs
from Californian ones in the broader dorsal black area of the
abdomen.
Ashmeadiella (Chilosima) rhodognatha Cockerell, 1925
Cooper’s Store, Big Bend National Park, Texas, on Dalea neo-
mexicana, April 11, 1949 (C. D. Michener, R. H. Beamer) . This
species has not been known previously east of California and Baja
California. The record is particularly interesting since it seems that
rhodognatha is replaced in Arizona and New Mexico by the closely
related form, A. holtii Cockerell. Unfortunately, only a single male
specimen was obtained in Texas.
GELASTOCORIS ROTUNDATUS CHAMPION
IN CALIFORNIA
(Hemiptera: Gelastocoridae)
On February 24, 1951, a series of thirteen Gelastocoris rotund-
atus Champion^ was taken by the writers on the bank of a small
stream in Bennett Wash, eight miles southwest of Parker Dam, San
Bernardino County, California. G. rotundatus is widely distributed
in Mexico and Guatemala. Champion’^ remarks that this species
. . will almost certainly be found to inhabit the Southern United
States.” Martin^ records two specimens taken at Douglas, Arizona,
in August, by F. H. Snow, and cites this as the first published record
for the species in the United States.
G. rotundatus may be distinguished from all other members of
the genus by means of the broadly convex, feebly sinuate pronotal
margins, and by the male genitalia^. The members of our series are
relatively uniform in coloration, all being pale greenish above and
brick-red on the abdominal sternites.
— P. A. Adams and C. Don MacNeill.
^Champion, G. C., 1901, Biol. Centri.-Amer., Zoologia, Insecta, Rhynchota,
Hemiptera-Heteroptera, 2:347, Tab. 20, fig. 18.
^Martin, C. H., 1928, Univ. of Kans. Sci. Bui., 18 (4) :357, 363, pi. 58, fig. 16;
pi. 59, fig. 8.
72
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
NEW NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES
OF NEMOGNATHA AND ZONITIS
(Coleoptera, Meloidae)
J. W. Mac Swain
University of California, Berkeley
Descriptions of the following new species are being published
at this time in order to have names available for larval studies
now in progress. The genus Nemognatha is treated here as belong-
ing to the tribe Nemognathini which also includes the genera Tri-
crania and Hornia in North America. These three genera have the
median tube of the male terminalia entirely membranous, a speci-
alization not found among other meloids of this fauna. The genera
Zonitis and Gnathium are included in the tribe Zonitini which
exhibits the primitive condition of the aforementioned structure.
Here the median tube is a heavily sclerotized and bilobed structure.
By these definitions the species included in LeConte’s (1880) key
to the genus Nemognatha would remain in this genus with the
exceptions of immaculata LeConte ( =Z. saji Wickham) , puncti-
pennis, crihricollis and vittigera. These species belong in the genus
Zonitis near Z. perforata Casey, Z. dunniana Casey, Z. atripennis
Say and Z. bilineata Say. Z. flavida LeConte is a well-marked west-
ern subspecies of atripennis and is not deserving of specific rank.
Zonitis, as considered here, is divisible into two species groups.
The first and most typical includes those species listed in the pre-
vious paragraphs with the possible exception of atripennis. The
second includes longicornis Horn, vittipennis Horn, schaefferi
Blatchley, arizonica Van Dyke, sulcicollis Blatchley, vigilans Fall
and martini Fall. Z. vermiculatus Schaeffer, although somewhat
distinct, may be placed provisionally with the first group.
The structural modifications by which the longicornis group
may be defined are: eyes strongly produced beneath the head, usual-
ly separated by less than the length of the second antennal segment;
pronotum subcampanuliform; antennae setiform; male with fifth
sternite deeply emarginate and with a distinct median impression;
female with fifth sternite strongly emarginate, sixth sternite deeply
triangularly emarginate; maxillae never produced. This combina-
tion of characters indicates the distinctness of this section of the
April, 1951]
MAC SWAIN — MELOIDAE
73
genus and might well be used to establish a separate subgenus. How-
ever, with the present confused status of these groups from a world
standpoint such a move would seem premature at this time.
Zonitis aureus MacSwain, new species
Body surface shining. Color yellow, except antennae, apices of
femora, tibiae and greater part of tarsi which are piceous, extreme
base of first segment of middle and posterior tarsus pale. Length
7.5 — 9 mm.
Male : Head short, distance from vertex to apex of labrum equal
to distance across tempora; surface smooth shining, sparsely punc-
tate and pubescent, with a few fine punctures and short pale setae,
setae on clypeus and labrum longer; antennae long, three times as
long as pronotum, slightly tapered to apex, filiform, successive
lengths of antennal segments in millimeters: .44, .37, .52, .52, .54,
.54, .52, .50, .46, .48, .56, sixth segment almost three times as long
as wide; mandibles strongly angulate at middle; maxillae not pro-
duced beyond mandibles. Thorax feebly punctate and pubescent
throughout; pronotum strongly transverse, one-fourth wider than
long, lateral margins evenly and broadly rounded, widest just in
front of middle, surface smooth, shining, almost impunctate, a few,
short, pale setae on disc, setae somewhat more dense on posterior
margin, disc evenly rounded; elytra without distinct punctures,
feebly rugose, somewhat transparent, with a few, short, pale setae.
Legs with posterior tibial spurs moderately thickened, equal in
length, outer spur one and one-half times as broad as inner spur,
obliquely truncate near apex, inner spur flattened, parallel-sided,
stick-like; tarsal claws with 13 or 14 spines in inner row. Abdomen
with surface shining, a few, long, pale, scattered setae; fifth sternite
broadly emarginate, sixth sternite deeply cleft.
Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Grant Lake, Mono
Co., California, on flowers of Chrysothamnus sp. August 3, 1950
(J. W. MacSwain) ; and four paratypes, one same data as holotype,
three same locality as holotype August 5, 1948 (P. D. Hurd and
J. W. MacSwain) .
This attractive species is morphologically similar to vermicu-
latus Schaeffer but may be separated by its color, pronotal shape,
sparse punctation and pubescence.
Zonitis maculicollis MacSwain, new species
Body surface feebly shining. Color rufo-testaceous, except an-
tennae, elytra, legs, portions of metasternum, small spot between
eyes and paired spots on each side of midline in anterior third of
pronotal disc which are piceous. Length, 6 — 11 mm.
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2
Male: Head elongate, distance from vertex to apex of labrum
considerably greater than distance across tempora ; surface shining,
with moderately coarse to fine punctures, punctures moderately dense
between eyes, finer and sparser on vertex, with short, pale pubes-
cence, setae longer on clypeus and labrum; eyes moderately large,
separated in front by a distance slightly greater than length of sixth
antennal segment, beneath by a distance equal to sixth antennal seg-
ment; antennae extremely long, three and one-half times as long as
pronotum, setiform, successive lengths of antennal segments in milli-
meters: .58, .47, .63, .73, .73, .73, .73, .70, .63, .58, .73, sixth segment
over four times as long as wide; mandibles slightly and evenly
curved to apex, maxillae produced beyond mandibles a distance equal
to length of mandibles. Thorax uniformly, finely, and densely punc-
tate except on pronotum; pronotum, subcampanuliform, about as
long as width across base, finely, but only moderately, densely and
somewhat irregularly punctured, with extremely short, pale, erect
setae, surface evenly rounded except median line which is sulcate
posteriorly; elytra densely and moderately coarsely punctate, with
fine, short, pale, appressed pubescence. Legs with posterior tibial
spurs thickened, obliquely truncate in lateral aspect, subacute and
subequal ; tarsal claws with inner row of spines decreasing in num-
ber from anterior pair to posterior (15, 13, 11). Abdomen with sur-
face moderately shining, with fine, dense punctures and moderately
long, pale, dense pubescence ; fifth sternite broadly emarginate, with
a sharp, median impression ; sixth sternite deeply cleft.
Female similar to male but with fewer spines on tarsal claws
(8, 8, 8) ; sixth sternite with a deep U-shaped emargination.
Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Tracy, San Joaquin
Co., California, on flowers of Frankenia grandifolia C. & S., July
29, 1949 (J. W. MacSwain) ; allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Ent.) same data as holotype; and 85 paratypes same data as holo-
type.
This species is related to Z. vigilans Fall and belongs with that
species in the longicornis group. However, it may be separated
by its darker color, much smaller and more distant eyes, larger
head and pronotum, and details of punctation. The eyes in this
species are smaller and more distant than in Z. martini Fall. The
coloration varies somewhat in the type series with the maculations
of the head and pronotum being absent in a few specimens while
in others portions of the abdomen are suffused with brown.
Zonitis propinqua MacSwain, new species
Body surface feebly shining. Color testaceous, except antennae,
maxillary prolongations, maxillary palpi, last segment of labial
April, 1951]
MAC SWAIN MELOIDAE
75
palpi, apices of femora, tibiae except inner basal face and tarsi
which are piceous. Length 10 — 18 mm.
Male: Head moderately elongate, distance from vertex to apex
of labrum greater than distance across tempora; surface feebly
shining, with fine and extremely dense punctures, clothed with mod-
erately long, pale pubescence; antennae robust, two and one-half
times as long as pronotum., segments cylindrical, successive lengths
of antennal segments in millimeters : .74, .51, .66, .74, .66, .66, .58, .66,
.55, .51, .70, sixth segment scarcely twice as long as wide; mandibles
slightly and evenly convex to apex; maxillae produced beyond man-
dibles a distance one and one-fourth the length of the mandibles,
prolongations modified as, a sucking organ. Thorax uniformly, finely,
and very densely punctured, clothed with moderately long, pale,
erect pubescence, feebly shining; pronotum considerably wi(ftr than
long, transverse, lateral margins feebly convex; elytra finely and
very densely punctured, punctures distinct, pubescence moderately
long, pale, and erect, visible macroscopically. Legs with posterior
tibial spurs thickened, subequal, outer spur slightly heavier than
inner, both obliquely truncate in lateral aspect, apically moderately
acute; tarsal claws with inner row of spines decreasing in number
from anterior pair to posterior (16, 14, 11). Abdomen with surface
feebly shining, finely and densely punctate, with moderately long,
pale, semi-appressed pubescence ; fifth sternite with a distinct, short,
median impression ; sixth sternite deeply cleft.
Female similar to male but with a different number of spines on
the tarsal claws (15, 15, 15) ; sixth sternite with a moderately deep,
V-shaped emargination.
Holotypemsle (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Alpine, Brewster Co.,
Texas, July 2, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; allotype female (Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent.) : same data as holotype; and 16 paratypes same
locality as holotype and following dates and collectors : 2, May 19,
1937 (K. Maehler), 1, July 1, 1942 (H. A. Scullen), 2, July 1,
1942 (E. C. Van Dyke), 2, July 2, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke), 3,
July 7, 1942 (H. A. Scullen), 5, July 8, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke),
1, July 11, 1946 (M. Marquis).
The following additional specimens of this species were ex-
amined but not included in the type series: 2, 5 mi. E. Alpine,
Brewster Co., Texas, June 5, 1942 (E. S. Ross) , 1, Marathon, Brew-
ster Co., Texas, July 7, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke), 1, Chisos Mts.,
Brewster Co., Texas, July 7, 1946 (E. C. Van Dyke) , 2, Davis Mts.,
Jeff Davis Co., Texas, July 11, 1946 (E. C. Van Dyke), 2, White
Rose Canyon, Jeff Davis Co., Texas, June 18, 1947 (A. T. McClay) ,
1, Uvalde, Uvalde Co., Texas, June 15, 1930 (J. 0. Martin), 9, *
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
Pecos, Reeves Co., Texas, June 18-19, 1947 (A. T. McClay) , 1,
Loving, Eddy Co., New Mexico, June 5, 1945 (J. W. MacSwain),
3, San Jon, Quay Co., New Mexico, July 5, 1938 (R. P. Allen),
2, Mt. Hope, Sedgwick Co., Kansas, July 22, 1909 (F. E. Blaisdell)
and 1, Onaga, Pottawatomie Co., Kansas, June 19, 1923 (Creve-
coeur) .
This species is closely related to Z. vittigera (LeConte) but dif-
fers in its lighter color, denser pubescence, shorter maxillary pro-
longations and the lack of elytral vittae. In addition, it has a more
southerly distribution although occurring principally in June and
July as does vittigera. These two species are related to Z. perforata
Casey ik^hich has short maxillary prolongations, as in propinqua,
and reddish-brown elytra which are coarsely but only moderately
densely punctured,
Nemognatha cantharidis MacSwain, new species
Body surface shining, elytra dull. Color: head piceous; antennae,
palpi, maxillae, metasternum, and legs dark brown, nearly piceous;
pro-, mesothorax and abdomen orange ; elytra flavo-testaceous with
dark piceous suffusion near humeri and apices, coloration variable,
rarely with all of elytra, except extreme outer margin, piceous.
Pubescence golden. Length 9 — 11 mm.
Male: Head elongate; tempora evenly rounded; surface moder-
ately, coarsely and densely punctured, a narrow, median, sparsely
punctate area extending from between eyes to vertex; antennae fili-
form, less than three times length of pronotum, successive lengths
of antennal segments in millimeters: .51, .33, .51, .53, .48, .48, .44,
.44, .37, .37, .50, sixth segment twice as long as wide; mandibles elon-
gate, moderately, strongly, and obtusely convex beyond middle;
maxillae produced beyond mandibles a distance equal to one and
one-half times length of pronotum, clothed with appressed scale-
like setae. Thorax, except pronotum, finely and densely punctured;
pronotum moderately and coarsely punctured; punctures moder-
ately, but irregularly, dense, pronotum as long as wide, widest just
in front of middle, rapidly narrowed to apex, slightly narrowed to
base, disc with a faint median impression, surface feebly sulcate on
each side of midline in front of middle; scutellum with a sharp,
deep impression at extreme base, usually partially hidden under
posterior margin of pronotum; elytra densely punctate, most punc-
tures confluent, clothed with dense, appressed, golden pubescence.
Legs with posterior tibial spurs equal, broad, obtuse; tarsal claws
with spines of inner row decreasing in number from anterior pair
to posterior (14, 12, 10). Abdomen finely and moderately densely
punctured; fifth sternite feebly and broadly convex, sixth sternite
deeply cleft.
April, 1951]
MAC SWAIN — MELOIDAE
77
Female similar to male but with a different number of spines on
the tarsal claws (10, 10, 10) ; sixth sternite evenly transverse.
Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Bennett Wash near
Parker Dam, San Bernardino Co., California, on flowers of
Encelia sp., February 24, 1951 (C. D. McNeill and P. A. Adams) ;
allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) same data as holotype;
and 15 paratypes as follows: 1, same data as holotype, 5, 3 mi. S.
Palo Verde, Imperial Co., California, on flowers of Geraea canes-
ceiis, April 8, 1949 (P. D. Hurd) , 1, Ocotillo, San Diego Co., Cali-
fornia, April 6, 1949 (P. D. Hurd), 6, 5 mi. S. E. Ocotillo, San
Diego Co., California, on flowers of Pluchea sericea, April 23, 1950
(J. W. MacSwain), and 1, Palm Springs, Riverside Co., California,
April 16, 1916 (J. 0. Martin).
The following additional specimens of this species were ex-
amined but are not included in the type series : 5, 9 mi. up Arroyo
Santa Maria, Baja California, Mexico, March 29, 1950 (G. A.
Marsh) .
N. cantharidis is related to N. zonitoides Duges but may be dis-
tinguished by its larger size, coloration, pubescence and the shape
of its pronotum which is not campanuliform as in zonitoides.
Nemognatha hurdi MacSwain, new species
Body surface feebly shining. Color flavo-testaceous to testaceous
with following exceptions which are dark brown or piceous: anten-
nae, palpi, mandibular apices, maxillae, meso- and metasternum,
scutellum and part or all of first five abdominal segments; elytra
with apex piceous and a piceous vitta near lateral third which tapers
markedly before humeri. Pubescence short and pale, sparse or
dense. Length 10 — 13 mm.
Male: Head moderately elongate, subtriangular, tempera diverg-
ing behind the eyes, vertex tumid; surface finely and evenly densely
punctured, macroscopically glabrous; antennae filiform, less than
two and one-half times length of pronotum, segments not flattened,
successive lengths of antennal segments in millimeters : .66, .39, .70,
.55, .58, .58, .44, .41, .41, .39, .55, sixth segment slightly over twice
as long as wide; mandibles robust, strongly curved near middle;
maxillae produced beyond mandibles a distance one-fourth greater
than length of pronotum, clothed with short semi-erect setae. Thorax,
except pronotum, finely and densely punctured, clothed with moder-
ately long, pale setae ; pronotum only one-sixth wider than long, mar-
gins widest in front of middle, converging slightly toward base, basal
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2
angles expanded, surface finely and moderately densely punctured,
most punctures separated by scarcely their own diameter, disc evenly
rounded with a fine median impression, macroscopically glabrous;
scutellum with fine regular punctures, feebly sulcate ; elytra densely
punctulate, punctures distinct near humeri, confluent elsewhere,
clothed with fine, short, pale, dense, appressed pubescence, giving
elytra a dull appearance. Legs with posterior tibial spurs unequal,
outer spur somewhat thickened from base to apex, apex broadly
rounded, inner spur stick-like, apically somewhat acute ; tarsal claws
with inner row of spines decreasing in number from anterior pair
to posterior (16, 14, 12) . Abdomen with surface feebly shining, finely
and densely punctured, small triangular median areas of dense
pubescence on third and fourth sternites, fifth sternite evenly and
slightly convex, sixth deeply cleft.
Female similar to male but with a different number of spines
on the tarsal claws (10, 10, 10) ; fifth sternite with a small feeble
emargination, the sixth not visible.
Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Tesla, Alameda Co.,
California, on flowers of Grindelia sp., September 18, 1945 ( J. W.
MacSwain) ; allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) same data
as holotype; and 7 paratypes, 1, same data as holotype, 5 same
locality as holotype, October 6, 1941 (J. W. MacSwain).
The following additional specimens of this species were ex-
amined but are not included in the type series: 1, 2 mi. W. Antioch,
Contra Costa Co., California, September 12, 1945 (J. W. Mac-
Swain), 1, Marsh Creek Canyon, Contra Costa Co., California,
reared from cell of Melissodes sp. collected February 18, 1947
(G. E. Bohart and J. W. MacSwain) , and 1, Mormon Bar, Mariposa
Co., California, September 6, 1938 (T. G. H. Aitken).
This species is distinguished by its short, pale pubescence, punc-
tulate elytra, coloration, antennae, and tibial spurs. Its affinities are
with N. dichroa LeConte. It is most often collected in association
with the much commoner N. apicalis LeConte.
Nemognatha soror MacSwain, new species
Body surface shining. Six discontinuous coloration patterns are
known; coloration of three commonest forms (condition of type
first) with approximate frequency of each form expressed in per
cent; black, head, pronotum and apex of abdomen rufo -testaceous
(45%) , entirely black (25%) , entirely brown (25%) . Pubescence
usually black moderately dense to sparse. Length 7.5 — 15 mm.
April, 1951]
MAC SWAIN — MELOIDAE
79
Male: Head short, distance from vertex to apex of labrum less
than distance across tempora, tempora diverging somewhat behind
the eyes, vertex not tumid ; surface moderately coarsely and moder-
ately densely punctured, punctures with long, black, erect setae, a
small, median impression between the eyes; antennae filiform, ser-
rate, segments somewhat flattened, slightly more than twice as long
as pronotum, successive lengths of antennal segments in millimeters :
. 48 , . 39 , . 51 , . 51 , . 44 , . 44 , . 41 , . 41 , . 38 , . 38 , . 51 , sixth segment slightly
less than twice as long as wide ; mandibles robust, moderately curved
near middle; maxillae produced beyond mandibles a distance equal
to the length of the pronotum, clothed with short, semi-erect hairs.
Thorax, except pronotum, finely and moderately densely to densely
punctured; pronotum finely and moderately sparsely punctured,
most punctures separated by at least their own diameter, punctures
on disc set with moderately long, black setae which are inclined
anteriorly, pronotum transverse, parallel-sided, subrectangular, one-
third wider than long, disc without a median impression, a small,
irregular, impunctate area near each side just in front of middle;
scutellum feebly sulcate ; elytra finely and moderately densely punc-
tate, surface rugose, clothed with short, moderately dense, semi-
appressed, black pubescence. Legs with posterior tibial spurs un-
equal, outer spur slightly thicker than inner and obliquely truncate,
inner spur stick-like, apically acute ; tarsal claws with inner row of
spines decreasing in number from anterior pair to posterior ( 16 , 14 ,
12 ). Ahdonnen with surface shining, finely and moderately densely
punctured, clothed with long, dark, semi-appressed pubescence;
fourth and anterior part of fifth sternites with a median patch of
dense pubescence; fifth sternite moderately and evenly convex, with
a distinct median impression on posterior margin; sixth sternite
deeply cleft.
Female similar to male but with a different number of spines on
the tarsal claws (10, 10, 10) ; fifth sternite with a small feeble median
emargination, the sixth not visible.
Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : 4 mi. W. Quincy,
Plumas Co., California, on flowers of Achillea sp., June 24,
1949 (J. W. MacSwain) ; allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.)
same data as holotype; and 90 paratypes (various color forms)
same locality as holotype, various dates from June 19, 1949 to
July 3, 1949 by following collectors (P. D. Hurd, J. W. MacSwain,
A. S. Deal, R. C. Bechtel, W. F. Ehrhardt, L. W. Isaak, E. I. Schling-
er, H. A. Hunt, Claude I. Smith, D. Cox and L. L. Jensen) .
A number of specimens from areas adj acent to the type locality
were studied as well as the two following collections ; 95 specimens
Pinnacles, San Benito Co., California on flowers of Achillea, May
25, 1941 (J. W. MacSwain) and 15 specimens Princeton, British
Columbia, June 16, 1921 and July 30, 1922 (R. Hopping).
80
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2
This species belongs with the dubia-dichroa complex. Soror
can be recognized by the very short maxillae, which are several
times as long in the other species, and the transverse pronotum as
well as by the details of the punctation and pubescence.
Selected Bibliography
Blatchley, W. S.
1910. On the Coleoptera known to occur in Indiana. Indian-
apolis, 1910, 1386 pp., 595 figs.
1922. Some new and rare Coleoptera from southwestern Florida.
Can. Ent., 54:27-33.
Casey, T. L.
1891. Coleopterological Notices. III. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci.,
6:9-214.
Champion, G. C.
1889-93. Insecta, Coleoptera, Heteromera. Biologia Centr.-
Amer., 4 (2) :l-494, 21 pis.
Fall, H. C.
1907. Descriptions of new species. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 33 :218-
272.
Horn, G. H.
1870-1. Contributions to the Coleopterology of the United States.
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 3 :69-97.
LeConte, J. L.
1852-3. Synopsis of the Meloides of the United States. Proc.
Acad. N. S. Phila., 6:328-350.
1858. Description of new species of Coleoptera, chiefly collected
by the United States and Mexican Boundary Commission, under
Major W. H. Emory, U.S.A. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., 10:59-89.
1868-69. New Coleoptera collected on the Survey for the exten-
sion of the Union Pacific Railway, E. D. from Kansas to Fort
Craig, New Mexico. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:49-59.
1880. Short studies of North American Coleoptera. Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc., 8:163-218.
Say, T.
1817. American Entomology, Puhl. Mitchell and Ames, Phila.,
i-x, no pagination, 6 pis.
Schaeffer, C.
1905. Additions to the Coleoptera of the United States with notes
on some known species. Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci., 1(6) :123-
140.
Van Dyke, E. C.
1929. New species of Meloidae (Coleoptera) Bull. Brooklyn Ent.
Soc., 24(3) :127-133.
Wickham, H. F.
1905. New species of Coleoptera from the western United States.
Can. Ent., 37:165-171.
April, 1951]
FRICK LIRIOMYZA
81
LIRIOMYZA LANGEI, A NEW SPECIES OF LEAF MINER
OF ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE IN CALIFORNIA
(^Diptera: Agromyzidae)
Kenneth E. Frick
Irrigation Experiment Station, Prosser, Washington
The agromyzid described below has been confused with Liri-
omyza flaveola (Fallen, 1823) (Lange, 1945; Smith and Lange,
1946; Jefferson and Pence, 1948, 1949), and L. orhona (Meigen,
1830) (Melander, 1913; Frost, 1943; Lange and Smith, 1947).
The species is named in honor of W. Harry Lange, Jr., ento-
mologist on the University of California staff, who has studied its
biology and methods of control. The common name “pea leaf
miner” is suggested since the species has primarily been a pest of
garden pea {pisum sativum). More recently, this same species has
caused damage to aster plantings in southern California (Jeffer-
son and Pence, 1949) .
Liriomyza langei Frick, new species
Male — Shining black and yellow. Head yellow; ocellar triangle
and back of head black, black of back reaching eye margin imme-
diately dorsad of median curve on posterior margin and extending
as dusky brown ventrally on genovertical plates between eyes and
vti and fronto-orbital setae to lower ifo setae. Antennae yellow, third
segment faintly darkened distally; arista black. Proboscis and palpi
yellow. Thorax with mesonotum shining black, extending laterally
to humeri, prs, sa, and outer pa setae; anepisternum (fig. 1) mostly
black, narrowly yellow posteriorly, rather broadly so dorsaliy, ven-
tral margin irregular; katepisternum (fig, 1) broadly black, nar-
rowly yellow dorsaliy; anepimeron black, yellow margin anteriorly
rather broad, narrow ventrally. Legs black, tips of femora yellowish,
fore- and mid-femora yellowish brown to yellowish on inner sides
nearly to trocanters; tarsi black. Halteres yellowish. Wings hyaline,
calypters gray, margins blackened; setulae of fringe black. Abdo-
men black dorsaliy; first segment anteriorly very narrowly yellow;
all segments but first posteriorly very narrowly yellow, i.e., posterior
of last row of setulae; pleurae yellow; sternites broadly yellow pos-
teriorly, brownish anteriorly. Hypandrium black; cerci yellow.
Head — Eyes large. Genae rather elongate ventrally, more so pos-
teriorly, one-third eye height midway between posterior margin and
vibrissa; only slightly sunken centrally; four setae on subcranial
margin ; vibrissa about three times as long as these setae ; paraf acial
^Published as Scientific Paper No. 910, Washington Agricultural Experiment
Stations, Institute of Agricultural Sciences, The State College of Washington,
Pullman.
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
region raised above eye margin, genovertical plates only slightly so.
Genovertical plates moderately broad, each approximately one-
fourth width between eyes; two ifo (three on one side) ; two sfo, all
subequal in length; os small, sparse, about five in number, dorsal-
most slightly dorsad of lower sfo. Frontal vitta two-thirds as broad
as long, very slightly sunken below genovertical plates; ocellar
triangle of normal size, about four small setulae, ocellar setae long,
nearly equaling frontal vitta. Lunule small, semicircular in outline;
mesofacial plate about two-thirds as long as broad, a very low
rounded median carina becoming inconspicuous between approxi-
mate antennal bases ; postclypeus narrow, not over one-fourth height
of mesofacial plate. Antennae with third segment rounded, broader
than long, in width one-third eye height, very finely pubescent;
arista short, two and a half times as long as height of third seg-
ment, slightly swollen on basal fourth. Proboscis rather large ; palpi
short, cylindrical.
Thorax — Mesonotum slightly longer than broad ; one h and three
and five setulae on humeri; one prs, a setula less than one-third
length of prs anterior to it; one sa; 0 ia, five to seven setulae in ia
row; two pa, inner strong, two-thirds length of outer; 3 + 1 dc,
strong, a setula about one-third length of fourth immediately an-
terior to it; distances between them, beginning with first, 2.25 :
1.75 : 2; acr sparse, relatively long, ten in about four irregular rows
reaching posteriorly to second dc. Pleurae with pp very strong; two
npl, strong, subequal; one aes, two setulae near dorsal margin dor-
sally directed, two on posterior margin posteriorly directed, one
dorsad of and the other ventrad of aes (fig. 1) ; one kes, one setula
anterior to it, dorsally directed.
Legs — All tibiae with a short apical spur, two on mid-tibiae,
stronger ; no setae centrally on mid-tibiae.
Wings — About two and one-fourth times as long as broad, veins
strong; costa reaching Mi + 2, distad of wing tip; costal segments in
proportions of 7 : 1.75 : 1.5; crossvein r-m basad of termination of
El in costa ; crossvein m-m present, at an oblique angle, 1.2 times its
length from r-m; ultimate section of Ri 6 about nine times as long
as penultimate ; ultimate section of Mi 4. 2 nearly 7.5 times as long as
penultimate ; ultimate section of M3 + 4 about two times as long as
penultimate, ending in margin two-thirds of distance from wing
base to apex ; Cu + PI extending about three-fourths of distance to
wing margin.
Abdomen — Elongate ovoid; rather sparsely covered with moder-
ately long slender setulae; hypandrium with very few setae.
Size — 1.75 mm. in body length; wing: 1.75 mm. in length.
Female — Similar to male in coloration and general appearance;
os setae extending slightly dorsad of lower sfo, six and eight in
number ; second antennal segments slightly darkened ; three setulae
on each humerus; acr setae about 23 in number, four irregular
rows reaching posteriorly to second dc; anepisternum with three
posteriorly directed setulae, two dorsad of aes; sixth abdominal
April, 1951]
FRICK LIRIOMYZA
83
segment with posterior yellow margin rather broad, one-fourth width
of segment; seventh segment large, conical, one-fourth length of
abdomen ; two irregular rows of relatively long setulae on posterior
half ; shining black.
Size — 2 mm. in body length ; wing : 2 mm. in length.
Holotype $ : Sunnyvale, Santa Clara County, California,
October 15, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from a leaf mine on garden
pea; deposited in the California Academy of. Sciences. Paratypes:
17 ^ ^ , 29 2 $ , topotypical; 2 (55,622, Sunnyvale, Santa Clara
County, California, September 28, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from
leaf mines on sugar beet; 1 5,3 2 2, Salinas, Monterey County,
California, October 30, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from leaf mines
in packages of spinach purchased in Berkeley, California, grocery
stores; 35 5, Sunnyvale, Santa Clara County, California, Septem-
ber 27, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from leaf mines on celery; 3 5 5,
1 2 , Soledad, Monterey County, California, November, 1946, A. J.
Walz, reared from leaf mines on spinach; 5 5 5, 6 2 2, San Jose,
Santa Clara County, California, October 23, 1928, University of
California collection, reared from mines on pea.
Other material examined. — A single specimen, Pullman, Whit-
man County, Washington, “Webster #5938, Aug. - 5 - 18,” reared
from leaf mine on pea, leaf and puparium on pin, and other speci-
mens from Washington and Idaho, all in Melander’s collection;
82 5 5, 87 2 2, topotypical (in alcohol) ; 25 5 5, 15 2 2, Sunny-
vale, Santa Clara County, California, September 9, 1948, K. E.
Fig. 1. Anepisternum (AES) and katepi sternum (KES) of the
holotype 5 of Liriomyza langei n. sp., showing the distribution of
yellow and black areas. The solid line equals 0.5 mm.
Fig. 2. Anepisternum and katepisternum of a homotype $ of Lirio-
myza orbona (Meigen, 1830), showing distribution of yellow
and black areas.
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2
Frick, swept from sugar beet field; 1 9 , Berkeley, Alameda County,
California, November 1, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from leaf mine
on sugar beet; 4 2$, Sunnyvale, Santa Clara County, California,
September 9, 1948, K. E. Frick, swept from celery field; 1 $ , Berke-
ley, Alameda County, California, October 20, 1948, K. E. Frick,
reared from leaf mine on celery grown in a greenhouse; ^ , 1 $ ,
Berkeley, Alameda County, California, November 13, 1948, K. E.
Frick,, reared from leaf mine on aster or as adults on asters
leaves in a greenhouse; 6 39$ $, Torrence, Los Angeles
County, California, 1948, R. N. Jefferson, reared from leaf mines
on aster (in alcohol).
Liriomyza orbona Meigen differs from L. langei as follows :
Adult homotype $ — Dusky color of genovertical plates extending
only to lower sfo ; third antennal segment yellow on basal two-thirds,
abruptly becoming dark brown distally; palpi brownish. Anepi-
sternum black, a very narrow yellow strip on dorsal and posterior
margins (Fig 2) ; katepisternum black, a very small yellowish area
dor sally (Fig. 2). First and second abdominal tergites yellow later-
ally ; fourth and fifth entirely black ; sixth yellow posteriorly, about
one-fifth of tergal width. Head (Hendel, 1931, Fig. 248) — Genae half
eye height midway between vibrissa and posterior margin, genover-
tical plates and parafacial region greatly exceeding eye margin;
postclypeus nearly half height of mesofacial plate. Thorax — Setula
anterior to prs not differentiated from acr ; 0 ia, about seven setulae
in ia row; distances between dc setae, 1.75 : 1.5 : 2; no differentiated
setulae anterior to fourth dc; about 30 acr, extending posteriorly
nearly to first dc. Wings (Hendel, 1931, Fig. 247) — Costal segments
in proportions of 8 :2 ;1.75 ; crossvein r-m and termination of Ri about
equidistant from base of wing; crossvein m-m less than its own length
from r-m ; ultimate section of Ri + s about 6.5 times as long as penul-
timate; ultimate section of Mi + 2 about 16 times as long as penulti-
mate ; ultimate of M 3 + 4 slightly less than 2.5 times the penultimate.
Male terminalia (de Meijere, 1925:289, Fig. 58c, surstylus). —
Surstyli bearing setae; strong tooth absent.
Puparium (de Meijere, 1925:273) — Posterior spiracles with
about 12 subequal bulbs arranged in an arc ; anal lobes small, short,
truncate.
Liriomyza orbona is not common in Europe, and the species has
never been reared from larvae. De Meijere (1925) reared L. orbona
adults from puparia found in the debris and refuse left by an over-
flowing of the Rhein River near Lotith in 1924. The species was not
mentioned in subsequent papers. Hendel (1931) mentioned that the
ecology was unknown, but since the adults were repeatedly found
in meadows, he felt that the larvae are probably grass miners.
April, 1951]
FRICK LIRIOMYZA
85
Hering recently stated in correspondence that the larvae are prob-
ably grass miners.
Hendel (1931) found Liriomyza or bona so closely related to L.
flaveola that he referred to the thoracic setal pattern of the latter
species in describing L. orbona, noting but a few minor differences.
De Meijere (1925) states that the puparium of L. orbona is similar
to those of L. flaveola and of the ‘^L. pusilla complex.” Hering found
several differences between adults of L. orbona and L. langei, based
on material sent to him, adding that L. langei does not occur in
Europe.
Liriomyza langei may be distinguished from other species of
Liriomyza by the large size, characteristic wing venation, and dis-
tinctive color pattern, particularly of the thoracic pleural region.
The new species is closely related to the European L. orbona and
therefore rather close to L. flaveola. On the basis of the form of the
surstyli, L. langei appears to be closer to the species in the “L.
pusilla complex” than to L. orbona. Hering found that leaves sent
to him containing mines made by the larvae of L. langei were very
similar to those made by the larvae of the European L. strigata.
Variations Within the Species
The specimens of this species are quite constant in most char-
acters, particularly in the coloration. The setae vary within rela-
tively narrow limits, the os setae varying from three to eight, some-
times not extending dorsad of the lower sfo ; only rarely do three ifo
occur on one side (as in the holotype ^ ) ; humeral setulae vary
from two to five, with usually three or four present; the acr setae
sometimes extend posteriorly to the second dc but are always
sparse; an extra posteriorly directed setula sometimes occurs on
the anepisternum, and one of the dorsally directed ones is some-
times absent. The most striking variation is the loss of the m - m
crossvein (Table I). The crossvein may be vestigial, often being
reduced to one or two short vestiges, or absent. The figures indi-
cate that the females tend to have slightly more variation than the
males, and that the absence of the crossveins is relatively rare, par-
ticularly where one is absent in one wing and the other complete
in the other wing.
Larva
(Described from larvae obtained from mines in Pisum sativum
leaves and preserved in alcohol.) Large, 3.25 mm. in length, five-
eights to three-fourths mm. in diameter. White, yellowish on anterior
one-third, shining.
86
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
Head — Antennae minute, light brown; palpi relatively large,
blackish; longitudinal sclerite inconspicuous, narrow, light brown,
lateroventral arms not discernible. Mandibles each with two teeth,
alternated; labial sclerite three-fourths the length of mandibles,
moderately broad, visibly partially separated from paraclypeal
phragma ; dorsal arm three times the length of labial sclerite, curv-
ing anteriorly, nearly straight posteriorly, not narrowing but be-
coming paler posteriorly; ventral arm two-thirds the length of
dorsal, very slender, nearly straight.
Body — Anterior spiracles small, scarcely expanded distally; six
bulbs arranged in a single inwardly curving row. Cuticular processes
minute, of one size; bands relatively narrow. Posterior spiracles of
moderate size ; somewhat expanded distally, more so ventrally ; seven
or eight bulbs, rather widely spaced, arranged in a semicircle, open
towards midline. Posterior end truncate; a pair of minute lateral
lobes two-thirds of distance from dorsal surface; anal lobes very
small, rounded. Calcospherites numerous; large, many slightly over
one-sixth larval diameter.
Pupariwm — Large, 2 mm. in length, nearly 2 mm. in width and
height. Reddish brown in color. Subcylindrical, laterally sides sub-
parallel, tapering rather sharply at the ends ; ventral surface flat-
tened, dorsal arched ; segmentation distinct. Anterior spiracles
rather close together, same form as in larva ; posterior spiracles sub-
dorsal, about twice as far apart as anterior, moderately long, of same
form as in larva. Anal slit dark brown, lateral lobes absent.
Description of the Leaf Mines
The mines are characterized by being relatively wide, even from
the start, and often widen to as much as twice the larval width for
most of the length. The mines are serpentine and are often so twisted
as to cross many times, sometimes having a blotch-like appearance.
The frass is deposited almost entirely in small strings forming a
nearly continuous slender black line down the center of the mine.
The mines are primarily on the dorsal surface of the leaves, but
often extend to the ventral, and are usually on the basal half of the
leaves, often running down the petioles from which place the larva
emerges.
Certain modifications in the mines are found in each species of
host plant, and notes are added here based upon mined leaves in
the writer’s collection. On aster, the mines are usually basal on the
leaves, extending down the petiole, often to its base. The lateral
ribs appear not to impede larval movement. On pea, the mines are.
on both surfaces, single mines often alternating. The midribs and
lateral ribs seem to act as barriers, the mines usually being confined
to a relatively small area and appearing blotch like. There are often
two or three mines per leaf, and they are often found on the stems
TABLE 1
Percentages of loss of crossvein m-m in the wings of 455 adults of Liriomyza langei n. sp.
MALE FEMALE TOTAL
April, 1951]
FRICK LIRIOMYZA
87
05
l>
to
to
CM
05
CO
05
XI
3
'A
O
IlO
CO
CO
CO
CM
05
tH o O to CO o
to
to
O O to CO o
O 00 to CO o
t-
(35
00
CM to
r-I 00 O
tH O
tH
o to
(35 00 CO CM l>
cm’ uo" CO CO t> to iJO
iH CO CO
o
X
3
o
w
CO 00
iH CM
0)
0)
in
g-
>j C
lO tS
C OJ
0l
U1
(O
Ph
+->
(D
CD
m
CO IfO
CO
w
c
5 rid
Ills
3 CD f0i w
CO O CO
^-1
OJ
cq
(D
O
a
CD
;h
o
H
O CO
CM
CD
>
c
3
CO
■^3
d
T3
CD
'o
CO
03
CD
<D
m
m
03
bD ■
s a
CD
>
s
C
d
CO
CCS ^
<D
Ph CO CO cq
CO CM CM
CM
CO
CM
(D
cc3
>
>5
g
M OJ
^ pq
m
m
c3
in
d
C
15
CO
CD CD
CD
ri3
tJ
C
(D
!-l
f-(
O
cc3
CCS .S
<D 3 0) &,
Ph CO O CO
cc3
>>
S ^
S m
P CQ
CO ^
f-(
-X> CCS be
M O) 3
<3 fL CO
o
(00
O
CD
to
o
(TO
CO
CO
00_ t>-
CO
o
to
(3>
id
tP
d
d
to’
uo
CO
CO
cm’
tp
d
to
00
o
(35
00
o
to
t-
00
CO
CM
tH
cm’
CD
cO>
CM
u
Xi
s
13
12;
w
o
w
C^lQCO^(M(MC0LOai
Oi CO
QJ Q)
fi p
p p
P CO
CO
p
<D
p^
+5
(D
CD
pq
in nzs
d CCS
P T3
‘fP 'V
P "q
02 m
>5
fH
CD
fP
o
p
p
p
be
CD a
CO O CO
CD
r“<
(D
Fid
Sh
CD
PQ
o
p
CD
^-1
u
o
H
CD
in
T— I tH (35 1— I tH
CO
:
F ,
D
p
o ;
D
t>> D
D
15
T3
r— H •
:
"p
0) O
F— ( CS
r— 1
P
t>
D
> :
!>
D
>
>5
'o
rid f~,
p
CO
p
P
p
p
D o
3
p
CO
fP
o
^ <v
CO M
p
CO
pq H
P
CO
p
— '
p
p
S)
P
D
P
D
Pi
3
D
D
p^
CO
CO
Ph
<5
Ph
Sh
(D
I— (
ID
<H § fS
grS
c
I It
ro 3 CQ S
o S S3 8
'^^coq
D
•+5
D
S
(£>
o
D
P
4^
P
P
•pH
be
0)
p
'r*
bo
• rH
•pH
bo
•pH
4J
P
D
D
W
s
in
in
X/1
in
<v
o
fJP
D
0)
fD
>
o
P
>
>
P
tH
1— 1
T— (
CM
tH
tH
2 absent Pea (Sunnyvale) 2 1.6 Pea (Sunnyvale).. 5 2.8
Spinach (Salinas) 1 33.3
Aster (Torrence) 1 2.6
88
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2
and pods. Mines on celery are similar to those found on aster in
that the mines are usually on the basal portions and often extend
down the petiole. However, the leaf ribs appear to inhibit move-
ment and the mines appear to be blotches. The mines on the large
leaves of sugar beet and spinach are similar, being found rather
often on the outer portions of the leaves, and are not so twisted,
but still serpentine.
Acknowledgments
The help of the following persons is gratefully acknowledged:
E. M. Bering for aid in determination of the species; A. J. Walz, P. D.
Hurd, Jr. (curator of the University of California collection), and
E. N. Jefferson for loan of material; W. H. Lange, Jr,, for a trip
to the Santa Clara Valley; A. L. Melander for permission to study
his personal collection; and A. E. Pritchard for reading and criticiz-
ing the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Frost, S. W.
1943. Three new species of Diptera related to Agromyza pusilla
Meig. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 51:253-260.
Hendel, F.
1931. Agromyzidae, IN Lindner: Die Flieg. Palaearkt. Reg.,
59 (58) :236-238.
Jefferson, R. N. and R. J. Pence
1948. Aster leaf miner. Calif Agriculture, 2 (1) :11.
1949. Preliminary experiments on the control of the leaf miner
Liriomyza fiaveola on asters. Jour. Econ. Ent., 41:653.
Lange, W, H., Jr.
1945. IN Investigations with DDT in California, 1944. Univ.
Calif. Agric. Expt. Sta. :18-22. (Processed).
1949. Notes on the occurrence of agromyzid flies during 1948,
and a record of two unreported species in California. Pan-Pac.
Ent., 25:91-92.
Lange, W. H., Jr., and L. M. Smith
1947. Control of a leaf miner on peas. Jour. Econ. Ent., 40 :496-
499.
Meijere, j. C. H. DE
1925. Die Larven der Agromyzinen. Tijdschr. Ent., 68:273, 289.
Melander, A. L.
1913. A synopsis of the dipterous groups Agromyzinae, Milichi-
inae, Ochthiphilinae and Geomyzinae. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
21:258.
Smith, L. M. and W. H. Lange, Jr,
1946. Experiments with DDT and lead arsenate for controlling
the pea leaf miner. Univ. Calif. Agric. Expt. Sta. Circ., 365:52-54.
April, 1951]
QUATE — BOOK REVIEW
89
Book Notice
Studies Honoring Trevor Kincaid. Editor, Melville H. Hatch. 167
pages, 13 plates. University of Washington Press, Seattle. 1950.
Price, $2.50.
In editing this publication. Professor Hatch has set an excellent
example for a scientific tribute to a fellow scientist — a biography of
the scientist. Professor Trevor Kincaid, a biography of one of his
teachers, the history of a society with which Prof. Kincaid was inti-
mately associated, and several zoological papers by his colleagues
and former students.
Trevor Kincaid was born in Ontario, Canada, in 1872. He de-
veloped an interest in natural history at an early age, at first col-
lecting fossils. At the age of 17, Kincaid moved to Olympia, in the
Washington Territory, where his interest turned to entomology and
botany. He soon established himself as an energetic collector ; by the
time he was 22 he had built up a collection of 60,000 specimens and
sent over 100,000 specimens to specialists.
Kincaid attended the University of Washington and was given
an appointment as an assistant in his second year. In 1901 he re-
ceived his M.A. degree and was made professor of zoology. At one
time or another he taught nearly every course in the department.
In 1942 he continued on at a half-time basis and finally, in 1947,
became professor emeritus.
His activities have been numerous and diversified, even though
much of it has not been translated into written works. His first pub-
lication was on the dipterous family Psychodidae; he has described
a species of diplopod, and has collected chalcid parasites of the gipsy
moth. He accompanied David Starr Jordan to the Pribilof Islands of
the Alaska Fur Seal Commission and he served as entomologist on
the Harriman Alaska Expedition (the list and description of speci-
mens fills two volumes ) . However, he is better known by the public
for his works in the oyster industry than in entomology, having been
largely responsible for the establishment of the oyster industry in
the Willapa Harbor region, Washington. He has also been interested
in fresh-water plankton and other invertebrate groups.
Professor Kincaid was awarded an honorary Doctor of Science
degree by the College of Puget Sound and was the first graduate to
be designated by the University of Washington Alumni Association
Alumnus Summa Laude Dignatus. There are sixty-four plants and
animals named in his honor from such groups as Spermatophyta,
Foraminifera, Oligochaeta, Isopoda, Insecta, Pisces, and others.
The second portion of this publication, “An Account of the Life
of Orson Bennett Johnson,” is best summarized in Editor Hatch’s
own words. “Orson Bennett Johnson was one of the pioneer natural-
ists of the Pacific Northwest. From 1882 to 1892 he was professor of
natural history at the University of Washington, and throughout a
quarter of a century of invalidism that dated from the latter year he
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
built up an extensive insect collection that he gave to the University.
Twelve years after his death he was honored by having a new bi-
ological laboratory building at the university named for him. The
following pages have been written to preserve an account of his
life — an account which, though all too brief, is as full as the limited
data that are available permit.
“Professor Johnson’s major contribution was twofold. In the
eighties he brought an enthusiasm for natural history to Seattle and
to the University of Washington Territory. He was directly and,
through the medium of the membership of the Young Naturalist’s
Society, indirectly responsible for the distribution to the working
specialists of important elements of his local fauna, especially in
Mollusca, Decapoda, Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Diptera, Arachnida,
and Pisces — which material would have remained in a certain meas-
ure unknown to the scientific world, had it not been for his activities.
Living in a pioneer community, without library facilities, in the
midst of a strange fauna, he was, perhaps, very wise in constituting
himself primarily a collector.”
The third section deals with the history of the Young Naturalists’
Society. This organization was founded in Seattle in 1879 and was
devoted to the study of natural history. The members were amateurs
and their meetings consisted chiefly of natural history studies by the
members themselves with only a few outside speakers. As the Young
Naturalists became older there was not enough new blood to take
their place and consequently the Society passed out of existence be-
tween 1900 and 1905. The importance of the organization lies in the
fact that it was the first group to make a study of the flora and fauna
of the Washington Territory and continued this function until the
various biological departments of the University of Washington had
been established.
The remaining portion of the publication consists of scientific
papers written by colleagues and former students of Professor Kin-
caid. They are as follows : “A comparative study of the thyroid fol-
licle,” by S. E. Johnson; “The genotype and systematic position of
Sporadogenerina Cushman (Foraminifera, Polymorphinidae),” by
D. L. Frizzell ; “Review of thirteen genera of South American fishes
in the subfamilies Cynodontinae, Hepsetinae, and Characinae, with
the description of a new Cyrtocharax,” by L. P. Schultz ; “Early life
history and larval development of some Puget Sound Echinoderms,”
by M. W. & L. T. Johnson; “Some monogenetic trematodes of Puget
Sound fishes,” by K. Bonham; “Methods for the study and cultivation
of Protozoa,” by V. Tartar; “Conopisthine spiders (Theridiidae)
from Peru and Ecuador,” by H. Exline; and “Some remarks on the
blood volume of fish,” by A. W. Martin. Although the writer is in no
position to pass judgment on these articles, they appear to be in keep-
ing with the good character of the rest of the publication. — Larry
W. Quate.
April, 1951]
STARK HOPLOPSYLLUS
91
A SPECIMEN OF HOPLOPSYLLUS ANOMALUS (BAKER)
LACKING A PRONOTAL CTENIDIUM ( SIPHON APTER A)
Harold E. Stark^
An anomalous male specimen of Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker,
1904) recently was observed while identifying fleas collected by
plague survey units of the Western CDC Laboratory.
The pronotal ctenidium, normally present in this species, is
entirely lacking and the pronotum is much reduced. The flea ap-
pears normal in every other respect and the forelegs appear to
be functional. Therefore, it appears doubtful that this lack of a
pronotal ctenidium resulted from a mechanical injury in larval
life or during mounting. This leaves pathological or embryonic
malformation as possible explanations. This anomaly in Siphon-
aptera is presented merely as a curiosity (Fig. 1) .
This specimen of H. anomalus was collected 10 mi. E. of Beaver,
7,000 ft., Beaver Co., Utah, by H. C. Owen, May 6, 1949, host:
Citellus variegatus grammurus (Say) .
’Medical Entomologist Communicable Disease Center, Public Health Service
Federal Security Agency, Atlanta, Georgia. (IVom Western Communicable Disease
Center Laboratory, San Francisco, California.)
Fig. 1. Hoplopsyllus anomalus lacking ctenidial comb.
92
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXVII, NO. 2
DETTOPSOMYIA AND PTILOMYIA: TWO GENERA
NEW TO THE UNITED STATES
(Diptera: Drosophilidae ; Ephydridae)
Marshall R. Wheeler
University of Texas, Austin
While making general collections of acalyptrate Diptera in
California and Texas in 1949-50, representatives of two genera not
previously reported from this country were found. One of these
seems to be relatively widespread and has probably been over-
looked or not recognized by other collectors, while the other is
more likely a recent introduction into this country from Australia.
Dettopsomyia Lamb (Drosophilidae)
This genus, belonging to the Mycodrosophila-assemblage of
genera, was described by Lamb (1914) for his new species formosa
from the Seychelles. Malloch (1924) described Drosophila nigro-
vittata from Australia, remarking that the species appeared to be-
long to Spuriostyloptera Duda, an oriental genus. Malloch’s descrip-
tion clearly shows, however, that nigrovittata is not referable to that
genus but belongs to Dettopsomyia.
In October, 1949, the writer observed larvae and puparia in a
rotting, bleeding area of about 20 sq. in. on a large banana plant
on the grounds of the Pottinger Hospital in Monrovia, California.
Adults were reared and, a short time later, a large number of adults
were captured around this banana clump. These specimens matched
the description of D. nigrovittata in every detail. A permanent col-
ony seems to have become established in this area, since as late as
March, 1950, it was a simple matter to collect^ additional specimens.
A single specimen was also taken by sweeping along the Rio Hondo
near Montebello, California. Attempts were made to establish a
living culture of this species using the usual Drosophila culture
media, but the stock was lost after about four generations.
It seems logical to assume that Dettopsomyia nigrovittata is a
rather recent introduction since the area has in past years been
well collected by Drs. A. L. Melander and A. H. Sturtevant, both
specialists on Diptera. The finding of this Australian species in
April, 1951]
WHEELER DIPTERA
93
California is especially interesting in view of Malloch’s (1938)
report of Dettopsomyia formosa being found in Hawaii in 1936.
In Curran’s (1934) key to genera of North American Diptera,
this genus will key to couplet 12 of the key to Drosophilidae, where
it differs from the remaining genera by the following combination
of characters :
Small species with a complex pattern of longitudinal stripes on
the mesonotum; costal break exceptionally deep, the lobe well-
developed, blackened, and bearing two strong bristles; 2nd and 3rd
costal sections nearly equal (costal index about 1.^) .—Dettopsomyia
Ptilomyia Coquillett (Ephydridae)
This genus, a member of the Psilopinae, was erected by Coquil
lett (1900) for his new species enigma from Porto Rico. No other
species appear to have been described.
More than 70 individuals which appear to be identical with
Ptilomyia enigma have been taken by sweeping along a small stream
in Austin, Texas, in June, 1950. In view of its minute size (about
1 mm.) and its apparent non-rarity, it seems very probable that it
has been collected by others but not identified or reported.
A single specimen of an undescribed species belonging to this
genus was taken by the writer near Kernville, California, in April,
1950. This specimen, which is slightly larger than the enigma from
Texas, also differs in having the tarsi about as dark as the rest of
the legs and in having distinct dark clouds over the posterior cross-
veins. It does not seem desirable to describe and name this species
until further material becomes available.
The genus Ptilomyia keys correctly in Curran (op. cit.) . In
Cresson’s (1942) synopsis of North American Ephydridae, it keys
to Atissiella Cresson from which it can be separated as follows :
— Arista pectinate, without ventral branches; acrostichals in 2-6
rows, only the prescutellar pair enlarged Atissiella
— Arista plumose, with both dorsal and ventral branches; acrosti-
chals in 2 sparse rows, several pairs noticeably enlarged. .Ptilomyia
References
Coquillett, D. W.
1900. Report on a collection of Dipterous insects from Puerto
Rico. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 1198, 22 :249-270.
Cresson, E. T., Jr.
1942. Synopses of North American Ephydridae. Tr. Am. Ent.
Soc., 68:101-128.
94
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
Curran, C. H.
1934. The Families and Genera of North American Diptera.
Ballou Press, New York, N. Y. 512 pp.
Lamb, C. G.
1914. Eeports of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition. Diptera.
Tr. Linn. Soc. London, 2 ser., 16:307-372.
Malloch, J. R.
1924. Notes on Australian Diptera. IV. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
49:348-359.
1938. Two genera of Hawaiian Drosophilidae (Diptera). Proc.
Haw. Ent. Soc., 10:53-55.
A NEW SUBSPECIES OF METATAENIA
( Coleopter a : Buprestidae )
Jacques R. Helper
Mendocino, California
Metataenia clotildae refulgens Heifer, new subspecies
Holotype, adult female. Length 25.5 mm., with 8.5 mm., elongate
parallel, widest near base of elytra ; head, pronotum, and elytra bril-
liant red with golden reflections, pronotum with a pair of yellow
foveae laterally near the base, each elytron with five yellow or golden
colored depressions, one medial at the base, two at the first third, one
medial the other lateral, one fasciaform and medial at about the sec-
ond third, and one near the suture at the apical fifth, these depres-
sions becoming progressively shallower toward the apices which are
metallic blue green; body golden green beneath. Head punctate;
strongly excavated between the eyes and with a deep longitudinal
groove medially in the bottom of the excavation; a strong carina
forming the anterior boundary of this excavation, separating it from
the strongly notched clypeus; eyes large, only slightly convergent
posteriorly, rather strongly convex and noticeably protuberant,
brown; jaws black near the tips but mostly metallic green and
strongly punctate; antennae 11-segmented, reaching about to the
hind angles of the pronotum, the first segment long, testaceous proxi-
mally, metallic green distally, second segment very short, third three
times as long as second and equal in length to fourth, succeeding
segments more thickly punctate, becoming progressively shorter and
April, 1951]
HELPER METATAENIA
95
broader to the tip, terminal segment again a little longer and sub-
quadrate, last ten segments black; genae and gula green. Pronotum
finely sparsely punctate, widest at base, with base bisinuate, sides
slightly sinuate at basal third then arcuate to front angles, narrowly
longitudinally impressed medially, most deeply just before the scu-
tellum ; with a fovea at each side near the basal angle, limited ex-
ternally by a strong upfold of the integument and angling forward
toward the anterior angles, becoming rapidly shallower, with a sul-
phur like efflorescence lending a yellow color underlain by a distinct
pubescence; hind angles sharp, front angles bent under, not visible
from above. Scutellum^ green, transverse, almost rectangular. Elytra
with longitudinal rows of small punctures; strongly sinuate lat-
erally when viewed from the side; broadest near the base then
slightly sinuate to about the middle, then broadly arcuate and achiev-
ing the second greatest width a little behind the middle, narrowing
to the apices which are divaricated and end in spines, the last quarter
of the margin being strongly toothed ; lateral margin rather strongly
reinforced with a ridge like thickening; depressed spots pubescent
and (except the apical) bearing a yellow efflorescence. There is, in
addition to the easily noticed depressions already mentioned, a slight
depression which has a few hairs located just forward of the
rounded humeral region. Prostemal spine punctate, slightly wider
after passing between the anterior coxae, subtrilobate, not impressed
medially, neatly delimited anteriorly from the remainder of the
prosternum by a narrow transverse depression. Abdomen with large
hairy areas anterolaterally on the segments; sparsely setopunctate
elsewhere; last segment emarginate at the tip. Legs green, tibiae
becoming testaceous distally, tarsi testaceous.
Holotype: Kieta, Bouganville Island, Solomon Islands, XII,
8 to 21-1938 (Van Dyke collection). The type series is part of a
large number of specimens collected by the Papuan- Austral! an
expedition of 1938-39, led by R. G. Wind. Type in the California
Academy of Sciences (Ent.).
Variation: In a series of twenty-six specimens examined the size
ranges from 19 to 25.5 mm. in length and from 6 to 8.5 mm. in
width. The color of the dorsum becomes slightly purplish red in a
few specimens. One specimen, labeled as part of this series, is green
and quite typical of Metataenia clotildae (Gestro) sensu stricto, a
typical specimen of which I have from Korido Island near New
Guinea. Sexes similar.
M. clotildae was described originally as a Paracupta but differs
from that genus in not having the prostemal spine medially im-
pressed. The variety M. clotildae cupreosplendens (Kerremans)
which was originally described as a species of Paracupta differs
from refulgens as follows;
96
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2
cwpreosplendens
Brilliant copper with greenish
reflections
Elytral depressions same color
as background
Tibiae entirely testaceous
New Hanover, Bismarck Archi-
pelago
The other species of Metataenia are M. insulicola Thery, black
and green with gold spots, from Russell Island, M. quadrimaculata
Thery, bronze-brown with reddish gold spots, English New Guinea,
M. purpurascens Thery, entirely purple, English New Guinea (Ar-
f ak Mts. ) , and M. meeki Thery, entirely bronzed with three powdery
pits on the elytra, English New Guinea (Owgarra), all quite differ-
ent from the present form.
The structure of refulgens is, apparently, identical with that of
Clotildas and so I am placing this form as a subspecies of the pre-
viously described form. I am following Thery in the use of the
generic name Metataenia but it should be noted that these forms
are very near to the genus Iridotaenia.
refulgens
Brilliant red with golden reflec-
tions
Elytral depressions strongly con-
trasting with background color
Tibiae metallic green proximally
Bougainville I., Solomon Islands
NEW RECORDS FOR
STREBLIDAE AND NYCTERIBIIDAE
(Diptera: Pupipara)
The Streblidae and Nycteribiidae are essentially tropical fam-
ilies which extend up to the southern part of the United States.
Jobling (Parasitology 30(3) :363, 1938) states, ‘‘‘'T Hchohius cory-
norhini Cockerell (Streblidae) extends from Oklahoma through
Colorado as far as 40° North in Utah and 37° North in California.”
One male of this species was taken from a bat, Corynorhinus
rafinesquii (Lesson), probably subspecies townsendii (Cooper) at
Roseburg, Ore., April 16, 1950, by the author. Two females and a
male Nycteribiid, Basilia forcipata Ferris were collected August 9,
1940, at Redmond, Ore., from “bat” (collector unknown). Deter-
minations were verified by Dr. J. Bequaert of the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. — ^Vincent D. Roth.
*
ih
1
}.^ -
iA
\
I
^*v:_
A
f,
^ Z'^
'■<L^ ‘j.-’;'^'
Ill •; I
T
»• I
% i
I
Vol. XXVII
July, 1951
No. 3
THE
Pan -Pacific Entomologist
Publithed by th«
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
ESSIG ET AL — History of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society 97
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE: Notice of proposed
suspension of the Rules in certain cases 119
MAYO — New western Ephemeroptera II 121
LANE — Book notice : Larvae of the Elaterid Beetles of the
Trihe Lepturoidini, by Robert Glen 126
MALKIN — Heterlimnius koebelei in Oregon. 127
PRINCE & STARK — Four new fleas of the genus
Dactylopsylla Jordan, 1929 128
SEAL CONTEST 139
ROSS — The caddisfly genus Anagapetus , 140
San Francisco, California
1951
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley
E. S. Ross
P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech
Co-Editors
R. L. USINGER
E. C. Van Dy^e
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly In J^anuary, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
Ins* appearinf; in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology. life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should he addressed to the treasurer. Dr. B. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.
Domestie and foreign subscriptions, $2.60 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 76 cents. Make checks payable to "Pan-Pacific Entomologist."
''THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura
of the world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and
Development, Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeog-
raphy. Complete systematic treatment is given including keys, syn-
nonymy and descriptions. The illustrations are in the well-known
style that has earned the author his reputation as “one of the very
foremost of entomological artists.” The 125 full pages of figures
include morphological details, and full illustrations of the type
species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
To be published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series”
by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its
Semicentennial Anniversary, September, 1951.
Price ^6.00
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post
office at San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
The Pa n - Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXVII, No. 3
July, 1951
THE HISTORY OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY^
CONTENTS
PAGE
1. Founding and Early History 97
2. Relation to the California Academy of Sciences 100
3. Affiliations 101
4. Incorporation 102
5. Meetings 102
6. Committees 104
7. The Proceedings 105
8. The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 110
9. Henry Clinton Fall Memorial Publication Fund Ill
10. Officers, Members and Trends in Membership 112
11. Roster of Persons who hold or have held Membership 113
Founding and Early History
The first entomologists to visit California were those connected
with the Russian expeditions and settlements: Johann Eschscholtz,
Eduard L. Blaschke, and Ilya Gavrilovich Vosnesensky. During the
pioneer period they were followed by Pierre Joseph Michel Lor-
quin, Dr. Hans Herman Behr, Henry Edwards and James Behrens,
and soon after a host of others so that by the beginning of the
twentieth century there were quite a number of entomologists in
southern California and a larger number centered about San
Francisco.
When Carl or Charles Fuchs came to San Francisco in 1884,
his enthusiasm acted as a magnet to draw most of the local ento-
mologists together, and his workshop on Kearny Street was the
usual meeting place for most local and visiting entomologists. To
still further unite the entomologists, Mr. Fuchs issued a call for a
meeting, on August 7, 1901, to organize the California Entomo-
logical Club.
^Based on contributions by E. O. Essigr, P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. D. Jensen, H. B.
Leech, E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain, R, C. Miller, R. L. Usinger, and E. C.
Van Dyke. The Society was founded 50 years ago, on August 16, 1901.
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
The first meeting convened at the California Academy of Sci-
ences, on Market Street between Fourth and Fifth Streets, August
15, 1901. Mr. H. C. Fall acted as temporary president. The first
Constitution and By-Laws of the Society were formulated and
accepted at this meeting (Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society, pp. 1-2). The following officers were elected:
Charles Fuchs, President; Prof. Vernon Kellogg, Vice-President;
Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, Secretary and Treasurer.
The following became Charter Members: Charles Fuchs, Edwin
C. Van Dyke, Henry C. Fall, L. E. Ricksecker, H. H. Behr, W. G. W.
Harford, Beverly Letcher, F. W. Nunenmacher, Wm. Ashmead,
Edward M. Ehrhorn, James E. Cottle, F. E. Blaisdell, J. G. Grundel,
C. A. Whiting, Newton B. Pierce, C. W. Herr, Geo. W. Harney, F. C.
Clark, J. J. Rivers, L. 0. Howard, Vernon Kellogg, L. Durstein,
Alexander Craw, and the Grattum Naturalists Club of El Dorado,
California, Sarah E. Harris, Secretary.
Some of the above, being but casually interested in the subject,
soon dropped out. The majority, however, remained members as
long as they lived. James E. Cottle, of Hayward, Calif., and E. C.
Van Dyke are the only ones still living.
The name of the Society was changed at the fifth regular meeting
on August 16, 1902, to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, at
the suggestion of Professor Trevor Kinkaid, who felt that it should
not be kept a local society. As time went on, most of those who
were interested in the subject of entomology on the Pacific Coast
became members. The Society thus greatly extended its membership,
including as it did those persons affiliated with the California Acad-
emy of Sciences, the University of California, Stanford University,
the State Department of Agriculture and all local entomological
agencies as well as the independent collectors and amateurs. Meet-
ings were held at more or less regular intervals and, while Mr.
Fuchs was President, generally at a German restaurant, where the
formal meeting followed a social dinner. Later on they were held
wherever quarters could be found, such as the private homes of
the members.
At the time of the earthquake and fire, April 18, 1906, a con-
siderable dislocation of the affairs of the members and Society took
place. The main entomological collection of the California Academy
was destroyed, only the types of the Lower California species from
two expeditions being saved through the efforts of the botanist.
Miss Alice Eastwood. The large and valuable Lepidoptera collec-
July, 1951] history of the society 99
tion of Dr. Behr, which contained many types, was also completely
destroyed. Of private collections, that of Mr. Fuchs which was at
his quarters, 212 Kearney Street, was destroyed with the exception
of a few boxes of his general collection which he personally carried
to a place of safety. The Letcher and Cottle collections of Lepidop-
tera were also entirely destroyed. The Blaisdell collection, which
was beyond the fire limits, suffered somewhat from the overturning
of a couple of cases, while the Van Dyke collection, which was also
beyond the fire limits, escaped. The Society records were in Dr.
Blaisdell’s possession, so were saved. Of out-of-town collections.
Fig. 1. Three charter members of the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society. Left to right — F. E. Blaisdell, Sr., Chas. Fuchs,
Beverly Letcher.
Ricksecker’s suffered most. Mr. Ricksecker was at the time county
surveyor of Sonoma County and his collection was stored at his
offices in the court house at Santa Rosa; it was destroyed when that
building was wrecked by the earthquake. Albert Koebele’s collec-
tion was at his home in Alameda and remained uninjured; it con-
tained, besides his own, the old Hartford collection and some mate-
rial collected by 0. T. Baron. Later the Harford collection was sold
to Mr. W. M. Giffard and was made a part of that of the Hawaiian
Sugar Planters’ Experiment Station, and in 1926 Mr. Koebele’s own
collection was presented to the California Academy of Sciences by
his widow. Mr. J. J. Rivers at the time of the earthquake was living
in Santa Monica and his collection was with him and of course
saved. Later oh, this was sold to Dr. Walther Horn of Berlin.
100
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
As soon as possible after the fire the entomologists again assem-
bled, and continued with their entomological work, rebuilding
their collections where destroyed and keeping alive the Society.
Four months after the fire, the 21st meeting of the Society was held
on the evening of August 25, 1906, at the residence of Miss Julia
Wright, 2329 Pacific Avenue, Alameda. From this time on entomo-
logical interest not only continued but increased. The Academy’s
expedition to the Galapagos Islands was away at the time of the
fire, but returned before the year was out, and Mr. F. X. Williams,
the entomologist, was able to report upon the collections made.
Relation to the California Academy of Sciences
In the years immediately following the earthquake and fire the
Society was entirely on its own. Meetings were held at the homes
of its members or at some hotel or restaurant following a dinner.
A few meetings were held at the Academy’s temporary head-
quarters, 343 Sansome Street, in 1914 and 1915^ and then for
several years in the Board Room of the Mechanics’ Institute at 57
Post Street. From 1924 to 1932 the State Department of Agricul-
ture’s office. Room 10 in the Ferry Building, served as a meeting
place.
When the “West Wing” of the Academy’s new housing in Golden
Gate Park was opened in 1916, Society members began making
donations to the collections and affiliating with the Academy, but
it was not until the Pan-Pacific Entomologist was started in 1924
that the present close relations began. Space was given for records,
magazines, etc., and a certain amount of typing was donated to the
Society. In return, the Pan-Pacific advertised Academy publica-
tions.
The “East Wing” of the Academy was completed and the Depart-
ment of Entomology took possession of its present quarters in the
winter of 1931-1932. It was soon considered advisable to hold the
Society’s meetings in these rooms and the first was held there
March 4, 1933. This was an excellent move and has been to the
advantage of both parties. It has given a permanent meeting room
to the Society and a place for the members to deposit their col-
lections where they are available for study at all times. And to the
Academy it has supplied many workers who have made the ento-
mological department one of the most active in the institution,
and its insect collection one of the finest in America, in the short
space of 35 years.
July, 1951]
HISTORY OF THE SOCIETY
101
Ajfiliations
At the 75th meeting of the Society, March 20, 1920, the members
voted in favor of affiliating with the Pacific Division of the Ameri-
can Association for the Advancement of Science. The Pacific Divi-
sion held its fourth Annual Meeting in Seattle, June 17-19, 1920,
and the committee to consider acceptance of society affiliations met
on June 17. At that time our Society became officially affiliated, or,
as it was later termed upon revision of the constitution of the
A.A.A.S., “associated”.
Fig. 2. The first Field Day, held near Niles, Alameda County, Cali-
fornia, May, 1902. Standing, left to right — J. C. Huguenin, J. E.
Cottle, B. Letcher, C. Fuchs, E. M. Ehrhorn. Seated — F. W. Nunen-
macher, L. E. Ricksecker, Walther Horn (Berlin), F. E. Blaisdell,
Sr., F. X. Williams. — Photo loaned by E. C. Van Dyke.
A special meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society
was held in conjunction with that of the Pacific Division on June
18, 1920, with President E. C. Van Dyke in the chair; Mr. E. P.
Van Duzee, Secretary pro tempore, and Professor Kincaid acting
as local representative.
At the fifth Annual Meeting of the Pacific Division, A.A.A.S., in
San Francisco, our Society was on the official program, and met in
the auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences on August
6, 1921, President Van Dyke in the chair.
Because so many members of the Society are in the field during
the summer months, the relationship with the Pacific Division of
the A.A.A.S., which meets in the summer, has never been close.
However, the 91st meeting was held with the Association on Sept.
11, 1923, at the University of Southern California, Los Angeles.
102
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
A summer meeting was held on June 19, 1934, in conjunction
with the Entomological Society of America, the American Associa-
tion of Economic Entomologists and the Lorquin Entomological
Club at the University of California, Berkeley.
The Society was ofl&cially listed as a participant at the Fifth
International Congress of Entomology, Paris (1932) (E. C. Van
Dyke, delegate) ; at the Eighth International Congress of Ento-
mology, Stockholm (1948) ( R. L. Usinger, delegate) ; at the Thir-
teenth International Congress of Zoology, Paris (1948) (R. L.
Usinger, delegate) ; and was represented by three of its members,
E. C. Van Dyke, E. P. Van Duzee, and W. B. Herms, at the Fourth
International Congress of Entomology, Ithaca (1928), and by S. B.
Freeborn at the Eleventh International Congress of Zoology, Padua,
1930.
Incorporation
In 1940, due to the increased financial responsibilities of the
Society, including administration of the Henry Clinton Fall Publi-
cation Fund, it seemed advisable to incorporate under the laws of
the State of California. The Society was incorporated on September
11, 1940. The Articles of Incorporation, together with the By-Laws
adopted at that time, were published in the Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 31-37 (1942) . The corporation was formed
“to promote, sponsor, foster and stimulate research in the field of
entomology; to provide facilities and opportunities for research
and analysis of any and all phases of entomology by lectures,
forums, discussions, experiments, surveys, public meetings, exhi-
bitions, courses, classes, conferences, symposia and analyses; to
publish books, pamphlets, monographs and in general to disseminate
information about entomology and the results of entomological
research; to accumulate and record historical facts and materials
relating to entomology in general; to give, grant and sponsor the
granting of fellowships and awards for study or research in the
field of entomology; and in general, to act as a medium for the
exchange of information and knowledge and research in ento-
mology between the members of this corporation and scientists
and entomologists throughout the world.”
Meetings
By custom, an annual field meeting has been held by the Society
since its founding. The first Field Day was held in the vicinity of
July, 1951]
HISTORY OF THE SOCIETY
103
Irvington and Niles, Alameda County, in May, 1902. The list of
participants includes names well known in entomology during the
past half cenury: Edw. Ehrhorn, Chas. Fuchs, James Cottle, Bev-
erly Letcher, F. W. Nunenmacher, F. C. Clark, L. E. Ricksecker,
J. C. Huguenin, F. E. Blaisdell, F. X. Williams, and Dr. Walther
Horn of Berlin.
In spite of the uncertainties of spring weather, the annual field
trip has remained as a highlight of the year’s activities, though in
recent years emphasis has shifted more to the social than to the
scientific side. This is perhaps attributable to the fact that areas
near enough to be conveniently accessible are now comparatively
well known entomologically.
Fig. 3. Field Day at Fairfax, Marin County, California, June 11,
1905. Left side, from the rear forward and from left to right —
F. W. Nunenmacher, Von Geldern, J. C. Huguenin, J. E. Cottle
(in cap), F. X. Williams, F. E. Blaisdell, Sr., C. Fuchs, F. E Blais-
dell, Jr. At the table — Mrs. C. Fuchs. Right side — E. C. Van Dyke,
Mrs. J. E. Cottle, Miss Julia Wright, Miss Bessie Wright, Miss Mary
Moser, Mrs. Anna Blaisdell, Mrs. F. E. Blaisdell, Sr., Mrs. J. C.
Huguenin.— Photo loaned by E. C. Van Dyke.
104
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
It has also become traditional to devote the first meeting of
the fall to reports by members of their summer collecting exper-
iences. These reports provide a vast fund of information as to col-
lecting conditions throughout the Western United States in years
past. These and the observations reported by members at regular
meetings are a major contribution of our entomological society.
In recent years still another of the meetings has been set aside
for a special purpose. The December meeting is now referred to as
the annual business meeting and is the occasion for election of
officers and for delivery of an address by the retiring president.
Committees
The four standing committees of the Society are Program, Mem-
bership, Publication and Historical. The work of the Program Com-
mittee speaks for itself on every page of the Proceedings. Member-
ship and Publications are discussed elsewhere in this account.
A special Nomenclature Committee represents us in matters
of zoological nomenclature. Early in World War II, at the request
of the Society, the Nomenclature Committee {Pan-Pacific Ent. 18
(1) :43-45, 1942) drafted a proposal for a “Committee on Ento-
mological Nomenclature”. This timely move promoted the for-
mation of the joint committee on scientific nomenclature in ento-
mology at the meetings of the Entomological Society of America
and the American Association of Economic Entomologists in San
Francisco, December, 1941 {Pan-Pacific Ent. 18(3) :144, 1942).
The Historical Committee has been concerned chiefly with the
accumulation and preservation of historical materials. These in-
clude 1) minutes and records of the Society, 2) correspondence,
field notes, and newspaper clippings, and 3) photographs. Although
these materials are the property of the Society, there is a close
liaison with the entomological department of the California Acad-
emy of Sciences, where the materials are stored in a steel filing
case. In addition to Society records the historical file contains a
general accumulation of historical material for the western United
States, especially in relation to entomologists and the collections
that they have presented to the Academy.
The minutes of the Society’s meetings are in several books. In
addition there are hand- written and mimeographed programs of
meetings, and reports on them, the basis for the published Pro-
July, 1951]
HISTORY OF THE SOCIETY
105
ceedings. All these show clearly our debt to the late F. E. Blaisdell,
Sr., for 27 years the Secretary.
The old letters include many from W. H. Edwards to W. G.
Wright; Albert Koebele’s correspondence, much of it from C. V.
Riley and L. 0. Howard; parts of the correspondence of J. J.
Rivers, A. Fenyes, E. P. Van Duzee, F. W. Nunenmacher, and
F. E. Blaisdell; a valuable file from L. I. Hewes, largely referring
to his collection of Lepidoptera now at the Academy; letters and
manuscript notes by Isabel McCracken; and the entomological cor-
respondence of Ralph Hopping, fairly complete for a period of over
40 years, relating to his collection of Coleoptera which is also in
the Academy. Lastly there is a bound, mounted collection of letters
written by E. 0. Essig to A. E. Michelbacher, during the former’s
European trip, 1936-1937.
There are valuable books of field notes, insect life-histories, and
records of travel, the work of Albert Koebele, F. X. Williams, E. P.
Van Duzee and Thomas Craig. These volumes contain much un-
published data. Most of the newspaper clippings came from Koebele,
but some are of recent date.
The photographs include pictures of members of our Society,
other western students, entomologists from various parts of the
world (chiefly in the Koebele material), and an album of pictures
taken abroad by C. L. Fox. Fortunately a majority of the photo-
graphs are identified.
The Proceedings
The Society first considered reproducing its Proceedings as
early as the fifth meeting, August 16, 1902, at which time F. E.
Blaisdell proposed that a mimeograph machine be purchased for
this purpose. No action on this matter is recorded in the minutes,
but the old mimeographing machine which he later used to produce
notices and reports of the meetings, is still extant.
At the thirty-eighth meeting, December 3, 1910, “it was voted
to raise the dues to $1.00 a year in order to accumulate funds for
publishing the Proceedings of the Society at the end of each year.”
The first record of a “Committee on Publication” appears on
page 1 of the Proceedings with Frank E. Blaisdell, Editor, Edwin
C. Van Dyke, and Creighton Wellman. The only mention of this
committee in minutes of the meetings is at the sixty-fifth meeting,
September 1, 1917 when L. R. Reynolds was appointed “in place
of Dr. Creighton Wellman, who has been absent for several years.”
106
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
The Proceedings of the first to 47th meetings of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society (called the California Entomological Club
for meetings 1-5) were published in abstract form in the section
“Doings of Societies,” in the journal Entomological News. These
appeared as follows: First meeting, Ent. News, 12:243, Oct., 1901;
second, 13:31-32, Jan., 1902; third, 13:199-202, June, 1902;
fourth, 13:265, Oct., 1902; fifth, 13:333-334, Dec., 1902;
sixth, 14:59-60, Feb., 1903; seventh, 14:165-166, May, 1903;
eighth, 14:276, Oct., 1903; ninth, 15:43-44, Jan., 1904; tenth,
15:107-108, Mar., 1904; eleventh, 15:223-224, June, 1904; twelfth,
no meeting; thirteenth, 15:348-349, Dec., 1904; fourteenth, 16:95-
96, Mar., 1905; fifteenth to seventeenth, 17:104-106, Mar., 1906;
eighteenth and nineteenth, 17:226-227, June, 1906; twentieth and
twenty-first, not published; twenty-second and twenty-third, 18:
259-260, June, 1907; twenty-fourth and twenty-fifth, no meetings;
twenty-sixth to twenty-eighth, 19:499-500, Dec., 1908; twenty-ninth
to thirty-first, 20:330-332, July, 1909; thirty-second, no meeting;
thirty-third to thirty-fifth, 21:431-433, Nov., 1910; thirty-sixth,
not published; thirty-seventh to thirty-ninth, 23:89-91, Jan. 31,
1912; fortieth, not held; forty-first to forty-fourth, 24:38-42, Dec.
31, 1912; forty-fifth to forty-seventh, 25:380-383, Sept. 30, 1914;
forty-eighth, not held.
No record was kept of the dates of publication of the early
numbers of the Proceedings (F. E. Blaisdell, personal communi-
cation, several years prior to his death). We can only say that
between February 25, 1911 (the last meeting date of the first of the
annual, unnumbered parts) and February 14, 1921 (the date of
receipt of copies in the Library of The American Entomological
Society, fide Mrs. Venia T. Phillips, in litt., 1951) the first two
parts of volume 1 (pp. 1-30) and the Proceedings of the 37th to
76th meetings were published. Since publication of abstracts con-
tinued in Entomological News through October 1914, it might be
that publication by the Society was delayed that long. In any event,
starting with the thirty-seventh meeting, August 20, 1910, Pro-
ceedings were published as separate, unnumbered parts with pages
also unnumbered, each part starting with the first meeting in the
Fall and ending with the last meeting in the Spring (usually the
field meeting) . The years 1910 to 1920 were covered in this way,
and publication dates can only be assumed to have been after the
date of the last meeting reported in each part.
July, 1951]
HISTORY OF THE SOCIETY
107
Fig. 4. Field Day at Muir Woods, Marin County, California, May 17,
1908. Standing, left to right — J. C. Huguenin, G. R. Pilate, W. Topp,
C. Fuchs, (unidentified), Mrs. Fuchs, Mrs. A,. Elaisdell, L. Munier ?,
P. Baumberger, F. X. Williams. Seated, left to right — E. C. Van
Dyke, Mrs. F. E. Blaisded, (unidentified), F. E. Blaisdell, Jr.,
J. G. Grundel (kneeling), Mrs. Huguenin, F. E. Blaisdell, Sr.,
E. T. Cresson, Jr. — Photo loaned by F. X. Williams.
The first to thirty-sixth meetings present a separate problem.
These Proceedings were presumably published after the start of
the above-mentioned unnumbered series, since the pages are num-
bered consecutively from 1 to 77. The separate parts are not num-
bered but are stapled as follows: pp. 1-16, 17-29, 31-44, 47-76, 77.
Assuming that these were published in order, they all must have
appeared after March 1, 1911 (see footnote, p. 3). Pages 1 to 30
were received at the Library of the American Entomological Society
on February 14, 1921, and pages 31-46 on Feb. 19, 1924, 47-76
on Sept. 26, 1924, and page 77 on Aug. 8, 1927. The latter were not
listed in Catalogue 12 published by John D. Sherman, Jr., in May,
1922, but (excepting p. 77) were noted as “all published to date”
in Catalogue 19, Nov. 1924 John D. Sherman, Jr., in litt.,
1951) . Pages 47 to 76 were printed in early September, 1924, and
the signature was distributed at the 95th meeting on September 13
(see Vol. 2, No. 4, top of p. 48) .
108
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXVII, NO., .3
Volume 2 continued the annual parts, each part covering the
academic rather than calendar year, from the eighty-first to tfie one
hundred and twenty- first meetings, 1921 to 1930, 9 parts, 131 pages.
Only two of these parts are dated (fortunately, the two parts which
contain descriptions of new species) . These are No. 1, pp. 1-14,
Nov. 15, 1922, and No. 2, pp. 15-34, Jan. 31, 1924. Numbers 3
to 9 can only be assumed to have been published after the date
of the last meeting mentioned.
Dates of receipt of the various parts discussed above at the
Library of the American Entomological Society, Philadelphia,
Pa., are indicated in Table 1. Members of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society and all those who have occasion to use its Pro-
ceedings are deeply indebted to the authorities of the American
Entomological Society and the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia for the assistance in publishing its Proceedings ren-
dered during the early days of our Society and, in later years, for
the meticulous recording of dates of receipt of the publications of
our Society. To Mrs. Venia T. Phillips, Librarian for both the
Philadelphia Academy and the American Entomological Society,
in particular, we are indebted for extracting the data listed in
Table 1.
In addition to the data already mentioned, Mrs. Phillips writes,
“We also have mimeographed copies of Proceedings of the meetings
27th to 29th, pages 1-10, and of meetings 30th to 31st, pages 1-7.
On the top of the 30th to 31st Proceedings is a pencilled notation
these minutes were reissued in printed form with slight alterations.”
Starting with the 122nd meeting, the Proceedings were pub-
lished in the Society’s journal, the Pan-Pacific Entomologist, as
follows: meetings 122-125, Pan-Pacific Ent. 8:185-190, Sept. 19,
1932; meetings 126-128, 10:45-47, Mar. 31, 1934; meetings 129-
135, 11:185-189, Jan. 10, 1936; meetings 136-139, 13:141-144,
Sept. 14, 1937; meetings 140-143, 14:46-48, Mar. 12, 1938; meet-
ings 144-145, 14:191-192, Nov. 15, 1938.
From meeting 146 to date the Proceedings have appeared regu-
larly on the last pages of the January issue of each year for the
period covered by the preceding calendar year.
The Proceedings, as noted above, contain minutes of the meet-
HIST0RY OE THE SOCIETY
109
ings. They also contain abstracts of papers presented' at the; meet-
ings. Of more importance to bibliographers are the formal papers
which were published, especially in the earlier numbers. These
include, among others, Fenyes, A. — Aleocharinae from the Aleutian
Islands (43rd meeting, April 20, 1912; 4 pp.) ; Fall, H. C. — New
species of Coleoptera from Humboldt County, California (Vol. 2,
No. 1, pp. 12-14; Nov. 15, 1922) ; Van Duzee, E. P. — A new cera-
tocombid from Mexico (Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 33-34; Jan. 31, 1924) ;
Spencer, G. J. — An ear-wig new to British Columbia (Vol. 2, No. 4,
pp. 65-66, read at the 99th meeting, June 17, 1925) ; Van Dyke,
E. C. — Secondary sexual characters of the Coleoptera (Vol. 2,
No. 5, pp. 75-84, read at the 102nd meeting, Dec. 12, 1925) .
TABLE 1
Dates of Receipt of Parts of the Proceedings of the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society at the Library of the American
Entomological Society, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Part
(Vol. 1, No. 1)
(No. 2)
(No. 3)
(No. 4)
(No. 5)
(No. 6)
(No. 7)
(No. 8)
(No. 9)
(No. 10)
(No. 11)
(No. 12)
(No. 13)
(No. 14)
(No. 15)
(No. 16)
Vol. 2, No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
No. 6
No. 7
No. 8
No. 9
Meetings
1st to 12th
13th to 16th
17th to 20th
21st to 35th
3'6th
37th to 40th
41st to 44th
45th to 48th
49th to 52nd
53rd to 56th
57th to 60th
61st to 64th
65th to 68th
69th to 72nd
73rd to 76th
77th to 80th
81st to 85th
86th to 89 th
90th to 94th
95th to 99th
100 to 104
105 to 109
110 to 113
114 to 117
118 to 121
Pages
1 - 16
17 - 30
31 - 46
47 - 76
77
8 unnumbered
12
7
7
1 - 12
7 unnumbered
11
8
6
11
13
1 - 14
15 - 34
35 - 46
47 - 66
67 - 88
89 - 100
101 - 112
113 - 124
125 - 131
Date
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 19, 1924
Sept. 26, 1924
Aug. 8, 1927
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Feb. 14, 1921
Dec. 7, 1922
Dec. 7, 1922
Feb. 19, 1924
Mar. 14, 1925
June 16, 1926
Apr. 8, 1927
Mar. 2, 1928
Feb. 15, 1929
Jan. 31, 1930
Feb. 6, 1931
110
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
The first effort to provide a journal representative of the ento-
mological work being done on the west coast was made by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society during the first world war
(Proceedings, 66th meeting, December 15, 1917). The publication
was to be called the Pacific Coast Entomologist, but had to be
abandoned owing to the uncertain conditions prevailing at that time.
Seven years later, on June 25, 1924, the Society issued the first
number of its journal — The Pan-Pacific Entomologist, under the
editorship of E. P. Van Duzee with E. C. Van Dyke as associate
editor and F. E. Blaisdell as treasurer. The Publications Commit-
tee consisted of E. 0. Essig, chairman, G. F. Ferris, E. C. Van
Dyke, R. W. Doane, Grant Wallace, W. W. Henderson and J. C.
Chamberlin.
Changes in the management of the journal in the course of the
past quarter century were — Editor: E. P. Van Duzee, 1924-1939;
R. L. Usinger, 1939-1943; E. G. Linsley, 1943-1946; R. L. Usinger
and E. G. Linsley, co-editors, 1946-1950; P. D. Hurd, Jr., and H. B.
Leech, co-editors, 1950-. Treasurer: F. E. Blaisdell, 1924-1926;
S. B. Freeborn, 1926-1931, E. R. Leach, 1932-1942; R. C. Miller,
1943-.
From the start, the Pan-Pacific Entomologist though officially
the organ of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, was published
in close cooperation with the California Academy of Sciences.
This cooperation has included contributing the time of the editors
during the early years of publication, the time of the treasurer in
recent years, and such other tangibles as financial assistance, help
in mailing, and storage. In return, the Academy has enjoyed the
benefits of the cooperative effort, many papers based on Academy
collections have been published in the Pan-Pacific Entomologist
and, more often than not, types of new species described in the
Journal have been deposited in the Academy’s collection.
Other direct benefits to the Academy include the j ournals which
the Society receives in exchange for the Pan-Pacific Entomologist
and the books received for review by the editors. Twenty-three
journals from 16 countries are received in exchange for the Pan-
Pacific Entomologist. Since the Society does not maintain a library,
all such exchanges are turned over to the library of the California
Academy of Sciences and entomological items are placed on the
July, 1951]
HISTORY OF THE SOCIETY
111
shelves in the Department of Entomology. The Society is thus saved
the expense of housing, cataloging and looking after this litera-
ture, though it is readily available to both resident and visiting
members. The Academy’s library thus gains periodicals having a
subscription value of some $75.00 a year.
The contributions to the Pan-Pacific Entomologist by the Uni-
versity of California, though less formal, have been consistent over
the years. Direct assistance included the time of the treasurer,
business manager, and the editors at various periods and secre-
tarial assistance in connection with the above activities.
Of particular value to the journal during the recent period of
rising costs has been the work of the advertising manager, A. E.
Michelbacher. The mutually beneficial relationships between the
Society and advertisers is especially appreciated by members and
subscribers.
Now in its 27th volume, the Pan-Pacific Entomologist has pub-
lished over 5,000 pages of original entomological work — mostly on
insects of western North America and the Pacific Basin. Having
passed the quarter-century mark, the journal can be said to have
served well the purpose of its founders as “a regular entomological
periodical which shall adequately represent the work being done
in the west” and to have proved really worthy of its rather ambitious
sounding title of Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Henry Clinton Eall Memorial Publication Eund
The Henry Clinton Fall Memorial Publication Fund (Pan-Paci-
fic Ent., 17(1) :33, 1941) was established by the Society as the
result of a gift of securities from Mrs. Carl A. Richmond, sister
of the late Henry Clinton Fall (Pan-Pacific Ent. 16(1) :l-3, 1940,
Plate) , distinguished Coleopterist and charter member of the
Society. Under the terms of the gift, the fund is administered by
the Board of Directors of the Society through the Publication Com-
mittee. Mrs. Richmond generously permitted the Society freedom
of action both in the administration of the fund and the subject
matter covered by the publications to which it is applied.
The Society has felt that this fund should form the nucleus of
an endowment fund, the proceeds to be used for publication of
monographs which are too long for the Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The first volume of the new “Memoirs” series is currently being
published.
112
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
Officers, Members and Trends in Membership
The original articles of organization stated that the officers of the
Society shall consist of a president, vice-president, secretary and
treasurer and such committees as are deemed necessary. The names
of the officers and the years of their service are listed below. Dr. E. C.
Van Dyke was elected honorary president for the semi-centennial
year, 1951
OFFICERS
Years
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
1901-1907
Charles Fuchs
Vernon Kellogg
F. E. Blaisdell
1908-1927
E.
C. Van Dyke
(Various)
F. E. Blaisdell
1928-1931
E.
C. Van Dyke
G. F. Ferris
J. O. Martin
1932-1933
G.
F. Ferris
E. O. Essig
J. O. Martin
1934-1935
E.
0. Essig
H. E. Burke
J. 0. Martin
1935-1936
E.
O. Essig
C. D. Duncan
E. G. Linsley
1937-1938
C.
D. Duncan
R. L. Usinger
E. G. Linsley
1939-1940
E,
G. Linsley
H. M. Armitage
P. C. Ting
E. R. Leach
1941
E.
O. Essig
H. M. Armitage
E. G. Linsley
E. R. Leach
1942
H. M. Armitage
H. H. Keifer
Es. G. Linsley
E. R. Leach
1943
H.
H. Keifer
M. A. Stewart
E. G. Linsley
R. C. Miller
1944
M. A. Stewart
F. P. Keen
E. G. Linsley
R. C. Miller
1945
F.
P. Keen
C. D. Duncan
E. G. Linsley
R. C. Miller
1946
C.
D. Duncan
E. G. Linsley
E. S. Ross
R. C. Miller
1947
E.
L. Kessel
A. E. Michelbacher
E. S. Ross
R. C. Miller
1948
A.
E. Michelbacher
E. S. Ross
D. D. Jensen
R. C. Miller
1949
E.
S. Ross
G. F. Ferris
D. D. Jensen
R. C. Miller
1950
G.
F. Ferris
R. L. Usinger
D. D. Jensen
R. C. Miller
1951
R.
K Usinger
E. O. Essig
D. D. Jensen
R. C. Miller
The first president, Charles Fuchs, served for seven years. He
was followed by Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke who was president for 23
consecutive years from 1908 through 1931. From 1932 to 1940
the presidents served for either two or three years and since that
time the office has changed annually. The first secretary-treasurer.
Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, served for 27 years.
The Society was organized in 1901 with 23 charter members.
It is of interest that the maj ority of the charter members were not
professionally engaged in entomology, but collected and studied
insects in their spare tome for the pleasure they derived from their
avocation. Only five, William Ashmead, Edward M. Ehrhorn, L. 0.
Howard, Vernon Kellogg and Alexander Craw, were professional
entomologists. The others represented a variety of vocations and
included several doctors.
In the intervening years the ratio of professionals to amateurs
has changed until at the present time most of the members are
either employed in entomology or are students preparing them-
selves for professional careers in entomology. Although the pro-
portion of members whose activity in the field must be confined to
their leisure hours has diminished, the amateurs continue to make
July, 1951]
MEMBERSHIP ROSTER
113
valuable contributions to the subject of entomology and to the
program of the' Society.
During the fifty years since its organization, 477 people have
been elected to membership in the Society. Table 2 summarizes for
each decade since 1901 the number of new members, the average
number of meetings held a year and the average attendance a
meeting. The list of active members in 1951 stands at 248.
TABLE 2
Summary of New Members, Average Number of- Meetings Held a
Year and Average Attendance a Meeting for Each Decade
From 1901 Through 1950
Average
Average Number Attendance
Time Period New Members Meetings a Year a Meeting
1901 - 1910 66 3.3 17
1911 - 1920 33 3.8 17
1921 - 1930 54 4.5 20
1931-1940 106 4.0 26
1941 - 1950 203 5.1 35^
'Average attendance a meeting during 6 non-war yeara 47
Average attendance a meeting during 4 war years 16
Attendance at meetings has increased from an average of 17
during the first decade to an average of 35 during the 1941-1950
period. Moreover, for six years of the last decade attendance a
meeting average 47. During the other four years the average was
only 16 because so many members were in war service. The year
1948 saw the greatest numerical participation with 65 new members
and an average attendance a meeting of 55 members and friends.
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Roster of Persons Who Hold or Have Held Member ship"^
’42 Aarons, Theodore
’50 Abram, Howard
’48 Adams, C. F.
’48 Adams, Don W.
’47 Adams, P. A.
’37 Aitken, Thomas G.
’05 Akins, Maggie
’44 Allen, Merlin W.
’45 Allen, Eobert P.
’15 Ames, Mary
’29 Annand, P. W.
’49 Applegarth, A. G.
’38 Armitage, H. M.
’47 Arnaud, P. H.
Ch Ashmead, Wm.
’36 Atkins, Clifford H
*Ch - Charter member (1901). LM - Life member. HM - Honored member.
HonM - Honorary member. [Names in capital letters Honored or Honorary member-
ship.] Footnotes refer to death notices (Notice) and obituaries (Obit.) published
in the Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society and in the Pan-Pacific
Entomologist.
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
’49 Atkins, Feme E.
’48 Augustson, G. F.
’47 Bacon, Oscar G.
’35 Bailey, S.F.
’48 Baker, James
’29 Baldwin, Paul H,
’48 Barber, H.G.
’48 Barber, Herbert S.
’40 Barnes, Martin M.
’40 Barr, W. F.
’27 Barret, R. E.
’39 Bartges, Rex
’37 Bartlett, B. R.
’20 Basinger, A. J.
’48 Bauman, Wilfred K.
’05 Baumberger, Percy
’48 Beal, R. S,., Jr.
’42 Beer, Frank
’47 Beer, Robert E.
Ch Behr,H. H.
’48 Benedict, Stanley H.
’50 Bentinck, William C.
’48 Bequaert, J. C.
’01 Berger, L. E.
’29 Bertrand, J.
’47 Bixby, D. H.
’29 Blackwelder, Richard E.
’37 Blair, Millard F.
Ch BLAISDELL, F. E
(HonM., ’38)’
’47 Blakemore, Herbert
’47 Boddy, Dennis W.
’35 Bohart, George E.
’35 Bohart, Richard M.
’34 Boyce, Janet Mabry
’37 Boyer, L. Bryce
’07 Bradley, J. C.
’51 Braff, Edythe B.
’13 Breeze, William F.
’04 Bremner, O. E.
’40 Brereton, A. W.
’10 Bridwell, J. C.
’39 Brockman, Bernard
’24 Brosius, Fred C.
’48 Brown, F. Martin
’36 Brown, Phyllis
’25 BRUNER, LAWRENCE
(HonM., ’35)
’47 Bryan, Douglas E.
’49 Bryant, Owen
’50 Brydon, Harold A.
’04 Burke, C.V.
’21 Burke, H.E.
’23 Cain, Brighton C.
’37 Cameron, Alan D.
’21 Campbell, Roy E.
’04 Carnes, E. K.
’48 Carter, G. F.
’48 Castillo, Roberto Levi
’35 Cazier, Mont A.
’20 Chamberlin, J. C.
’41 Chandler, Harry P.
’46 Chandler, La June Dunn
’03 Chapman, Bertha
’02 Chapman, Wm.
’41 Chong, Wing You (LM)
’40 Christensen, L. D.
Ch Clark, F. C.
’01 Clark, Mrs. F. C.
’36 C'ark, John C.
’03 Clark, W.T.
’44 Cockerell, T. D. A.’
’48 Cody, L. R.
’19 Cole, Frank R.
’01 Coleman, George A.
’48 Coleman, Richard W.
’23 Comstock, John A.
’49 Cook, Ediom F,
’49 Cook, Thomas W.
’06 Coolidge, C. K.
’39 Cope, Oliver B.
’41 Cott, H. Edwin
Ch Cottle, James E.
’49 Coy,L. P.
Ch Craw, Alex.
’08 Cresson, E. T., Jr.
’46 Culver, B. Dwight
’26 Curry, John F.
’39 Dahl, R. G.
’48 Davidson, W. M.
’24 Davis, Alonso C.
’49 Davis, Donald W.
^BLAISDELL— Notice, P-P.E. 22(3) :99. 1946. Obit. 23(2) :49-58, pi. 1947.
“BRUNER— Notice, P-P.E. 13(1-2) :68. 1937.
’COCKERELL— Notice, P-P.E. 24(1) :8. 1948. Obit., 24(3) :117-121, pi. 1948.
July, 1951]
MEMBERSHIP ROSTER
115
’46 Davis, Edgar W.
’31 Davis, Theoron
’48 Day, W.,C.
’35 Daybell, Elwyn
(see Dorman)
’44 Deaver, A. L.
’36 DeBach, Paul
’35 DeLeon, Donald
’46 Dethlefsen, E. S.
’20 De Vise, C. J.
’36 Dickson, R. C.
’19 Dietrich, Henry
’50 Dixon, Elbert B.
’24 Doane, R. W.*
’44 Donohoe, Heber C.
’35 Dorman, Elwyn Daybell
’29 Doudoroff, Michael
’47 Doutt, R. L.
’37 Downes, J. A.
’50 Downing, C. A.
’43 Drake, Carl J.
’48 Dreisbach, R. R.
’41 Driver, Fred J.
’37 DuBois, J. J.
’20 Duncan, Carl D.
’46 Duncan, Douglas K.
’47 Duncan, J. Bruce
’46 Dunn, La June
(see Chandler)
Ch Durstein, L.
’46 Eads, Clark O.
’02 EASTWOOD, ALICE
(HonM., ’12)
’41 Eaton, C. B.
’48 Edwards, J. Gordon
’48 Ehrenford, Frank A.
Ch Ehrhorn, Edward M.®
’49 Elishewitz, Harold
’48 Elmer, Harold S.
’36 Elsea, James
’36 Embury, M. A.
’14 ESSIG, E. 0. (HM, ’48)
’47 Estabrook, L. A.®
Ch Fall, H. C.’
’36 Ferguson, George
’46 Ferguson, William E,
’19 FERRIS, G. F. (HM, ’48)
’51 Figg-Hoblyn, John
’47 Fisher, T. W.
’41 Fleschner, Charles A.
’41 Flock, R. A.
’09 Fox, Carroll
’12 Fox, Charles L.®
’20 Frank, Arthur
’36 Fraser, Isabelle
’40 Frazier, N. W.
’25 Freeborn, Stanley B.
’34 Freitag, J. H.
’41 Frick, Kenneth E.
’48 Fritz, Roy F.
’46 Frizzell, Harriet E.
’36 Frost, Florence
Ch Fuchs, Charles®
’36 Furman, Deane P.
’33 Furniss, R. L.
’40 Furry, F. W.
’44 Galindo, Pedro
’17 Garnett, Richard T.
’46 Gentner, L. G.
’50 Gerhardt, P. D.
’48 Gillaspy, James E.
’40 Gillogly, Lorin R.
’37 Gisla, Benedict G.
’24 Gladstone, J. B,
’38 Good, N. E.
’48 Gould, Douglas J.
’49 Graf, Otto W., Jr.
’46 Grant, C. Donald
’25 Grant, U. S., IV
’48 Gratz, Norman G.
’15 Graves, John 0.
’48 Green, J. W.
’48 Greenfield, Howard
’32 Gressitt, J. Linsley (LM)
’35 Grimmenstein, Edith-Mae
’03 Grinnell, Fordyce
^DOANE — Notice, Proc. in P-P,E. 19(1) :4(>, 1943.
'EHRHORN— Notice, P-P.E. 17 (2) :84. 1941.
'ESTABROOK— Notice, Proe. in P-P.H.S. 25 (1) :48. 1949.
^FALL— Obit., P-P.E. 16(1) :l-3, pi. 1940.
*FOX— Notice, P-P.E, 4(4) :192. 1928.
•FUCHS — Notices, Proc. vol. 1, 68rd ineeting, p. 1 ; 6Bth meeting, p. 10. 1921. VoL
2(4) :62. 1926.
116
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
Ch Grundel, J. G.’"
’45 Guedet, Rev. Edward
’29 Gunder, J. D.
’46 Gustafson, Joel F.
’37 Hackley, R. E.
’24 Hadden, F. C. (LM)
’46 Hagen, Ellsworth
’39 Hagen, K. S.
’49 Hall, S. E.
’47 Hanson, C. H.
’46 Hardman, N. F.
Ch Harford, W. G. W.
Ch Harney, George W.
’48 Hart, John F.
’46 Hart, Winfield H.
’21 Hartman, R. D.
’35 Harvey, Paul A.
’46 Harville, John
’47 Hatch, M.H.
’36 Haut, Feme
’47 Hazel, N.W.
’48 Hazeltine, William
’27 Heid, Graham
’49 Heimpel, A. M.
’24 Henderson, W. W.
’48 Henry, Laura M.
’35 Henry, Louise
’45 Herman, C. M.
’10 Herms, W. B.«
Ch Herr, C. W.
’30 Hewes, L. I.
’49 Hildebrand, C. W.
’16 Hill, C. A.
’48 Hill, Harry A.
’13 Hilton, William A.
’31 Hinton, Howard E.
’49 Hobbs, Kenneth R.
’01 Hopping, Ralph’’"
’50 Hottes, F. C.
Ch HOWARD, L. 0.
(HonM., ’12)
’34 Hovanitz, William
’48 Hoyt, C. P.
’49 Hoyt, William L.
’50 Hubert, Alexander A.
’01 Huguenin, J. C.”
’49 Hunt, R. W.
’03 Hunter, J. S.
’46 Hurd, Paul D., Jr.
’49 Innes, K. F.
’47 James, Maurice T.
’36 Jensen, Dil worth D.
’39 Johnson, John W.
’48 Johnson, Phyllis
’ll JOHNSTON, 0. B.
(HonM., ’ll)
’42 Jones, E.
’34 Jones, E.W.
’44 Jones, Paul R.
’47 Jones, V. E.
’27 Keen, F. P.
’20 Keen, Sadie E.
’51 Keh, Benjamin
’25 Keifer, H. H.
’30 Kelley, D.G.
’40 Fe’lev, Thomas F.
Ch KELLOG, VERNON
(HonM., ’12)
’48 Ke’ son, Walter E.
’05 Kerr, Mrs. E. L.
’36 Kessel, Mrs. E. L. (LM)
’36 Kessel, E. L. (LM)
’04 Killeen, John F.’*
’20 Killeen, Louise Rupe
’20 Kincaid, Trevor
’41 King, Lawrence H.
’05 Knight, F. W.’"
’48 Knowlton, George F.
’01 Koebele, Albert'*
’40 Kolber, Marvin
’41 Lamiman, J. F.
’27 Lammertz, Walter E.
’08 Lange, W.H.
’33 Lange, W. H., Jr.
^"GRUNDEL— Notice, P-P.E. 10(1) :26. Obit., 10(1) :48, pi. 1934.
«HERMS— Notice, P-P.B. 25(4) :192. 1949.
^^HOPPING— Obit., P-P.E. 18(1) :l-3, pi. 1942.
“HUGUENIN— Notice, P-P.E. 3(3) :162. 1927. Obit., Proc. P.C.E.S., 2(6) :96
96. 1928.
“KILLEEN— Notice, Proc. in P-P.E. 14(4) :192. 1938.
“KNIGHT— Proc. P.C.E.S., vol. 1, p. 36. 1924.
“KOEBELE— Notice, P-P.E. 1(4) :191. 1925.
“LETCHERr-Notice, Proc. P.C.E.S. vol. 1. p. 32. 1924.
“LIGHT— Notice, P-P.E. 23(3) :144. 1947. Obit. 24(2) :49-53. 1948.
July, 1951]
MEMBERSHIP ROSTER
117
’47 Lanham, U. N.
’36
Michener, Charles D.
’21 Larson, A. 0.
’46
Middlekauff, W. W.
’47 Larson, A. W.
’38
Miller, Robert C. (LM)
’20 Lathrop, F. H.
’09
Mitzmain, Maurice B.
’51 Lauret, Thomas H.
’42
Moorhead, Peter
’16 LEACH, E. R.
’49
Morishita, Frank S.
(LM), (HM., ’48)
’48
Morris, Eugene
’46 Lee, WeltonL.
’21
Morrow, A. W.
’47 Leech, H. B.
’48
Mote, Don C.
’48 Leigh, Francis
’04
Moulton, Dudley
’36 Lester, Will, Jr.
’03
Munier, Leon E.
Ch Letcher, Beverly’^
’47
Murray, W. D.
’48 Lewallen, Lawrence L.
’48
Myers, Omar E.
’51 Lewis, Norman A.
’23
Nast, E. H. (LM)
’37 Light, S.F.’*
’20
Newcomer, E. J.
’35 Lindahl, John C.
Ch
Nunenmacher, F. W. “
’49 Linsdale, Donald D.
’47
Nutting, W. H.
’27 Linsley, E. Gorton
’48
Osborn, Herbert
’21 Lovett, A. L.'®
’02
Otis, Hamilton
’29 McClay, A. T.
’34
Parker, Frank H.
’51 McCluskey, Elwood S.
’44
Parsell, Charles, Jr.
’20 McCracken, Isabel
’41
Pearce, Wallace M.
’13 McGlashan, Ximena
’36
Pedrotti, P. W.
’41 McKinstry, A. P,
’37
Pelle, Walter V.
’31 McKenzie, Howard L.
’29
Peterson, Charles E.
’40 MacLeod, G. F.
’46
Piazza, Salvador R.
’51 McMillan, William E.
Ch
Pierce, Newton B.
’49 MacNeil, C. Don
’21
Pierce, W. D,
’40 MacSwain, J. W.
’08
Pilate, G. R.
’34 Mabry, Janet
’36
Pisano, Rocci G.
(see Boyce)
’19
Plath, 0. E.
’43 Madsen, Harold
’34
Platt, Fred R.
’37 Maehler, Kenneth L.
’39
Poff, Marjorie
’48 Malkin, Borys
’41
Potts, R. W. L.
’35 Mallis, Arnold
’43
Prince, F. M.
’10 Mann, William
’47
Pritchard, A. E.
’41 Mansfield, George S.
’48
Proctor, William
’50 Marsh, Gordon
’37
Prole, George
’47 Marquis, Manuel
’48 Quate, Larry
’45 Martin, C. H.
’46
Quinn ell, Edwin
’19 Martin, J. 0.
’38
Rabinovitch, Adolph
’48 Matton, Rudolf H. T.
’41
Raski, Dewey
’16 Mautz, Wolfgang
’45 Ray, Eugene
’31 Mead, Albert R.
’28
Reed, W. D.
’20 Melander, A. L.
’47
Rees, B. E.
’41 Meyers, Ernest G.
’36
Reeves, William C.
’33 Michelbacher, A. E. (LM)
’34 Reitzel, Joseph
“LOVETT— Notice, P-P.E. 1(1) :48. 1924.
“NUNENMACHER^Notice, P-P.E. 22(2) :70. 1946. Obit. 24(1) :l-6, pi. 1948.
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
’48 Retan, Arthur
’46 Reynolds, Harold T.
’09 Reynolds, L, R.^^
Ch Ricksecker, L. E.
’48 Rindge, Frederick
Ch RIVERS, J.J.
(HonM., ’ll)
’36 Robinson, Wilbert J.
(LM)
’48 Rockwood, L. P.
’48 Roland, John J.
’35 Ross,E. S. (LM)
’49 Ross, Herbert H.
’48 Ruckes, Herbert
’20 Rupe, Louise V.
(see Killeen)
’47 Russell, W. A.
’33 Salman, K. A.
’38 Sampson, W. W.
’24 Sanford, Helen N.
’03 Sanford,0. N.
’14 Sargeant, Winthrop
’31 Saylor, Lawrence W.
’49 Schlinger, Evert I.
’35 Schultz, G.W.
’50 Scott, Charles L,
’35 Scott, David B., Jr.
’44 Scullen, H. A.
’47 Seibert, E. E.
’48 Sher, Samuel A.
’29 Simmons, Perez
’38 Simonds, William E.
’49 Simons, John N.
’02 Simpson, H. J.
’49 Sisson, Robert L.
’46 Skinner, Frank
’34 Sloop, Kenneth D.
’35 Smith, Arthur
’48 Smith, Claude I. ^
’35 Smith, Edgar
’39 Smith, Ernestine I.
’42 Smith, G.F.
’48 Smith, Gordon L.
’24 Smith, Harry
’25 Smith, Ralph H.
’41 Smith, Ray F.
’48 Smyth, E. Gray wood
’50 Snelling, Robert
’37 Snyder, Karl D.
’46 Snyder, Karl S.
’50 Spencer, G. J,
’47 Spitzer, C. H.
’25 Spruyt, F. J.
’20 Spuler, Anthony
’38 Stabler, Nathan
’49 Stansbury, R. F.
’45 Steinhaus, E. A.
’27 Stein weden, John B.
’12 Stephens, Frank
’48 Stern, Vernon M.
’10 Sternitzky, R. F.
’35 Stewart, M. A.
’24 Stickney, F. S.
’46 Stojanovich, Chester
’48 Stombler, Victor
’46 Stone, M. W.
’27 Struble, George R.
’21 Tanner, V. M.
’48 Tarshis, I. Barry
’47 Thatcher, T. 0.
’49 Thomas, Sherman L.
’04 Thompson, J. H.
’48 Thurman, D. C.
’48 Thurman, Ernestine B.
’39 Tilden, J. W. (LM)
’37 Timberlake, P. H.
’33 Ting, Peter C.
’50 Tinkham, Ernest R.
’08 Topp, Walter
’49 Tucker, K.W.
’49 Underhill, R. A.
’35 Upholt, William (LM)
’27 Usinger, Robert L.
’47 Van den Bosch, R,
’14 VAN DUZEE, E. P.
(HonM.,’38)”
Ch VAN DYKE, EDWIN C.
(HM., ’38)
’24 Van Dyke, Mrs. Edwin C.
’37 Vargas, Glenn
’20 Vickery, R. K.
’37 Vogel, Marcel J.
21REYNOLDS— Notices, Proc. P.C.E.S. 2(2) :20, 29. 1924.
2-SMITH— Obit., P-P.E. 26(2) :69-60. 1950.
•VAN DUZEE— Notice, P-P.E. 16(3) :123. 1940. Obit., 16(4) :146-177, pi. 1940.
July, 1951]
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
119
’33 Walker, B.C.
’42 Walker, John R.
’19 Wallace, Grant
’25 Walther, Eric
’35 von Bloeker, J. C., Jr.
’50 Wade, W. H.
’41 Walz, Arthur J.
’48 Waters, Norman D.
’48 Watkins, Stanley
’48 Watson, John M.
’48 Wegenek, E. G.
’10 Wellman, Creighton
’46 Welsh, Hartwell H.
’46 Weitz, Loyal A.
’38 Wheeler, Willis
’36 White, B. E.
’48 White, Raymond G.
Ch Whiting, C. A.
’38 Whitney, Ruth C.
’30 Wilbur, Paul C.
’04 Williams, Francis X.
’25 Wilson, George R.“
’48 Wilson, Kent H.
’29 Wind, Robert G.
’03 Winslow, Ross E,
’47 Wirth,W.W.
’01 WOODWORTH, C. W.
(HonM., ’12) ^“
’03 Wright, Julia
’27 Wright, Percy F.
’27 Wymore, F. H.
’44 Zanette, D. A.
’30 Zimmerman, E. C. (LM)
“WILSON— Obit., P-P.E. 14(3) :143-144. 1938.
25WOODWORTH— Obit., P-P.E. 17(1) :30. 1941.
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE: NOTICE OF PROPOSED
SUSPENSION OF THE RULES IN CERTAIN CASES FOR
THE AVOIDANCE OF CONFUSION AND THE VALIDA-
TION OF CURRENT NOMENCLATORIAL PRACTICE
Notice has been received from Secretary Francis Hemming of
the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature that
cases involving the following names of insects are now being con-
sidered by the Commission. Details of these cases are given in parts
1-4 of volume 2 of the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature (April
20, 1951) and part 5 of the same volume (May 4, 1951) . Interested
specialists are urged to send any comments that they wish to make
on these cases to the Secretary, 28 Park Village East, Regent’s Park,
London, N. W. 1, England, as soon as possible and, in any case, not
later than the close of the six month period set aside for public
discussion of such cases.
If received in sufficient time, comments received in response to
the present Notice will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological
Nomenclature; applications received too late to be so published
will be brought to the attention of the International Commission
at the time of the commencement of voting on the application in
question.
120
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
Applications in Part 1
(1) Aphidms Nees, 1818 (Class Insecta, Order Hymenoptera)
(pp. 18-20) (File 149) ;
(2) Trivial name ajax Linnaeus, 1758 (as published in the com-
bination Papilio ajax) (Class Insecta, Order Lepidoptera)
(pp. 26-30) (File 192);
Applications in Part 2
(3) Bantus Dejean, 1833 (Class Insecta, Order Coleoptera) (pp.
40-45) (File 171) ;
(4) Acantholyda Costa, 1894 (Class Insecta, Order Hymenoptera)
and Acanthocnema Becker, 1894 (Class Insecta, Order Diptera)
(p. 46) (File 175) ;
(5) Rhina Latreille, [1802-1803], and Magdalis Germar, 1817
(Class Insecta, Order Coleoptera) (pp. 47-55) (File 202) ;
Applications in Part 4
(6) Capsus Fabricius, 1803 (Class Insecta, Order Hemiptera)
(pp. 103-104) (File 211) ;
(7) Tettigonia and Acrida: proposed validation as from Linnaeus,
1758 (application submitted under Opinion 124) (pp. 106-
118) (File 328).
Applications in Part 5
(8) Titania Meigen, 1800, and Chlorops Meigen, 1803 (Class In-
secta, Order Diptera) and associated family names (pp. 134-
138) (File 197).
(9) Dorilas Meigen, 1800, and Pipunculus Latreille, [1802-1803]
(Class Insecta, Order Diptera) and associated family names
(p. 140) (File 221).
(10) Tendipes Meigen, 1800, and Chironomus Meigen, 1803 (Class
Insecta, Order Diptera) and associated family names (pp.
150-151) (File 469);
(11) Philia Meigen, 1800, and Dilophus Meigen, 1803 (Class In-
secta, Order Diptera) (pp. 153-154) (File 498).
(12) Tylos Meigen, 1800, and Micropeza Meigen, 1803 (Class In-
secta, Order Diptera) and associated family names (pp. 156-
159) (File 501).
In addition to applications involving the possible use of the
plenary powers, the Parts of the Bulletin contain the following cases
relating to the names of insects:
Part 1 (pp. 21-25) : question of the availability of the name Lepto-
psylla Rothschild & Jordan, 1911 for the House Mouse Flea
(Order Siphonaptera) (File Z.N. (S) 166).
Part 2 (pp. 56-58) : Proposed addition of certain names of genera in
the Order Collembola to the Official List of Generic Nwmes in
Zoology (File Z.N. (S) 207).
July, 1951]
MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA
121
NEW WESTERN EPHEMEROPTERA IP
Velma Knox Mayo
Nickel Plate, British Columbia
Ephemerella pelosa Mayo, new species
(figures 6, 7)
Nymph (figs. 6, 7). Dark brown species with yellow markings.
No tubercles, but long hairs on head, thorax and abdomen. Head
yellow with brown vertex and brown stripe along midline the entire
length of face. Antennae yellow at base, tinged with light brown
distally. Line of hairs on anterior surface of basal segment of an-
tennae. Long, dense fringe of hairs on genae from eyes to mouth-
parts. No frontal shelf. Hairs also on occiput. Maxillary palp pres-
ent. Prothorax dark brown along posterior margin and medially,
antero-lateral angles and two thirds of lateral margin yellow. Long
white hairs on either side of midline. Mesonotum dark brown with
yellow markings (see fig. 6). Long, fine white hairs on either side
of midline on entire thorax. Unsclerotised areas on pleuron and ven-
tral surface smoky. Sclerites yellowish brown. Legs yellow with two
wide brown stripes on upper surfaces of femora, and along anterior
border of tibiae and tarsi. Posterior surfaces of femora washed with
brown in basal two thirds. Small spines along posterior borders of
fore tibiae and all tarsi. Claws with three small spines. Legs with
heavy fringe of hairs on upper surfaces of all segments; note ar-
rangement of hairs on upper surface of all femora (fig. 6) . Abdomi-
nal tergites very dark brown, tergite 8 yellowish along lateral pos-
terior margins. Instead of bearing tubercles, tergites have paired
tufts of hair on posterior margins. They resemble little whisk
brooms with about twenty coarse hairs in a tuft. The hairs are longer
than the distance between tufts. Tufts are further apart on seg-
ments 1-2 (those on 1 covered by wing pads) ; about equidistant on
segments S-'G, closer together on 7-8 and on 9 they are close to mid-
line. Long hairs along entire midline on 10th segment. Traces of
light spots above tufts on segments 5-7 ; laterally on segments 8-9.
Lateral posterior border of segment 10 yellow. Tails yellow with one
distinct brown band on each, near base; brown spines in whorls at
joinings of segments. Tails with long fringe of hairs on anterior
surface. Gills present on abdominal segments 3-7. No spines on pos-
terior-lateral angles on tergites. Abdominal sternites yellowish-
brown basally, dark brown towards the tail. As in E. doddsi Need-
ham, there is an adhesive disc formed of hairs on the ventral surface.
The entire sternites 3-8 are covered with long, white hairs (fig. 7).
These radiate from a point at the midline on the posterior border of
segments 3-7, and those on segment 8 all grow from the anterior
border. Length : body 8 mm., tails 8 mm.
^Number I of this series appeared in the October, 193^9, issue of the Pan-Pacifio
Ent. 15(4) :145-154.
122
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
Holotype, nymph (in alcohol), North Fork Creek above Bass
Lake, Fresno County, California, June 15, 1934. Altitude 3,300
ft. Collected by P. R. Needham and party. Type in the California
Academy of Seiences.
Ephemerella pelosa n. sp. appears to be unique in having hairs
and tufts in place of tubercles. It resembles E. doddsi in but one
characteristic, that of the adhesive disc.
Ephemerella spinosa Mayo, new species
(figure 8)
Nymph (fig. 8). Color dark brown, lighter in immature speci-
mens. Pattern on head and thorax as in figure. No tubercles on head
or thorax. Legs yellowish brown. Fore femora with six or eight
coarse spicules on posterior margin and upper surface. Middle and
hind femora with coarse spicules and fringe of hairs along posterior
margin. All tibiae wdth several spicules medially and at tarsal join-
ings. Fringe of hairs on fore tibiae and double fringe on middle and
hind tibiae. All tarsi with regular row of spines along anterior
margin. Claws with 8 or 10 denticles. All joinings dark browm;
distal portion of tarsi and claws dark brown. Abdomen conspicuous
with prominent spines on tergites 2-9. Those on 2 very close together
and straight. Those on 3 farther apart and directed slightly outward.
On segments 4-7 they are widely divergent and increase in size to
rearward. They are directed both laterally and posteriorly, the tips
curved as in fig. 8. Each spine bears a row of coarse spicules from
the base on posterior margin, obliquely curving out to the anterior
surface of the tip (fig. 8). On segments 8-9 the spines are stout but
much shorter and straight, directed but slightly outward, those on 9
shorter than those on 8. The tergites are light browm with dark
patches extending from the anterior margins, forming triangles
. along the midline and dark areas under each gill. All abdominal
sternites marked with prominent dark lateral triangles which are
connected medially along anterior border. Ganglionic area browm
on sternites 1, 6, 7; most prominent on 7. Tails yellowish-brown,
each ringed near the base with a dark browm band. Posteriorly each
segment of tails with whorl of prominent browm spicules. Outer tails
not quite 2/3 length middle tail. Length of body: 7 mm.; of middle
tail, 11 mm.
Holotype, nymph (in alcohol), South Fork Bishop Creek,
Inyo County, California, altitude 9,500 ft., July 4, 1938. Col-
lected by the writer. Paratypes, two specimens, one same locality,
June 25, 1934; collected by P. R. Needham and party; one Big
Pine Creek, altitude 8,100 ft., Inyo County, California, July 2, 1939;
collected by the writer. Holotype in the California Academy of
Sciences, paratypes in the collection of the writer.
July, 1951]
MAYO — EPHEMEROPTERA
123
Figs. 1-5, Ephemerella species number 1: fig. 1, head of nymph;
fig. 2, lateral view pronotum of nymph; fig. 3, foreleg of nymph; fig.
4, maxilla of nymph ; fig. 5, male genitalia of subimago. Fig. 6, nymph
of Ephemerella pelosa. Fig. 7, ventral view of abdomen showing
adhesive disc of nymph of Ephemerella. pelosa. Fig. 8, nymph of
Ephemerella spinosa. Fig. 9, abdominal tergites 7-8 of nymph of
Ephemerella species number 1. Fig. 10, mandible of nymph of Ephe-
merella species number 1.
124
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
E. spinosa n. sp. is a member of the Needhami Group, and is
closely related to E. hystrix Traver, from Montana. Dr. Needham
kindly compared spinosa with the type of E. hystrix Traver and
states that spinosa is relatively broader in form of body, and there
appears to be a distinct difference in the form of the dorsal spines
of the abdomen. In E. hystrix Traver they are straight and nearly
smooth.” In spinosa they are distinctly curved and bear prominent
spicules their entire length. Gills darkened in spinosa, pale in
hystrix Traver. In McDunnough’s description of hystrix Traver
(Can. Ent., 67:98) he states that the outer tails are only “slightly
shorter than median one, being about 4/5 its length.” In spinosa
the outer tails are less than 2/3 length of median.
Ephemerella species number 1
(figures 1-5, 9, 10)
Male subimago (fig. 5). Abdomen reddish, thorax pale. Anterior
margin of pronotum with a V-shaped notch at midline, and posterior
margin curved to fit mesoscutum; pale medially, dark brown later-
ally with a mottled pattern. Mesoscutum creamy with dark brown
along lateral sutures and at wing bases. Prescutum dark brown.
Pleural sclerites dark brown ; unsclerotised areas creamy. Wing veins
brown. All femora yellow basally, dark red in apical half. Fore tibiae
narrowly yellow along anterior surface, dark red elsewhere. Middle
and hind tibiae yellow; all tarsi yellow. Black streak at joinings of
tibiae and tarsi, and narrowly black at tarsal joinings. Claws dis-
similar. Abdominal tergites with a wide red area along midline
which is paler medially, dark red laterally, banded by yellow on
either side. Lateral to the yellow bands are red patches ; pleural fold
is yellow. The abdominal sternites are more uniformly red, with the
lateral margins yellow. At the anterior margin of sternites 1-8 are
pale oblique streaks, one on either side of midline. Posterior margin
of sternite 9 dark reddish brown. Forceps yellowish, penes pale,
lyre-shaped. Tails dark red basally, yellow distally, covered with
very fine dark hairs. Length : body 11 mm., wing about 14 mm.
Nymph (figs. 1-4, 9, 10). Very dark uniform brown. Tubercles
present, but short and blunt. The pronotum with a pair of blunt twin
tubercles, the posterior of these much shorter. About midway be-
tween these is a wart-like tubercle on either side of midline. Anterior
to this group and near lateral margin of pronotum is a sharper
tubercle, one on either side. Prostemum with tubercle directed
towards head. Ridge along anterior margin of mesonotum but no
real tubercles except a slight elevation on scutellum. The mesono-
tum is roughened and covered with minute dark brown spicules.
No teeth on fore femora (fig. 3). Femora brown, tibiae and tarsi
yellowish-brown, marked in basal portion of each segment with black-
ish. Claws dark red with six denticles. Abdominal tergites with
July, 1951]
MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA
125
paired spines on segments 2-9. These are wider apart than the length
of the spines; on segments 2 and 9 they are slightly closer together
than on other segments. All spines practically equal in size, those
on 8-9 being but slightly stouter. The spines and tergites sprinkled
with minute, dark spicules such as are present on thorax. All ter-
gites evenly colored reddish brown. Gills present on segments 3-7.
Tails reddish brown basally, alternating with yellow in outer two
thirds. Ventrally the markings of the sub imago show through ab-
dominal sternites as two oblique streaks from anterior margin.
Laterally is a faint streak on each sternite. Lateral abdominal
angles well developed. Length : body, 10 mm.
Male subimago (in alcohol), Cottonwood Creek near Oasis
Ranch, California, Mono County line close to California-Nevada
boundary, altitude 5,100 ft., June 11, 1939; collected by the writer.
Specimens in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences
and in that of the writer.
Nymphal material same data; twenty-three specimens.
Ephemerella species number 1 is very closely allied to E. grandis
Eaton. In the subimago of E. grandis Eaton the fore legs are longer
than those of E. species number 1. The forceps are similar, but the
penes are of different shape (see fig. 5) . Those of E. grandis Eaton
more slender, narrower midway between base and tips. In E. species
number 1 there is a widening on either side, midway between base
and tips, suggesting the shape of a lyre.
In the nymphs the prothoracic tubercles of E. grandis are slightly
larger than those of E. species number 1. The wart-like tubercles
close to the twin tubercles in grandis are laterad; in E. species num-
ber 1 they are median. The maculation of the abdominal segments
is not similar in the two species.
References
McDunnough, J.
1935. Canadian Entomologist, 67 (5) ;98.
Needham, Traver, Hsu
1935. Biology of Mayflies, Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca,
New York.
126
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
Book Notice
Larvae of the Elaterid Beetles of the Tribe Lepturoidini (Coleop-
tera: Eiateridae), by Robert Glen, Division of Entomology, Sci-
ence Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada, 8vo.,
paper, 246 pp. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. Ill,
no. II, Smithsonian Publication 3987, April 19, 1950.
This publication was received and read with great interest by the
reviewer, who has spent over 30 years studying the economic group
of elaterid beetles, the larvae of which are commonly known as wire-
worms. During the early years of his work with this group the lack
of adequate morphological knowledge of both the larval and adult
stages of these agricultural pests was a serious handicap in differ-
entiating related species. The reviewer has spent many years trying
to straighten out the adult taxonomy. Since many of our wireworms
of economic importance take several years to complete their life
cycle, it is essential that species be known in the larval stage, without
a long process of rearing. This volume by Dr. Glen is not only a fine
contribution to the science of taxonomic entomology, but it is also
a valuable aid to the economic field.
Dr. Glen has recently been appointed Chief of the Division of
Entomology, Science Service, Ottawa, but he initiated this work on
the morphology of the larval stage of wireworms in 1929, under the
direction of Dr. K. M. King, who was then in charge of the Dominion
Entomological Laboratory at Saskatoon, Saskatchewan.
Dr. Glen’s earlier works on the detailed larval description of
individual species have been very helpful to others studying wire-
worms, but in this larger work he now brings together all the infor-
mation found in the literature of the world on the larvae of the tribe
Lepturoidini, including many of econorhic importance. Altogether
he treats of 93 species, included in the following 11 genera; Athous
(14) ; Crepidomenus (1) ; Cryptohypnws (5) ; Eanus (2) ; E' athous
(1) ; Hemicrepidius (5) ; Hypnoidus (3) ; Lepturoides (3) ; Limon-
ius (14); Ludius (44), and Melanactes (1).
Since his investigations were discontinued in 1942, some of the
recent changes in nomenclature of the Eiateridae have not been
included. The tribe Lepturoidini should now be called the Denticol-
lini, and the genera would be changed as follows ; Cryptohypnus to
Hypolithus ; Hypnoidus to Negastrius ; Lepturoides to Denticollis,
and Ludius to Ctenicera.
There is a fine summary of literature on the subject from 1855,
including such names as Schiodte (1870) ; Comstock and Slingerland
(1891) ; Forbes (1892) ; Hendriksen (1911) ; Hyslop (1917) ; Hyslop
and Boving (1935), and Lanchester (1939). He follows the termi-
nology of Hyslop, Boving, Snodgrass and Anderson, as well as
others.
The prairie grain wireworm (Ctenicera destructor Brown) has
been used as a typical larva of the group and described in detail.
On page 33 there is a key to the larvae of the subfamilies of the
Eiateridae and to the tribes of the subfamily Pyrophorinae. This is
July, 1951] malkin — heterlimnius koebelei
127
followed by keys to genera, isolated “species groups” and isolated
species of the tribe Denticollini (Lepturoidini). The various “iso-
lated” groups and species of each genus are taken next, with keys,
descriptions, distribution, and source of material given under each.
There is a summary of taxonomic relationships with list of species
studied as an index on pages 197, 198. Literature cited runs to 8
pages, which is a most complete bibliography of the principal litera-
ture on elaterid larval morphology, as well as some on biology and
adult taxonomy. There are 40 pages of drawings, all by the author.
The section on the genus Limonius is somewhat confused, but this
can be charged mainly to lack of material and published information
regarding adults. The reviewer has revised the adult taxonomy, at
least of the economic forms, although it is still unpublished.
Lanchester in 1946 published the identifying characters separat-
ing six of the economic specie?, four western and two eastern. The
larvae of Limonius anceps LeConte and L. ectypus Say are still
unknown. The species in Dr. Glen’s key, page 164, called L. suhaur-
atus LeConte is really L. infuscatus Motschulsky and the species
near L. ectypus Say from Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta is
probably L. calif ornicus Mannerheim, as this species is known from
various places in Montana by adults and larvae.
Only one who has worked a long time with wireworms, both sys-
tematically and biologically, can appreciate the vast amount of effort
that went into the preparation of Dr. Glen’s work. We hope it will
form a basis for future works in this and related groups, and that
it will inspire other workers to add to our knowledge of wireworms
over the world. One of the great needs is more students of larval
taxonomy with the ability and patience, shown by Dr. Glen, to help
the economic entomologist determine the species with which he
works. — Merton C. Lane, Walla Walla, Washington.
HETERLIMNIUS KOEBELEI IN OREGON
(Coleoptera: Elmidae)
Collecting in the Little Applegate River area, Jackson Co., Ore-
gon, 10 miles from California, on August 5-6, 1950, Mr. Vernon E.
Thatcher of Oregon State College and I took 18 specimens of
Heterlimnius koebelei Martin, over 80 specimens of H. quadri-
maculatus Horn, and numerous larvae of hoth species. H. koebelei
was known previously from W ashington and the new record repre-
sents a southward extension of the range. The beetles were in a tiny,
rapidly flowing mountain stream at 2300 feet altitude and were
clinging under stones and in crevices. I am indebted to Dr. M. W.
Sanderson for the identifications. — BoRYS Malkin.
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
FOUR NEW FLEAS OF THE GENUS
DACTYLOPSYLLA JORDAN, 1929
( Siphon aptera)
Frank M. Prince and Harold E. Stark^
Communicable Disease Center, Public Health Service,
Federal Security Agency, Atlanta, Ga.
Among fleas sent in by field units of the Western Communicable
Disease Center Laboratory, two new species and one new subspecies
of Dactylopsylla Jordan 1929 were noted and are herein described.
A third species being described is from collections obtained by
the junior author while gathering material for a master’s thesis
on Utah fleas.
Dactylopsylla bluei p silos Prince and Stark, new subspecies
This subspecies (figs. 1-5) is closely related to D. bluei bluei
(C. Fox, 1909), but as the name indicates it is armed with fewer
bristles.
Head: Clypeal tubercle absent as in D. b. bluei. Antenna reaches
beyond posterior border of head in male but does not in female.
Scape in both sexes without setae. Pedicel of male without setae;
pedicel of female with 8 setae reaching beyond end of clava. Clava
of male definitely segmented but segmentation of clava of female
not pronounced. Double row of small setae above antenna of male;
single row in female. Two rows of medium and large setae on gena
and one row on posterior border of head. Mouth parts short, labial
palps extend only two-thirds length of fore coxa.
Thorax: Pronotal ctenidium with 19 or 20 teeth. Meso- and
metathorax not heavily covered with setae. Posterior dorsal row
of setae on mesonotum (both sexes) consists of from 5 to 7 setae
on each side, while other species of Dactylopsylla have 8 to 12
setae. Posterior dorsal row of setae on metanotum consists of from
7 to 9 setae on each side while all other species except D. b. bluei
and D. digitenua have more. This row on D. b. bluei specimens
numbers from 8 to 10 setae. The number of long, stout, dorsal bristles
on the hind tibia ranges from 17 to 22. The medial displacement of
the first pair of plantar bristles of segment V of tarsae is not pro-
nounced.
Abdomen: Over-all chaetotaxy on abdomen is similar to other
species of Dactylopsylla except for being sparse. The average num-
ber of setae in each posterior row on abdominal tergites is 12 on
^From Western Communicable Disease Center Laboratory, San Francisco, Calif.
July, 1951]
PRINCE AND STARK NEW FLEAS
129
each side; in other species 14; though in D. b. bluei up to 16 on each
side. Antepygidial bristles: one with one small seta in male; three
in female.
Modified segments. Male : The VIII tergum is large, covering
most of the external genitalia. The VIII sternum is reduced and
(All figures are in lateral view, left side)
Figs. 1-4, Dactylopsylla bluei psilos. 1, aedeagus; 2, VIII ster-
num; 3, manubrium, clasper, finger; 4, IX sternum.
130
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
unmodified, having no posterior process and no diagnostic setae
except 10 or so extremely small setae. The IX tergum reduced as
a whole, manubrium being shorter than in D. h. bluei. Clasper is
Fig. 5, Dactylopsylla b. psilos, posterior segments of female. Fig.
6, D. pentachaeta, aedeagus.
July, 1951]
PRINCE AND STARK NEW FLEAS
131
small, with a prominent, nan’ow, dorsal process. Finger long and
narrow as in D. b. bluei but the distal end is not turned as far
posteriorly. The internal arms of the IX sternum are large as in
D. b. bluei. The median lobe bears many small, fine setae. The upper
lobe is relatively larger than in D. b. bluei and is heavily covered
with thin setae. The dorsal process of the upper lobe is broader and
the ventral process is smaller than in D. b. bluei. The aedeagus is
similar in shape to D. b. bluei, but the distal ends of the crochets
are small and directed posteriorly.
Female : The posterior border of the VII sternum shows a small,
prominent, sharply pointed lower lobe which marks the junction
of the ventral border and the posterior border. The only available
female (allotype) has a broken section in the lobe giving the ap-
pearance of two lobes as shown in the drawing. This female has a
collapsed spermatheca. The tail is well differentiated from the head
and bears a very prominent appendage. The head is probably an oval
subglobular shape. The stylet terminates in a medium-sized bristle
(seta) and has two ventral setae.
Measurements (lengths) : Holotype male, 2.8 mm. Allotype fe-
male, 3.9 mmcParatype males, 3.3 mm.; 3.3 mm.; 3.2 mm.; 3.1 mm.;
2.9 mm.; 2.8 mm.; 2.8 mm. Average, 3.1 mm. for males.
Type host : Thomomys perp^illidus subsp.
Type locality: 20 mi. W. Las Vegas, State Game Refuge, 2300
ft., Clark Co., Nevada. Ecological association: greasewood, cacti.
Collected by Mr. Huey Owen and Mr. Orris Smith, March 26, 1949.
Holotype male and allotype female on deposit at Western Com-
municable Disease Center Laboratory. Paratype males: one at
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., and one at British
Museum (Natural History), in Siphonaptera collection at Tring,
Herts, England.
Dactlyopsylla pentachaeta Prince and Stark, new species
This species (figs. 6-10) is closely related to D. percernis Eads
and Menzies, 1949 and D. neomexicana Prince, 1945.
Head: Clypeal tubercle absent. A notch is present but barely
discernible in both sexes. Antennae extend to posterior border of
head in the male but not in the female. Scape with 5 very small
setae. Three extremely tiny setae on pedicel of male; 7 or 8 setae
on pedicel of female reaching to end of the clava. The clava has 9
distinct segments. These characters differ from those of D. per-
cemis in that the pedicel of the male D. percernis has 6 distinct but
thin setae reaching half the length of the clava, and the female of
both D. percernic and D. neomexicana has 7 or 8 setae on the pedicel
reaching beyond the clava. The male of D. neomexicav/i has 7 or 8
extremely tiny setae similar to D. pentachaeta. Vertex of cranium
(male only) and borders of gena heavily chitinized. Two distinct
rows of large-sized bristles on gena (5 or 6 bristles in each row)
132
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
D. PENTACHAETA SP. NOV.
Figs. 7-9, Dactylopsylla pentachaetcu. 7, VIII sternum; 8, manu-
brium, clasper and finger ; 9, IX sternum.
July, 1951]
PRINCE AND STARK NEW FLEAS
133
and one row on posterior border of head. Small setae above antennae
begin as two rows anteriorly and grade into four irregular rows
posteriorly. Mouth parts short; labial palps extend only two-thirds
length of fore coxa.
Thorax: Pronotal ctenidium with 21 teeth in both sexes. Meso-
and metathorax as in other members of genus. Hind tibia has 22
long, stout, dorsal bristles. First pair of plantar bristles of segment
V of tarsae are turned downward and inward.
A bdomen : Over-all chaetotaxy as in other members of genus.
Antepygidial bristles 3 in male, 4 in female.
Modified segments. Male: The VIII tergum is large and covers
most of the external genitalia. The VIII sternum is very distinct.
It has virtually no posterior process but terminates broadly with 5
large, distinct setae. The VIII sternum of D. neomexicana hears 3
or 4 large, distinct setae and has a small posterior process which is
slightly more pronounced than in D. pentachaeta. D. percernis has 4
smaller bristles, and the outline of the VIII sternum is quite unlike
that of D. pentachaeta. The IX tergum is distinct and well inside the
body cavity. The clasper is small, with narrow prominent dorsal
process. The finger is large. The distal one-third of the finger is
extended posteriorly from a 90° angle. The anterior border of the
finger has a.: small but prominent protrusion in the middle. This
process is not present in either D. neomexicana or D. percernis.
There are 3 medium-sized bristles along the posterior border, 2
placed close together. This is similar to D. neomexicana, but D. per-
cernis has only 2 medium-sized bristles along the posterior border.
The internal arms of the IX sternum are prominent. Externally
the median lobe bears many small setae on the posterior and lateral
parts. The upper lobe is quite prominent, bearing many thin setae.
Female: Posterior border VII sternum with distinct sinus. This
sinus is not prominent in either D. percernis or D. neomexicana.
Spermatheca without demarcation between head and tail. Process
at tip of tail. Head not as heavily pigmented as D. percernis or
D. neomexicana. Stylet terminates with medium-sized bristle and
has two ventral bristles, one small lateral bristle and two exceed-
ingly tiny dorsal bristles. D. percernis and D. neomexicana have
the two ventral bristles but no small lateral bristle.
Measurements (lengths) : Holotype male, 3.2 mm. Allotype
female, 3:6 mm. Paratype females, 3.6 mm, and 3.2 mm.
Type host: Mustela sp.
Type locality: Louich Ranch, 20 mi N., 5 mi. E. Benkelman,
3,200 ft., Dundy Co., Nebraska. Ecological association: rolling
sand hills, grass, Cynomys sp, present. Collected by Mr. Huey Owen
and Mr. Dwight Campau, June 12, 1945.
Holotype male and allotype female on deposit at Western Com-
municable Disease Center Laboratory. One paratype female at
U. S. National Museum, one at British Museum (Natural History) .
134
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
Dactylopsylla digltenua Prince and Stark, new species
This species (figs. 16-19) is close related to D. pentachaeta but
is separated readily on the modified segments, particularly the finger
of the clasper and the crochet. Only one male is known to us.
Head: Clypeal tubercle as in D. pentachaeta; a notch discernible.
Antennae extend slightly beyond posterior border of head. Scape
with 5 very small setae. Six extremely thin setae on pedicel reach
only to the first segment of the clava which has 9 distinct segments.
The small setae above antennae grade into three irregular rows
instead of four. Chaetotaxy of head otherwise as in D. pentachaeta.
Thorax has fewer setae than D. pentachaeta. The anterior dorsal
rows of setae on the meso- and metanotum number about 10, and
the posterior dorsal rows number 8 in D. digitenua, while in D. pen-
tachaeta the anterior dorsal rows number 15 and the posterior dorsal
rows number 11 setae on each side. The hind tibia has 18 long, stout,
dorsal bristles. Plantar bristles of segment V as in D, pentachaeta.
Pregenital segments of abdomen as in D. pentachaeta.
Modified segments. Male : The VIII sternum has no posterior pro-
cess, differing from D. pentachaeta which has a very inconspicuous
process dorsal to the five bristles. There are 5 setae on the left side
of the VIII sternum as in D. pentachaeta, and 4 setae on the right
side as in D. percemis. The dorsal process of the clasper is similar
to that of D. pentachaeta. The finger of the clasper is much more
slender than in D. pentachaeta. The placement of the bristles on the
finger is identical. The lower lobe of the IX sternum is a little more
broadly curved, and the upper lobe is very thin and elongated while
that of D. pentachaeta is quite broad and bears many thin setae. In
this respect it resembles D. percemis and D. neomexicana. The cro-
chet is quite different from that of D. pentac^^aeta and D. percemis.
Instead of being more or less rounded and produced posteriorly, it
has one dorsal and one posterior, prominent, narrow process, as in
D. neomexicana.
Dactylopsylla digitenua is closest to D. pentachaeta, but since it
has some characteristics similar to D. neomexicana and D. percemis,
these four fleas are probably subspecies of one another. However,
until more specimens are obtained for comparison, the present
nomenclature is maintained.
Measurements (length) : Holotype male, 3.3 mm.
Type host: Onychomys leucogaster ssp. (true host probably
Geomys sp.).
Type locality: 10 mi. W. Matador, 2,400 ft.; Motley County,
Texas. Ecological association: small streamside, mesquite, sage,
Fig. 10. Dactylopsylla pentachaeta, female. Fig. 11, D. minidoka,
aedeagus.
135
July, 1951] prince and stark — new fleas
Sperm
D. PENTACHAETA SR NOV.
Cr.
136 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
Geomys breviceps ssp. present. Collected by Mr. Frank Terry and
Mr. Reino E. Raikko on May 3, 1950.
Holotype male on deposit at Western Communicable Disease
Center Laboratory.
Dactylopsylla minidoka Prince and Stark, new species
This species (figs. 11-15) is closely related to D. nuditenacula
Prince, 1945.
Head: Clypeal tubercle exceedingly small, more so than D.
ntiditenacula. Antennae of male extend little beyond posterior
border of head. Scape large in male, without bristles in either sex.
Pedicel of male with 6 setae reaching halfway along clava. Pedicel
of female with 7 setae reaching beyond end of clava. Antennae of
female do not reach posterior border of head. Single row in male,
double row in female, of small setae above antenna. Two rows of
thin mediumdength setae on gena and one row of setae on posterior
border of head. Only 4 bristles to each row on gena at most. Labial
palps extend three-fourths the length of the fore coxa.
Thorax: Pronotal ctenidium with 23 teeth. Meso- and metathorax
as in other members of genus.
Abdomen: Over-all chaetotaxy similar to other members of genus.
Antepygidial bristles 2 in male, with 1 “small seta ; 3 or 4 in female.
Hind tibia has about 16 long, stout, dorsal bristles. All plantar
bristles of segment V of tarsae are placed laterally.
Modified segments. Male : VIII tergum quite large, covering the
greater part of the external genitalia. The VIII sternum “Is distinc-
tive. The distal part is small and bears many bristles along the
posterior ventral border. There is a long, narrow, distal process,
having a rounded end and bearing no setae. The appearance of
the VIII sternum is quite like that of D. nuditenacula. The IX tergum
is small but distinctive. The manubrium is triangular in shape. The
clasper is small and the dorsal process has a broad base, is not very
long, and terminates with three small setae. The long, straight,
narrow finger is quite similar to that of D. nuditenacula except that
it bears 4 or 5 small setae laterally and along the posterior border.
The internal arms of the IX sternum are narrow and smaller than in
D. nuditenacula. The median lobe has an expanded posterior border
(unlike D. nuditenacula) and bears several lateral setae. The upper
lobe is large, bearing many thin setae and is similar to that of
D. nuditenacula.
Female: The general outline of the posterior border of the VII
sternum is similar to that of D. nuditenacula except that the lowest
lobe is more pronounced, having an acute angle of 88 degrees, com-
pared to 114 degrees for D. nuditenacula. The spermatheca and
stylet are as in D. nuditenacula.
Measurements (lengths) : Holotype male, 4.1 mm. Allotype fe-
July, 1951]
PRINCE AND STARK NEW FLEAS
137
male, 4.2 mm. Paratype males, 4.4 mm.; 4.1 mm.; 4.0 mm.; 3.9 mm.;
average, 4.1 mm. Paratype females, 4.8 mm.; 4.8 mm.; 4.4 mm.;
4.3 mm. ; 4.2 mm; ; average, 4.5 mm.
Figs. 12-15, Dactylopsylla nninidoka. 12, VIII sternum; 13, manu-
brium, clasper and finger; 14, IX sternum; 15, female.
138
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
Type host: Thomomys talpoides gracilis (Durrant, 1939).
Type locality: Minidoka National Forest, 7^/^ mi. S. E. Yost,
on George Creek, 6,500 ft.. Raft River Mts., Box Elder Co.,
Utah. Collected by Dr. Keith R. Kelson, May 11, 1947.
Holotype male and allotype female on deposit at U. S. National
Figs. 16-19, Dactylopsylla digitenua.: 16, aedeagus; 17, manu-
brium, clasper, finger; 18, IX sternum; 19, VIII sternum.
July, 1951]
SEAL CONTEST
139
Museum. Paratype males and females at University of Utah Ento-
mological Museum, Salt Lake City, Utah; at the Western Com-
municable Disease Center Laboratory; and at the British Museum
(Natural History) .
Abbreviations of Lettering on Figures
A. Aedeagus
A. Ap. Aedeagal apodeme
Cr. Crochet or aedeagal hook
C. S. Crescent sclerite
D. A. L. Dorsal apical lobe of aedeagus
F. Finger of clasper lobe
I. A. Internal arm of IX sternum
L. L. Lower lobe of IX sternum
M. Manubrium
P. Dorsal process of clasper lobe
P. R. Penis rods
Sperm. Spermatheca or receptaculum seminis
St. Sternum (of abdominal segment)
U. L. Upper lobe of IX sternum
Selected Bibliography
Eads, R. H. and G. C. Menzies
1949. A new flea from the pocket gopher. Journal of Parasi-
tology 35 (2) ; 171-174, Ulus. Lancaster, Pennsylvania.
Fox, C.
1909. A new species of Dolichopsyllus — A genus of the Siphon-
aptera. Entomological News 20 (5) : 195-196, figures 1-4. Phila-
delphia, Pennsylvania.
Jordan, K.
1929. Notes on North American fleas. Novitates Zoologicae 35
(1) :37-38, figure 26. Tring, England.
Jordan, K.
1933. A survey of the classification of the American species of
Ceratophyllus s. lat. Novitates Zoologicae 39 (1) :75. Tring,
England.
Prince, F. M.
1945. Descriptions of three new species of Dactylopsylla Jordan
and one new subspecies of Foxella Wagner, with records of
other species in the genera (Siphonaptera) . Canadian Ento-
mologist 77(1) : 15-20, figures 1-7. Guelph, Canada.
SEAL CONTEST
The contest for an official seal for the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, announced in our January issue, was won by Mrs. L. R.
Gillogly, Sacramento, California.
140
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
THE CADDISFLY GENUS ANAGAPETUS
(Trichoptera : Ehyacophilidae)
Herbert H. Ross
Illinois Natural History Survey, Urhana, Illinois
At the time of its original description, Anagapetus Ross was con-
sidered a subgenus of Agapetus chiefly because it lacked any of the
specialized male secondary sexual characters which typify most
groups of Glossosoma, its only other relative. More recently I have
been fortunate in obtaining larvae and pupae of Anagapetus, and
these stages, together with a more detailed study of the adults, have
shed considerable light on the phylogeny of the entire complex.
The larva of Anagapetus is virtually indistinguishable from that
of Agapetus, the front leg being attached near the midpoint of the
lateral margin of the pronotum. The pupa is more or less inter-
mediate between Agapetus and Glossosoma, the mandibles having
one of the preapical teeth a little more prominent than the other,
in this way suggestive of Glossosoma. The adult lacks completely
the specialized conditions which mark both Agapetus and Glosso-
soma; the hind wing has a full complement of veins, as in Glosso-
soma, and in this respect differs from the reduced venation typical
of Agapetus; the front wing lacks the callosity and realignment of
veins typical of Glossosoma; the legs have simple tibial spurs and
the abdomen of the male has the lateral plate on the fifth segment
only slightly developed in contrast with the highly specialized
condition found in Agapetus. The adult of Anagapetus has only a
single transverse wart on the mesoscutellum; both Agapetus and
Glossosoma have a pair of small warts on this sclerite.
From this it would seem that Anagapetus is the most generalized
group of the complex and represents the known existing form
closest to the common ancestor of both Agapetus and Glossosoma.
Glossosoma apparently diverged in one direction, developing dis-
tinctive characteristics especially in the larva and in the male, and
Agapetus diverged in another direction, developing distinctive wing
characters in the adult with little change in the larva or pupa.
It would seem from this that Anagapetus is an archaic remnant
of an old phyletic stem. It is represented by only four known species
distributed locally through the western montane region of North
July, 1951]
ROSS — ^ANAGEPETUS
141
America, from California to southern British Columbia. These four
species are very .closely related which would indicate that only one
small branch of the genus has yet been unearthed, and that other
branches are either extinct, rare, or occur in regions of the world
which have not yet been well collected.
It is interesting that Glossosoma has developed into the dominant
Figs. 1-4. Male genitalia of Anagapetiis, lateral aspect; fig. 4 A,
posterior aspect of mesal process at base of clasper.
142
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3
saddle-case maker of the cold and rapid streams, especially abund-
ant in mountainous areas. Agapetus, on the other hand, has moved
towards warmer streams and is found most abundantly in the
brooks of rolling and less mountainous terrains. In contrast, Anaga-
petus is relatively uncommon, and is known only from the slower
small streams and brooks in the western mountains.
Anagapetus Ross
Agapetus subg. Anagapetus Ross, 1938, 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.
21:109.
Genotype by original designation : Agapetus debilis Ross.
Anagapetus chandleri Ross, new species
Male — Length from front of head to end of wings, 5 mm. Color
very dark brown, the legs below coxae lighter brown, the wings
uniformly smoky brown. General structure typical for genus. Abdo-
men with a triangular projection on each side of fifth sternite, the
two joined by a transverse ridge. Sixth sternite with a small mesal
projection, seventh sternite with a slightly larger truncate mesal
projection. Genitalia as in fig. 1. Ninth segment annular, with only
scattered hairs on the side. Tenth tergite divided into a pair of lateral
sclerotized lobes each with a membranous mesal area and with a
toothlike ventrolateral projection. Clasper elongate, curved at base,
incised for about a fifth of its length at apex to form a narrow dorsal
and a wide ventral process ; dorsal edge of clasper with a few short
stout spines, remainder of clasper with long slender hair except for
a few longer, stouter setae at tips of apical processes and along inner
margin near apex; mesal area at base of clasper produced into a
narrow vertical sclerite with a slight hook at its apex. Between
these is exerted the small, elliptical, simple aedeagus which bears
internally a sclerotized thickening as shown in fig. 1.
Female — Size, color, and general structure similar to male.
Abdomen with paired lateral swellings on the fifth sternite as in
male, sixth sternite with a large truncate apicomesal process, sev-
enth and eighth segments simple.
Holotype, male. — ^Two miles southeast of Mariposa Grove,
Mariposa County, California, elevation 7,000 feet, August 27,
1946, H. P. Chandler.
Allotype, female. — Same data. Both holotype and allotype de-
posited on permanent loan in the collection of the California Acad-
emy of Sciences.
This species is readily identified by the short cleft of the clasper,
the finger-like ventral processes of the tenth tergite, and the row of
widely separated short spines on the dorsal margin of the clasper.
July, 1951]
ROSS AN4GEPETUS
143
Anagapetus hoodi Ross, new species
Male — Length from front of head to tip of folded wings, 6 mm.
Color very dark brown, in life appearing black, with the legs below
coxae yellowish-brown. General structure typical for genus. Fifth,
sixth, and seventh segments with structures and processes as
described for chandleri. Genitalia as in fig. 4. Ninth segment annu-
lar, its posterior margin with a lateral comb of clavate setae between
bases of clasper and tenth tergite. Lobes of tenth tergite a little
longer than dorsal length of ninth segment, concave beneath so that
each lobe has a mesal and lateral ventral angulation at tip. Clasper
sharply curved just beyond base, and beyond this point enlarged
into a wide, mesally concave structure incised at apex approximately
one-third its total length ; the dorsal process so formed is wide, bears
usually three long setae at apex, and has a dorsal row of about 15
short, sharp spines which arise on the mesal side and project above
the dorsal edge of the profile; ventral arm slender, bearing 3 or 4
long setae at tip. At base of clasper is a narrow mesal process which
projects dorsad; this is not angled at tip as in chandleri but bears
two or three short spurs, fig. 4A. Aedeagus short, ovoid, very simi-
lar to that of chandleri.
Female — Length 7 mm., color and general structure as for male.
Abdominal segments simple and tubular, and indistinguishable ex-
ternally from other species in the genus.
Holotype, male. — North Fork of Iron Creek, Mt. Hood,
Oregon, July 30, 1948, Kenneth M. Fender.
Allotype, female, and one paratype, male. — Same data. All de-
posited in the collection of the Illinois Natural History Survey.
Anagapetus bernea Ross
Anagapetus hemea Ross, 1947. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 73:131. 5,2.
To date this species is known only from Hood River County,
Oregon, and Berne, Washington, both localities in the heart of the
Cascade Mountains.
Anagapetus debilis Ross
Agapetus debilis Ross, 1938. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 21:108. $.
Anagapetus debilis Ross. Denning, 1949. Can. Ent. 80:113. $.
Originally described from Logan Canyon, Utah, additional
records of this species extend its range through many areas of
the Rocky Mountain ranges from Colorado to eastern Oregon, as
follows: COLORADO — Green Mt. Falls: July 12, 1938, larvae;
June 14, 1938, pupae, larvae; June 23, 1938, larvae; June 4, 1938,
stream No. 1, pupae. West Creek: July 5, 1938, larvae, pupae.
144
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3
Rocky Mountain National Park: Chiquita Creek, July 27, 1938, 3 $ .
UTAH — Beaver, June 26, 1942; Logan Canyon, Spring Hollow:
July 17, 1938, ^ ; July 21, 1938, $ ; Timpooneke Guard Station,
Wasaben National Forest: Aug. 26, 1943, S , ? ; Maple Canyon,
June 1, 1939, ^ . WYOMING— Fox Park: July 4, 1938, ^ , 5 ; Wil-
son: Aug. 12, 1940, Coal Creek, ^ , 5 ; Yellowstone National Park:
Dunraven Pass, Mt. Washburn, Aug. 2, 1940, $ ; Specimen Creek,
Station 5, Aug. 6, 1947, 6 ^ . OREGON — Durkee : Powell Creek,
June 13, 1947, 5 ^ ; MONTANA — Glacier National Park, Sprague
Creek, July 11, 1940, 3 S , $ 2 .
In each place in which I have collected this species it has occurred
in a brook-type of stream rather than a more rapid cascading moun-
tain creek. In no case have I taken them in the same stream with
Glossosoma; the mountain species of this latter genus occur in the
larger and more rapid streams.
Key to Species — Males
1. Apex of clasper only shallowly incised, lower margin not form-
ing a slender finger ; each lobe of tenth tergite with a thumblike
lateral projection; fig. 1 chandleri
Apex of clasper with a deep incision forming an upper and a
lower finger-like process; tenth tergite at most with angulate
corners, never with thumblike projections; figs. 2-4 2
2. Lateral lobes of tenth tergite short and deep, fig. 3; baso-mesal
process of clasper extending backward so that it is almost in-
distinguishable from lateral view bernea
Lateral lobes of tenth tergite longer than deep; baso-mesal pro-
cess of clasper extending almost directly dorsad and easily seen
from lateral view, figs. 2, 4 3
3. Dorsal arm at apex of clasper with a mesal cluster of fairly
long setae, fig. 2 debilis
Dorsal arm at apex of clasper with a mesal row of short spines
along dorsal edge, and projecting above it, fig. 4 hoodi
T
1
ir-
f
1
I
“I
I
1
I
!
1
I
I
I
I
I
ERIC M. FISHER
Vol. XXVII October, 1951 No. 4
THE
Pan -Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
BAILEY — Obituary: Dudley Moulton 145
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE— Notice of proposed
suspension of the Rules in certain Cases 148
ROCKWOOD — Notes on insects associated with Lupinus
polyphyllus Lindl. in the Pacific Northwest 149
HURD — The female of Pseudomethoca anthracina (Fox) 156
STROHECKER — New species of Oriental Endomychidae,
with remarks on some previously known species ..157
GILLASPY — Nesting habits of Steniolia nigripes Parker 167
FLOCK — A new species of Haplaxius, with a key to Cali-
fornia species 169
ARNAUD & QUATE — Note on the swarming of Brachy-
myrmex sp 171
RYCKMAN & ARAKAWA — Anopheles freeborni hiber-
nating in wood rats’ nests 172
LA RIVERS — New Nevada Orthoptera records for the
1949 collecting season 173
LANHAM — The modified hind wing of Euglossa 181
HULL — Some New World Xylotinae 183
FRICK — A satisfactory technique for rearing agromyzid
flies from the leaf mining larval stage 187
HOTTES — A method for taking aphids in flight 190
WALZ — Rearing the greenbottle fly on dog biscuits 191
TILDEN — A note on the manner of feeding of Agula
adnixa Hagen 192
Book Notices 147, 148, 180
San Francisco, California
195 1
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech R. L. Usinger
E. S. Ross Co-Editors E- C. Van Dyke
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly In January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, Including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to "Pan-Pacific Entomologist."
Announcing . . .
"THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 320-page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura
of the world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and
Development, Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeog-
raphy. Complete systematic treatment is given including keys, syn-
nonymy and descriptions. The illustrations are in the well-known
style that has earned the author his reputation as “one of the very
foremost of entomological artists.” The 125 full pages of figures
include morphological details, and full illustrations of the type
species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
Price ^6.00
(Plus 21c State Sales Tax within the State of California)
Send orders to : Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post
office at San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
Xhe Pa n - Pacific Entomologist
VOL. XXVII, No. 4
October, 1951
DUDLEY MOULTON
Dudley Moulton was born on a fruit ranch near San Jose, Cali-
fornia on December 29, 1878. At the age of 73 years he died at
Pasadena, California, July 5, 1951. Following a period of poor
health he had recently moved from his home of long-standing at
Redwood City to that of his son at San Gabriel, California.
His early interest was in agriculture and its problems and he
majored in entomology at Stanford University. He studied under
the noted Vernon Kellogg and was graduated with an A.B. in
1903. Three years later he received an M.A. from the same insti-
tution.
During the period 1904-1906 he was entomologist for Santa
Clara County and was the first to work out the biology and control
of the pear thrips, at that time a new and most serious fruit pest
(Howard, 1933). His first publication was about this insect, in
1905. In the three year period which followed he was in the employ
of the Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, as
a Special Agent, Deciduous Fruit Investigations, studying various
fruit pests in Nebraska, Missouri, Arkansas and California. In
addition to his well-known publications on the pear thrips, he
wrote on the California peach borer (Essig, 1931). In 1909 he
described his first new species of thrips, the citrus thrips, still a
well-known and important economic pest. In this same year he
was appointed Deputy State Commissioner of Horticulture for
California, serving in this capacity until 1915. During the greater
portion of this period he was in charge of the Quarantine Division
at the city and port of San Francisco. In 1915 he assumed the
duties of Agricultural Commissioner for the city and county of
San Francisco. As trade representative for the Sacramento Region
Citizen’s Council, he spent several months in 1929 in South America
developing better trade relations between California and the nations
to the south. As a result of this trip the Pan-American Reciprocal
Trade Conference was held in Sacramento in 1930.
In July 1931, Mr. Moulton was appointed Director, Department
of Agriculture, State of California, which position he held until
January 1933. While in office at Sacramento he created a Division
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
of Entomology and Pest Control and was active in developing the
Agricultural Marketing Act (Tucker, 1931).
To professional entomologists, both in this country and abroad,
he was known as a leading authority on the insect order Thysan-
optera. As a result of his early work on the pear and citrus thrips
he began collecting thrips and developed a lasting interest in their
taxonomy. Following the publication of his Catalog of North Amer-
ican Thysanoptera in 1911 he gained wide recognition, expanded
his world- wide collection, catalog and library. From 1926 on he
published steadily and his papers totaled 75 (Bailey, 1949) which
include descriptions of 47 new genera and subgenera and 480 new
species and varieties. His imposing collection and library, which
are deposited in the Entomology Department at the California
Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, are con-
tinually referred to by authorities and students of this group of
insects. There are some 25,000 prepared slides, and much un-
mounted material.
He also helped and encouraged many contemporary and younger
workers, notably F. Andre, P. R. Jones, A. C. Mason, A. C. Morgan,
J. R. Preer, K. Sakimura, J. B. Steinweden, J. G. Watts, and the
writer. In this respect he was most generous and hospitable in
receiving fellow scientists into his home at Redwood City, making
available his collection and library, and in loaning valuable speci-
mens for study. His uppermost thought was to share his findings
and further the scientific knowledge on Thysanoptera. His cor-
respondence was world-wide and he remained in touch with ento-
mologists in many coimtries by a prompt and generous exchange
of specimens and personal helpful notations. His name will remain
prominent in entomological literature.
His writings on subjects other than thrips were as follows;
1905. Report of the County Horticultural Commissioner. Santa
Clara County. First Bien. Rpt., Comm. Hort., State of Calif,
for 1903-04, pp. 177-180,
1911. The California peach tree borer. Calif. Cultivator, 36:734.
1911. The California peach tree borer. U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau
Ent., Bull. 97, part IV, pp. 65-69, pis, VHI - IX.
1931. Financing perishable shipments. First Pan-Amer. Recip,
Trade Conf. Monthly Bull., Dept. Agric., State of Calif.
20(9) :88-91.
1932. The California Plan: Its origin and development. Monthly
Bull., Dept. Agric., State of Calif. 31(4-6) :248-254,
October, 1951]
DUDLEY MOULTON
147
At various times he was a member of the following societies:
Sigma Xi, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, American Asso-
ciation of Economic Entomologists, California Academy of Sci-
ences and a Fellow in the Entomological Society of America.
Mr. Moulton is survived by his wife, Maude C. Moulton, two
sons, Robert C. and Kenneth C. Moulton, and two sisters, Josephine
and Lina.
Biographical References
Bailey, S. F.
1949. An annotated bibliography of North American Tliysanop-
terists: Part III. Florida Ent. 32(3) :114-131.
Essig, E. O.
1931. A History of Entomology. Macmillan, New York, pp. 98,
99, 238, 240,, 886.
Howard, L. O.
1933. Fighting the Insects. Macmillan, New York, pp. 159-160.
Tucker, T. C.
1931. The new Director of Agriculture. Monthly Bull., Dept.
Agric., State of Calif. 20(7) :418.
Stanley F. Bailey,
University of California, Davis
BULLETIN OF ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR (Journal of the Associa-
tion for the Study of Animal Behaviour). Cromwell House,
Huntington, England.
This journal began publication in October, 1938, and parts of
Volume 1 have appeared at irregular intervals. The most recent,
No. 9, March, 1951, is largely entomological. It contains transla-
tions from the German of three articles by K. von Frisch: 1) Solved
and unsolved problems of bee language (from Die Naturwissen-
schaften, 1948, Heft 1:12-23 and Heft 2:38-43), 2) The polarisation
of light from the sky as an orienting factor in the dances of the
honey bee (from Experientia, 5:142-148. 1949), and 3) The sun as
a compass in the life of honey bees (part of summary only, from
Experentia, 6:210-221. 1950).
Number 5, December, 1947, contains '‘The dances of the honey
bee” by von Frisch, with a preface to the English translation by
W. H. Thorpe. It is available at the above address for 2s. 6d. ;
No. 9 costs 7s. 6d. — H. B. L.
148
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE: NOTICE OF PROPOSED
SUSPENSION OF THE RULES IN CERTAIN CASES FOR
THE AVOIDANCE OF CONFUSION AND THE VALIDATION
OF CURRENT NOMENCLATORIAL PRACTICE (A. (n.s.) 9)
Notice is hereby given that the possible use by the International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature of its plenary powers
is involved in applications relating to the under-mentioned names
included in Parts 9/10 of Volume 2 of the Bulletin of Zoological
Nomenclature, which will be published on 15th August, 1951: —
(1) Entamoeba Casagrandi & Barhagallo, 1895, Endamoeba Leidy,
1879, and Poneramoeba Liihe, 1909 (Class Rhizopoda) (action
designed to validate existing practice) (pp. 243-281) (File 185) .
(2) dentatus Diesing, 1839 (as published in the binominal combina-
tion Stephanurus dentatus) (Class Nematoda) (question
whether this name should be preserved for the kidney worm of
swine) (pp. 282-293) (File 188).
(3) Eysa7'co7'is Hahn, 1834 (Class Insecta, Order Hemiptera) (pro-
posed validation of existing nomenclatorial practice) (pp. 294-5)
(File 212).
(4) acuminata loff & Tiflov, 1946 (as published in the combination
Rhadinopsylla ( Recto frontia) acuminata) (Class Insecta, Order
Siphonaptera) as applied to species No. 68 (proposed elimina-
tion of homonymy caused by printer’s error) (pp. 296-7) (File
386).
Any specialist who may desire to comment on any of the fore-
going applications is invited to do so in writing to the Secretary
to the International Commission (address: 28 Park Village East,
Regent’s Park, N. W. 1. England) as soon as possible. Every such
comment should be clearly marked with the Commission’s File
Number as given in the present Notice.
THE SUCKING LICE, by G. F. Ferris. This 320-page book, the
first of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society’s “Memoir Series”,
was published on October 19. It will be reviewed in a later number of
this journal.
October, 1951] rockwood — lupine insects
149
NOTES ON INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH LUPINUS
POLYPHYLLUS LINDE. IN THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST
L. P. Rockwood^
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural
Research Administration, United States Dept, of Agriculture
About thirty years ago the writer, with some assistance,^ studied
the insects associated with a native lupine, Lupinus polyphyllus
Lindl. (Piper and Beattie 1915). This lupine frequently occurs on
the edges of wet unplowed meadows in the Tualatin Valley, a west-
ern arm of the Willamette Valley in Oregon. The stems, sometimes
four or five feet tall, with their long racemes of pale violet flowers
and large palmate leaves are conspicuous in the plant associations
in which they occur. The stems are % inch or more in diameter,
thick-walled, and hollow except for a few inches of solid pith at
the base.
Now that the writer has the time and inclination to return to
his notes on the interesting group of insects associated with this
plant, this lupine has disappeared from some of the nearby places
where it formerly was abundant and in other places it has been
damaged by the trampling of cattle. Hence the deductions from
the original observations on the habits of certain of the insects
infesting it, which were doubtful in some cases, cannot now be
verified. However, as no information has been published on most
of the species of insects, at least five of which were not known before
our material was sent to taxonomists, it seems worth while to
record the original observations.
The abundance of nicks in the edges of the leaflets first attracted
the writer’s attention to this plant in May, 1918. It was soon noted
that the nicks were caused by the feeding of a large sitona beetle,
which was identified as Sitona californica Fahraeus by W. D.
Pierce in 1919. Upon further investigation in May, 1919, stem
maggots were found in the bases of the flower stalks and a lepidop-
terous borer, which caused the large palmate leaf or the flower
raceme to wilt, was present in the stems. Later other maggots were
found in the stems and lepidopterous and coleopterous miners in
the roots. In all, 10 species of probably injurious insects were
Retired October 31, 1948.
“Mrs. S. K. Zimmerman {nse Keen) and Max M. Eeeher.
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
noted on this host plant. In addition, a small, black sphecoid wasp
and a leaf-cutting bee with its nearly-related inquiline were found
utilizing the large stems as nesting places, after the stems had been
damaged by other insects.
LEPIDOPTERA
Papaipema pertincta Dyar
Of the Lepidoptera the most interesting species was a stem borer
that Dyar (1920) described as Papaipema pertincta from moths •
that had been reared from this host plant. The first indication that
larvae of this species were at work was the wilting of the large leaves
or the flower stalks in May. When the stems were split, the small
larvae, probably then only in their first or second instar, were dis-
covered actively feeding up and down inside the hollow stems,
eating into the side walls as they went, even up close to the tip of
the flower stalks. In spite of their small size, the larvae seriously
affected the circulation in the large stems, causing them to wilt.
At this time the larva was a very active semi-looper, Van Dyke-
brown with conspicuous whitish dorsal and subdorsal lines on the
last two thoracic and last five abdominal segments, with the dorsal
line only faintly indicated on the intervening segments. The thor-
acic shield and head were shining straw-color with a Van Dyke-
brown streak on the sides of the face prolonged onto the thoracic
shield.
As the larvae continued to work, the stems of the plant often
broke off at points weakened by their feeding. By July the larvae
were full-grown and were located in the stalk at the crown. This
part of the stalk was originally solid pith but had been eaten out
to form a pupation chamber. In each case a hole for emergence of
the moth had been eaten in the stem well above the pupation
chamber and about an inch above the surface of the ground. Frass
had been expelled through this hole.
On August 7, 1924, a prepupal larva was described as follows :
36 mm. long by 6 mm. wide, dully shining, dirty white, without
lines; head chestnut brown, thoracic shield auburn with black
lateral margins, the median pale line faint; setae black on dark
brown spots, spot around seta I, on abdomen, about three times
as large as that around II except on abdominal segment 8 where
both are transverse and subequal, the transverse oval spots around
setae I and II cover most of the dorsum on abdominal 9, spot
around seta III about like the one around II, that around IID small
October, 1951] rockwood — lupine insects
151
but distinct, the one around IV larger than the one around I, those
around setae V and VI large, subequal, but paler; anal shield raw
umber; tarsi almost black; proleg plates large but pale; claws
black; spiracles black.
Pupation occurred in early August and the moths emerged in
September. This species was parasitized in the early stages by an
undetermined species of Sagarites and in the later stages by the
braconid Microplitis gortynae Riley (determined by C. F. W. Muese-
beck in 1922), the gregarious larvae of which emerged from the
prepupal larva and spun their cocoons in the pupation chamber.
Hystricophora paradisial Heinrich
Another lepidopteron was a miner in the roots. This species
did not come to our attention until we had dug up and caged the
crowns and part of the roots of several of the plants to obtain pupae
of the stem borer. Considerable numbers of pupae were found the
following spring projecting from mines in the roots. A few of these
root borers, in the larval stage, were later found in roots of the
older plants. Pupal cases, with one end stuck in the ground and
standing upright but empty, were found around the plants in the
field. In the laboratory, moths emerged in May of the year follow-
ing collection. Upon examination of the root crowns from which
they had issued, it was found that very little sound plant tissue was
left. The pupal chambers had been formed just under the surface
of the root and were lined with white silk. An exit hole had been
formed, through which the pupa had forced its way before the moth
emerged. This species was determined by Carl Heinrich in 1922 as
Hystricophora paradisiac, and was described by him (Heinrich,
1923) from specimens taken in Paradise Valley on Mt. Rainier
in Washington.
COLEOPTERA
SiTONA CALIFORNICA Fahraeus
The coleopteron Sitona calif ornica was usually rather abundant
wherever this lupine occurred. The typical feeding notches of the
adults on the edges of the leaflets were often so numerous as to give
the leaflets the appearance of being irregularly dentate. Copulation
and oviposition were observed in May. The eggs were often laid
on the stems near the ground. The short-oval (nearly round) eggs
are white at first but turn black if fertile (like those of all other
sitonas known). The larvae feed on the large nodules on the roots.
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
These nodules are much larger than those on other leguminous
plants, and this species of Sitona is larger than any other found in
the region. The larvae reach maturity in July and pupate near the
surface of the ground. The adults probably emerge in July.
Anoplodera instabilis Haldeman
Occasionally coleopterous laiA^ae were found in mines in the roots
in July and August. These larvae were recognized as cerambycids,
but the species was not reared until May 30, 1928, when adults
emerged from roots collected in August, 1927. The adults were de-
termined as Anoplodera instabilis by W. S. Fisher in 1930.
Apion sp.
An undetermined species of Apion was observed on the flowers
of the lupine in May and June.
DIPTERA
Eremomyia sp.
Some of the most interesting insects associated with this plant
were Diptera. In May, 1919, a few maggots were found in the bases
of the flower stalks near the ground level where the stem was solid
pith. These maggots pupated on May 15 and two flies emerged on
June 13. One of the flies was sent to Washington and the other was
given to Frank R. Cole who in turn sent it to J. R. Malloch along
with a specimen that he had obtained by sweeping. J. M. Aldrich
determined the specimen sent to Washington as Eremomyia in
1920. It is not known whether Malloch, who was working on the
genus at that time, described the species.
Phytomyza albiceps Meigan
On July 8, 1919, several small puparia were collected in debris
inside the hollow part of the stems where papaipema larvae had
also worked. On July 5, 1920, both larvae and puparia were ob-
served and it was noted that the larvae had worked from the solid
pithy core of the stem near the crown up the inside of the hollow
stems, in the side walls, for two or three inches, causing a rusty
color in the affected plant tissues. Flies emerged in March and
April from material that had been kept over winter in the laboratory.
These flies were determined as Phytomyza albiceps by J. M. Aid-
rich in 1921.
October, 1951] rockwood-— lupine insects
153
Chyliza leguminicola Melander
On July 8, 1919, crowns and lower parts of the stems containing
puparia were collected. These puparia were firmly held in the
tissues of the crown, which the larvae had apparently mined. Adults
emerged in March of the following year. The flies were swept from
the host plants in April. Melander (1920) described this species
from the writer’s material as Chyliza leguminicola. In July, 1921,
Miss Keen noted the larvae working in the base of the stems and in
the crowns. In August, 1921, the writer collected infested crowns
from which 39 individuals of this species and 49 specimens of
another species emerged the following spring. On August 7, 1924,
it was noted that the chyliza larvae worked in the crown of the lupine
where the stem was originally solid. When full-grown and ready
to pupate, they often mined downward into the root. The flies rarely
attempted to fly when emerging in the laboratory but were quick
to jump, like some chalcids.
Lonchaea hirtithorax Aldrich
On August 19, 1921, large numbers of maggots were found in a
writhing mass where the stem of the lupine joined the crown, a
part that is solid in undamaged plants. These larvae were thought
to be Chyliza sp., but they were found to be of another species. In
all, 49 specimens were reared. The species was described as Lon-
chaea hirtithorax by Aldrich (1925). On August 7, 1924, the
lonchaea larvae were observed feeding in the thick walls of the
lupine stems, near the crown but in the hollow part. They were not
so abundant as they had been in 1921. By the time this species was
feeding actively, the host plant had matured its seed and was on the
decline. This species was still in the larval stage in August when
chyliza larvae had pupated.
Lycoria sp.
In May, 1922, Lycoria of an undetermined species were reared
in considerable numbers from the roots and crowns that had been
collected the previous summer.
HEMIPTERA
Macrosiphum albifrons Essig
The aphid Macrosiphum albifrons Essig has also been found
on this lupine.
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
HYMENOPTERA
SOLIERELLA SIMILIS (Blidwell)
On August 17, 1920, a few nests of a sphecoid wasp were found
in the flower stalks that had been broken off, part way down from
the top, where they had been weakened by the feeding of papaipema
larvae. One of these nests was in a stalk that had been broken near
the crown, where it had been weakened by stem maggots, and was
lying almost recumbent. In this case the wasp must have had to
reverse its usual habit of forming its cells from the bottom up.
The brood chambers were usually three to four in number and
filled with three to six paralyzed but still living early stage grass-
hoppers of the genus Melanoplus, packed around with pellets of
earth. The flimsy partitions between the cells, and the filling above
the last cell, were formed of chaff, grass and weed seeds, small pieces
of twigs, bird and insect excreta, and even a few very small berries.
In one nest all the grasshoppers had been consumed and all the
wasp larvae were in cocoons coated with fine dirt from the earth
pellets. In another nest the two lowest chambers contained cocoons,
the next higher chamber had a well-grown larva consuming one
of the last grasshoppers, and the chamber nearest the top contained
four grasshoppers with a small larva attached to one of them.
On August 24, 1920, two nests were discovered in lupine stems
in a different locality from that of August 17. One of these nests
was similar to those previously found and contained only cocoons,
but the other was constructed differently, with only two large brood
chambers, which contained more vegetable debris than earth pellets
and 31 grasshoppers with only two well-grown larvae. The latter
nest may have belonged to another species of wasp.
On August 19, 1921, Miss Keen found several of these nests in
the lupine stems. All the wasp larvae were in cocoons and the pro-
visions of grasshoppers had been consumed. Wasps that emerged
from this material on June 28, 1922, were determined by S. A.
Rohwer as Silaon n. sp. in 1922 and in 1924. These specimens are
now in the U. S. National Museum under the name of Solierella
similis (Bridwell), having been so identified by Francis X. Wil-
liams.® A few parasites were also reared from cocoons of this wasp
and were determined as Tetrastichus n. sp. by A. B. Gahan in 1923.
^Letter from C. F. W. Muesebeck, dated August 1&, 1949.
October, 1951] rockwood — lupine insects
155
On August 7, 1924, the writer found a nest that measured 13
inches over all and had 10 cells. The five lowest cells contained
cocoons and the next three contained larvae. In the last cells there
were 8 grasshoppers in one and 6 in the other, but no wasp larvae
or eggs. These two cells were close together, with only a thin layer
of trash between them and between the lower of the two and the
next cell. The top end of the nest was filled with lumps of earth and
other debris, dropped in haphazardly. The grasshoppers showed
slight reflex movements when pressed on the sternal plates. Evi-
dently these wasps began work early in July soon after emergence
from the cocoons in which they had overwintered. At that time the
grasshoppers would still be rather small in the wet places where the
lupine grows as they hatch later in that area than elsewhere. The
grasshoppers in the nests, probably Melanoplus femur-rubrum
Degeer, were in the early nymphal stages.
Megachile brevis Say, and Coelioxys sp. near moesta Cresson
On August 7, 1924, the writer found a nest of a leaf -cutting bee
in a hollow stem that had about one-third of the top broken off,
probably because of damage by the Papaipema stem borer. This
nest was 2% inches long and contained five cells. The partitions
between the cells were made of three green leaves on top of each
other with two pieces of rose petal, laid very closely together, as a
cap to the cell below. The completed nest was about one inch below
the opening of the hollow stem, and the stem above the last cell
was filled with pieces of green leaves dropped in haphazardly.
Another similar nest in the course of construction was observed.
The last cell was formed of rose petals, still bright, and was open
at the end and empty. Two completed cells below contained “bee
bread” and one egg each. The eggs were attached to the side of
the cell a few millimeters above the food. A newly hatched larva
was seen but it was met and killed by a larger larva with large
strong jaws, which had worked up through the “bee bread” in
the bottom of the cell. In July of the following year, five bees of
two species emerged from the undamaged nest. In 1927 Miss
Grace Sandhouse determined one of these as Megachile brevis Say
and the other four as Coelioxys sp. near moesta Cress. The latter
species is an inquiline, and the larva with strong jaws noted above
was probably this insect.
An intensive study of Lupinus polyphyllus would doubtless
reveal other insects closely associated with it. The notes given in
156
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
this paper indicate that ecological studies of the insects associated
with plants native to the Pacific Northwest would increase our
knowledge of the insects of that region, some of which might even-
tually be of considerable importance to economic or ornamental
plants.
Literature Cited
Aldrich, J. M.
1925. New Diptera or two-winged flies in the United States
National Museum. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 66(18) :l-36 (see pp.
8-9).
Dyar, H. G.
1920. A new noctuid from Oregon. (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae,
Acronyctinae) . Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus. 8(7-9) :146.
Heinrich, Carl
1923. Revision of the North American moths of the Subfamily
Eucosminae of the Family Olethreutidae. U. S. Natl. Mus. Bui.
123, pp. 255-256.
Melander, a. L.
1920. Synopsis of the dipterous family Psilidae. Psyche 27(5) :
89-101 (see p. 99).
Piper, Charles V. and R. K. Beattie
1915. Flora of the Northwest Coast, p. 215.
THE FEMALE OF PSEUDOMETHOCA ANTHRACINA (FOX)
(Hymenoptera: Mutillidae)
Evidence has been obtained to substantiate Mickel’s contention^
that Pseudomethoca harpalyce (Fox) ^ is the female of P. anihracina
(Fox)®. An analysis of the distributional patterns of the California
Pseudomethoca fauna has revealed that those of anthracina and
harpalyce are virtually superimposable. In the fall of 1947 at Anti-
och, California, a freshly emerged female {harpalyce) was caged
and within a short time a male {anthracina) was actively attempting
to enter the cage. On September 8, 1948, at the same locality, the
sexes in question were observed and taken in copulo. In view of the
above evidence, Mutilla Y— Pseudomethoca^ harpalyce Fox is re-
garded as a synonym of Sphaerophthalma l=Pseudomethoca]
anthracina Fox. — ^Paul D. Hurd, Jr.
^Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, 1924, vol, 6M, p. 21.
-Trans. Amer. Ent. Soo., 1899, vol. 26, p. 227.
®Ent. News, 1892, vol. 3, p. 172.
October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae
157
NEW SPECIES OF ORIENTAL ENDOMYCHIDAE, WITH
REMARKS ON SOME PREVIOUSLY KNOWN SPECIES
(Coleoptera: Endomychidae)
H. F. Strohecker
University of Miami, Florida
Through the kindness of E. C. Van Dyke and H. B. Leech I
have recently been able to study many specimens of Endomychidae
in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Most of
these are from the Orient; of unusual interest are examples col-
lected in Formosa, Hainan and southern China, many of them from
the J. L. Gressitt collection.
Mycetina MARGiNALis (Gebler)
Lycoperdina marginalis Gebler, 1830, Cat. Coleopt. Siberiae Occid.
Th. 2.
Mycetina obliqu&signata Gorham, 1873, Endomycici Recitati, p. 44.
Engonius konumaensis Ohta, 1931, Jour. Faculty Agric. Sapporo,
30, p. 220.
Phaeomychus konumaensis Chujo, 1938, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. For-
mosa, 28, p. 394.
Ohta (1931:220) did not properly recognize the genus Engon-
ius; the three species referred to it by him belong to other genera.
As Chujo has pointed out (1938:398), Engonius taitoensis and
E. haibaranus of Ohta are the two sexes of Eumorphus quadrigut-
tatus formosanus Pic, which occurs also on Hainan. E. konumaen-
sis Ohta was referred to Phaeomychus by Chujo (1938:394), a
justified move. But the generic name Phaeomychus Gorham is not
available here since its type, Endomychus rufipennis Motschulsky,
is a species of Mycetina. In 1830 Gebler described Lycoperdina
marginalis from Siberia and the species has not been recognized
since. In my collection there are four specimens labeled “Sutschan,
Ussuri”, and I have seen one other from Transbaikal. It seems
certain that the above synonymy is applicable.
Engonius mushanus (Ohta)
In the California Academy collection is a specimen taken at
Wong Sa Shui, S. Kiangsi, S. China, by J. L. Gressitt, which agrees
exactly with Ohta’s description and figure of Brachytrycherus
158
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
mushanus. The specimen is, however, an Engonius. On the basis of
Ohta’s diagnosis I had already placed mushanus under Engonius in
Fig. 1. Amphisternus astarte, elytron. Fig. 2, Meilichius eroty~
loides. Fig. 3a. Saula longior, club of antenna. Fig. 3b. S, longwr,
aedeagus. Fig. 4a, Dana& chineTisis, club of antenna. Fig. 4b. D.
chinensis, aedaegus. Fig. 5. Meilichius pachycerus, antenna.
October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae
159
my private catalogue and this seems vindicated. The subgeneric
name Ohtaius Chujo falls as a synonym of Engonius.
Parindalmus tonkineus Achard
Three other specimens of unusual interest to me were collected
at Tai Au Hong, S. Kiangsi, S. China, by Gressitt. They agree per-
fectly with Achard’s description (1922:29) of Parindalmus ton-
kineus. Arrow (1928:351) expressed the opinion that Achard’s
Parindalmus was the same as Pedanus Gerstaecker, and the three
specimens now at hand corroborate his judgment. However, since
Schoenherr used the generic name Pedanus in the Curculionidae
in 1823 it appears that Parindalmus Achard must be used for the
species formerly referred to Pedanus Gerstaecker.
Amphisternus astarte Strohecker, new species
Black, the elytra with subcupreous reflections and each with a
broad, recurved humeral spine and five reddish-yellow callosities.
Of these the most anterior is rounded and near the scutellum;
the next two are subtriangular in outline and are situated in a trans-
verse line before the middle ; the remaining two callosities occupy a
transverse line on the last third of the elytron. Length 10 mm.
Head coarsely and thickly punctured, with an impression near
each antennal base. Antennae slender, third segment almost as long
as fourth and fifth combined; club moderately broad, compact,
strongly flattened. Pronotum transverse, its front angles much
thickened, extended beyond the eyes and acutely rounded; hind
angles slightly acute, hardly produced. Disc of pronotum finely,
sparsely punctured, with a feeble median longitudinal groove and
two shallow impressions on each side. Basal foveae short and deep,
basal transverse sulcus deep. Elytra as described above, rather
coarsely and closely punctured at base, more finely toward apex. Pro-
sternum broad, its intercoxal process, deeply forked. Mesosternum
strongly transverse. Abdominal sternites coarsely and thickly punc-
tured except the smooth posterior edge of each. Femora clavate,
tibiae simple.
Holotype: Female, Bukai, Formosa, VI-14-32, L. Gressitt
(Calif. Acad. Sciences) .
The holotype is the only specimen I have seen. This is a very
distinctive species, distinguishable from all others described by
its recurved humeral spines with absence of other elytral spines or
verruculae.
Ancylopus concolor Strohecker, new species
Head, legs and antennae black, pronotum, elytra and undersur-
face reddish-brown, the sides of metasternum and abdomen infus-
cate. Length 6.5 mm.
160
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
The head is coarsely and closely punctured, eyes prominent and
coarsely granulate. Antennae with third segment almost twice length
of fourth ; club loose-jointed, narrow, not much flattened. Pronotum
transverse, broadest at mid-length, slightly narrowed to the pro-
duced and acutely rounded front angles and to the hind angles, which
are approximately right-angled. Lateral sulci linear, not reaching
to middle of disc; basal transverse sulcus deep, extended laterally
to hind angles. Disc sparsely punctate, with several large, puncti-
form foveae on each side of middle. Elytra coarsely and rather
closely punctured. Prosternum short and very narrow, the front
coxae contiguous. Mesosternum narrow, middle coxae approximate.
Fifth abdominal sternite broadly rounded at apex and minutely
v-excised at middle of hind margin. Front tibia incurved and en-
larged at apex, with row of minute tubercles on inner face. Middle
tibia incurved and enlarged near apex. Hind tibia straight, some-
what enlarged at tip and with a dense brush of setae at its inner
apical angle.
The structure of the tibiae and fifth abdominal sternite suggest
that the specimen is a male. Dissection failed, however, to yield an
aedeagus. Possibly this organ was extruded, and was broken off
after drying.
Holotype: Sex? Tai Au Hong, S. Kiangsi, S. China, VII-7-36,
J. L. Gressitt (Calif. Acad. Sciences) .
Apparently the only names hitherto correctly referable to Ancy-
lopus are melanocephalus Olivier and its synonyms and color vari-
eties. The other species placed by their describers in Ancylopus are
better relegated to Indalmus on the basis of mesosternal structure.
In Ancylopus the mesosternum is strongly narrowed between the
middle coxae, while in Indalmus it is about parallel. Ancylopus
melanocephalus has the elytra extensively marked with black; in
the male the front tibia is strongly toothed; in the female the pro-
notum has an arcuate, transverse groove at mid-length.
Mycetina minor Strohecker, new species
A small species of the hrevicollis group but recognizable by its
somewhat elongate, subparallel form. Entirely castaneous except the
antennae and eyes, strongly shining. Antennae stout, segment 2
very small and globose, 3 a little longer than broad, 4 and 5 about
quadrate, the remainder transverse. The antenna has no distinct
club but is gradually broadened from the third segment outward.
Segments 1 and 11 clear ferruginous, 2 to 5 dusky, 6 to 10 black.
Length 3.2 mm.
Pronotum brilliant, its disc not perceptibly punctured. Basal
foveae narrowly triangular, prolonged to middle of disc. Basal
October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae
161
transverse sulcus broadly excavated, leaving a basal marginal area
of considerable width. Elytra at base subequal in width to pronotum,
their umbones moderately prominent and concolorous with the disc.
From their base the elytra are slightly widened to about their mid-
length, thence gradually narrowed and evenly rounded at tip. Disc
of elytra finely, sparsely punctured, the punctures thicker near the
suture. Represented only by the holotype.
Holotype: Sex? Tondano,N. Celebes, IV-1-32, van Braekel
(Calif. Acad. Sciences).
The most closely related species are M. brevicollis Gorham and
M. glohosa Arrow of Borneo. Both these species have the elytra
short and subglobose, with the umbones very prominent and of
yellow color.
Encymon valgus Strohecker, new species
Head and pronotum dark red, almost black, shining. Elytra long-
oval, deep indigo in color, moderately convex (for the genus) , a little
flattened above and with moderately broad side margins. Length
7 mm.
Since the species of Encymon are so similar in their general
structure it seems futile to do more than note the features, par-
ticularly those of the male, characteristic of the present species.
In its overall appearance this insect resembles E. immaculatus
(Montruzier) but the front angles of the pronotum are less pro-
duced and the elytra less convex and more broadly margined than
in immaculatus. In the holotype male of valgus the front tibia is
simple, the middle tibia strongly incurved near its apex and with
a row of small tubercles on its inner face, the hind tibia undulate.
Encymon violaceus Gerstaecker shows similar tibial modifications
but is easily identified by its finely muricate, opaque pronotum and
highly convex elytra.
Holotype: Male. Balbalan, Luzon, Philippine Islands (auth-
or’s collection) .
Allotype: Female. Data as for type and wholly similar in appear-
ance except the tibiae are all simple. Three additional females
appear to belong to this species and are designated paratypes. One
is labeled “Montalban, Luzon”, another “Subuagrn, Luzon” and
the third “Philippinen, Luzon”.
Encymon truncaticollis Strohecker, new species
Head and pronotum red, elytra deep violet, oval and moderately
convex, a little flattened above and with the sutural border de-
pressed. Pronotum with front angles very short and obtusely
rounded. Length 7 mm.
162
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
Head between the eyes with twO' rounded impressions. Pronotum
distinctive, its front angles much rounded and not produced, its
anterior margin strongly sinuate. Hind angles right. Disc of pro-
notum abruptly convex toward middle and with a fovea on each
side in front of middle; lateral sulci long, linear; basal transverse
sulcus deep. Elytra as described, their side margins moderately
broad. Front tibia simple, middle tibia a little incurved toward tip,
hind tibia weakly undulate.
Holotype: Male. Mt. Makiling, Laguna, Philippine Islands,
XI-1-32, F. C. Hadden (Calif. Acad. Sciences) .
A single female specimen collected by Hadden on Mt. Makiling
(VI-29-31) may be of this species but the pronotum has the front
angles decidedly acute although little produced, and the hind
angles are acute. The disc of the pronotum is evenly and slightly
convex as is usual in the genus. The elytra conform closely to the
description given for the holotype. An imperfect male specimen in
my collection from Balbalan, Luzon, Philippine Islands, is desig-
nated a paratype.
Encymon violaceus cupreatus Mader
In my collection are four specimens from the type locality,
Banguey Island. These specimens came from the Staudinger col-
lection and are undoubtedly part of the original material from
which came the type series of Mader. I feel confident in saying
that cupreatus Mader is merely the teneral phase of violaceus Gerst.
Danae chinensis Strohecker, new species
Very similar to Dame denticornis (Gorham) but notably larger.
Head, antennae, pronotum, legs and under surface of prothorax
black; elytra and abdominal sternites ferruginous. Entirely clothed
with a fine, fairly dense, recumbent pubescence. Length 4.25 mm.
Head deeply sunken in the prothorax, the eyes partly hidden.
Antennae with segment 9 much thicker and broader than 10 or 11
and internally acute at apex; segment 10 small, its outline almost
a right triangle; 11 somewhat reniform, twice as long as broad.
Pronotum broadest before middle, abruptly rounded to the very
obtuse front angles, narrowing posteriorly but expanding slightly
to the feebly acute hind angles. Basal foveae short, deep and oblique;
basal transverse sulcus fine and shallow. Elytra long-oval and sub-
parallel. The tibiae are all straight and otherwise unmodified.
Holotype: Male. Hong San, S. E. Kiangsi, China, L. Gressitt
(CaKf. Acad. Sciences). Another male with the same data as that
of the holotype is designated a paratype and is in the author’s
collection.
October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae
163
Fig. 6a. Encymon truncaticollis, pronotum. Fig. 61). E. trun-
caticollis, aedeagus. Fig. 7. Encymon valgus, aedeagus. Fig. 8a.
Scbula luzonica, antenna. Fig. 8b. S. luzonica, front tibia of male.
Fig. 9a. Saula dentipes, club of antenna. Fig. 9b. 5. dentipes, front
tibia of male. Fig. 10a. Saula longidava, club of antenna. Fig. 10b.
S. longidava, front tibia of male.
164
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
The male of this species may he distinguished from the same
sex of denticornis by the absence of an internal tooth on the ninth
antennal segment. Identification of females may be more difficult.
I have associated no females with the males described. The Academy
collection contains two males of denticornis from Hainan and four
females from Kwantung and Fukien Provinces, which I have also
referred to denticornis.
Saula longior Strohecker, new species
Among the known species of Saula the present one is unusual
in its elongate form and long antennae, in which features it resem-
bles S', filicornis Arrow of the Philippines. Even the aedeagi of the
two species do not offer differences of major order. The legs in
longior are of the same tawny color as the rest of the insect while
in filicornis the legs are usually mostly black. I have, however,
specimens of filicornis from Mindoro and Masbate which have the
legs entirely tawny. Perhaps the best feature separating the two
species is the shape of the last antennal segment. In filicornis it is
somewhat less than twice as long as broad and subtruncate at apex,
thus presenting a narrowly triangular outline. In longior it is twice
or more as long as broad and the apex is rounded. Other male
features in which the two species resemble each other are the slightly
curved front tibia and the roundly excised fifth and sixth abdominal
sternites. The sixth sternite is greatly reflexed on each side, embrac-
ing the pygydium, which is vertical. While the males of some other
species of Saula have the pygydium so exposed none of those de-
scribed show the great degree of reflexion of the sixth seen in longior
and filicornis. Length 4 mm.
Holotype: Male. Mothronwala, Dehra Dun, U. P. [India],
IX-I6-32, B.D. Saklani (Calif. Acad. Sciences).
Saula dentipes Strohecker, new species
Small, with the pronotum and elytra more convex than is usual
in the genus. Ferruginous except the eyes, distal seven or eight
antennal segments, tibiae and extremities of femora, which are
black. Clothed with a sparse, tawny, semi-erect pubescence. Length
3 mm.
Antennae stout but fairly long; segment 2 a little longer than
broad; 3 slender; 2 to 7 subequal in length but increasing in breadth
from 4 outward ; 8 a little shorter than 7 and subglobose ; 9 and 10
very similar in size and shape, each about as broad as long; 11 widely
blade-shaped, equal in length to 9 and 10 combined. Pronotum a
little more than half again as broad as long, front angles short and
obtuse, hind angles right. Sides of pronotum parallel behind, widest
October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae
165
in front of middle. Elytra notably broader at base than pronotum,
a little widened to about mid-length, thence tapering and somewhat
attenuate behind; umbones not prominent.
Front trochanters subtriangularly elevated; front tibia with a
small tubercle on its inner face before mid-length. The tubercle bears
a dense tuft of hairs, appearing as an acute tooth. The type is unique.
Holotype: Male. Cabugao, N. Luzon, Phillipine Islands
( author’s coll. ) .
Saula luzonica Strohecker, new species
Very similar to the preceding species in form and coloration but
distinguishable on the basis of antennal structure and tibial char-
acters of the male.
Antennae with segment 1 massive, a little longer than broad;
2 much thinner than 1, a little longer than broad ; 3 equal in breadth
to 2 but longer; 4 and '6 subequal to segment 2 in breadth and
length; 5 and 7 each equal in length to 6 but distinctly broader;
8 subglobose; 9 as broad as long; 10 approximately equal to 9; 11
ovoid, broader than 10 and about as long as 9 and 10 together. Front
tibia incurved and enlarged at apex; front trochanters normal;
middle tibia feebly curved; hind tibia straight.
Holotype: Male. Manila, Philippines (author’s coll.). Allo-
type: Female. Manila, Luzon, P. 1. (author’s coll.). Differs from
the holotype only in the tibiae, which are all straight and otherwise
unmodified.
The following specimens are designated paratypes: Four males
and two females from Manila; one male and one female from
Cabugao, Luzon; one male and one female from Los Banos, Luzon;
one female from Montalban, Luzon ; one female from Mt. Makiling.
A male from Polillo and a female from Mt. Banahao, Luzon, are
very similar but seem to present some small structural differences.
Saula longiclava Strohecker, new species
A small insect generally similar in appearance to the two pre-
ceding but more highly convex and with the umbones of elytra
more prominent. Dark red-brown, shining, clothed with a sparse
pubescence. Tibiae black. Length 3.5 mm.
The stalk segments of the antennae resemble those of the two pre-
ceding species but the club presents adequate differences for iden-
tification. The first club segment is considerably longer than broad ;
the second is about equal in length to the first but broader; the
last is elongate-oval, longer than the first two combined. The front
tibia is flattened on its inner face at middle, beyond this point grad-
ually incurved.
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
Holotype: Male. Dapa, Surigao, Philippine Islands, (author’s
coll.). Allotype: Female; data as for type.
The above description applies to the allotype except that its
front tibia is straight. I have seen no other material.
Meilichius pachycems Strohecker, new species
Short-oval in outline, highly convex; ferruginous with metallic
sheen, lateral areas of pronotum and elytral umbones yellowish,
meso- and metasterna infuscate. Antennae stout, segments 1 to 5
ferruginous, 6 infuscate at apex, 7 to 10 black, 11 black with its
apical half yellow. Length 3.8 mm.
Antennae stout, about half as long as the body, gradually increas-
ing in thickness from base to apex; segments 3 to 6 a little longer
than broad; 7 and 8 quadrate; 9 to 11 each considerably longer than
broad, their combined length equal to that of the preceding seven
together. Pronotum with its front angles produced and acute, its
sides lightly curved and gradually divergent to the approximately
right hind angles, its posterior margin feebly tri-sinuate. Basal
foveae minute, shallow, triangular; transverse sulcus represented
by a fine groove on each side of base. Disc of pronotum finely and
sparsely punctured. Elytra normally convex for the genus, its
umbones rather prominent, its disc coarsely and sparsely punctured.
Holotype: Sex? Mjoberg Coll., no locality label but very prob-
ably Borneo (Calif. Acad. Sciences).
Three other specimens with identical data are designated para-
types. A damaged specimen labeled Kalabit Co., Borneo (Mjoberg
Collection, Calif. Acad. Sciences) has also been studied.
Most closely related to the Bornean species M. hrevicolUs and
apicornis Arrow, but differs notably in the stout structure of the
antennae.
Meilichius erotyloides Strohecker, new species
A bizarre form which looks at first glance like an erotylid but
its structure is definitely endomychid. It might be referred to Bol-
bomorphus but the mesosternum is almost linearly transverse as
in Meilichius.
Head and antennae black, the latter short and stout with seg-
ment 3 a little longer than broad, 2 and 4 to 6 quadrate, 7 and 8
transverse; club abruptly formed, its first segment about as long
as broad, its second transverse, and the last very little longer than
broad with its apex oblique. Pronotum deep red, its surface almost
flat, irregularly punctured and with a small smooth spot on each
side at base ; front angles short and acute ; front margin arcuately
excised for reception of the head; hind angles slightly acute; basal
October, 1951] gillaspy — steniolia nigripes
167
foveae minute. Elytra long oval, somewhat produced and sub-acumi-
nate at apex, sparsely punctured ; black, each with two large yellow
marks, anterior of these encloses the humerus, leaving a circular
area on the umbone black; inner margin tri-dentate. The posterior
yellow marking is pre-apical and it conforms in shape to the elytron,
tapering apically. In its center is a rounded black spot and it emits
two rays from its anterior margin. The prosternum is very broad,
deeply but not thickly punctured. Mesosternum very short, almost
linearly transverse. Metasternum coarsely and sparsely punctured.
Legs short and stout. Length 4.5 mm.
Holotype: Sex? Ta Han, Hainan, VI-24-35, L. Gressitt (Calif.
Acad. Sciences).
References Cited
Aghaed, J.
1922. Description de nouveaux Endomychides. Fragments En-
tomologiques, pp. 28-30.
Arrow, G. J.
1928. Coleopteres Erotylides et endomychides de L’Indochine
Francaise. Faune des Colonies Francaises, 2:329-357.
Chujo, M.
1938. Some additions and revisions to the Japanese Endomy-
chidae. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, 28:394-406.
Gebler, F.
1830. (as quoted in Gerstaecker, 1858, p. 219)
Gerstaecker,, a.
1858. Entomographien I. Monographie der Endomychiden. Wil-
helm Engelmann, Leipzig, xiv+433 pp., 3 pis.
Madeb, L.
1936. Neue Coleopteren und Notizen. Entom. Rundschau, 54:63.
Ohta, Y.
1931. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Endomychiden Japans. Jour.
Faculty Agric. Sapporo, Hokkaido Imp. Univ., 30:205-242.
NESTING HABITS OF STENIOLIA NIGRIPES PARKER
(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)
James E. Gillaspy
University of California, Berkeley
In the late forenoon of April 25, 1949, the author found a colony
of the bembicine wasp, Steniolia nigripes Parker, nesting in a
small rocky valley at Yaqui Well, Borego Desert, San Diego County,
168
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
California. Since there are no published accounts of the nesting
habits or prey utilized by this or any other species of Steniolia,
observations which were made at the time may prove of interest.
The nesting site was a level patch of bare soil among the rocks
of the side and approximately ten feet above the floor of the narrow
valley. The soil was compact but somewhat friable, composed of a
coarse, granitic sand with a powdery base. When the site was first
located four female wasps were actively digging. Males were seen
to visit the area occasionally, but no matings were observed. A
bombyliid fly, Lepidanthrax sp.^ was flying about six inches behind
one of the females as she returned to her nest, and alighted on the
ground about four inches from the nest entrance when the wasp
entered. The wasp was making frequent short flights between per-
iods of digging, and so persistent was the fly in following that she
was easily captured in an insect net, along with the wasp, by swing-
ing at the wasp in flight. The wasp was released and returned in
five minutes or so, approaching her nest several times before finally
entering and resuming excavation.
Nest openings, perhaps made in large part by emerging wasps,
were scattered over a circular area some seven or eight feet in
diameter. Toward the center, an area nineteen inches wide by
twenty-nine inches long was excavated to a depth of not less than
eighteen inches. Forty-one empty cocoons and one containing a live
wasp were removed. The average depth of the cocoons was 3%
inches, with a range between 2% and 4^ inches. Entrance tunnels
were typically short and unbranched, slanting directly to the level
of the cocoon, then turned to the horizontal and almost immediately
expanded into an oval cell. There was also a tendency for them to
deviate around rocks, and to join or ramify, possibly caused by
an annual accumulation of tunnels and cells. Three cocoons were
found together in an enlarged chamber beneath a buried rock,
and may have been from the same or from different years.
A single bombyliid, Aphoebantus Phirsutus Coq. was encoun-
tered during excavation, and had probably been stored as prey,
since two others, Aphoebantus hirsutus Coq. and Aphoebantus sp.,
near tardus Coq. were taken from wasps which returned after
excavation of the site had begun.
^AIl Diptera kindly determined by Dr. F. R. Cole.
October, 1951] flock — species of haplaxius
169
A NEW SPECIES OF HAPLAXIUS, WITH
A KEY TO CALIFORNIA SPECIES
(Homoptera: Cixiidae)
R. A. Flock
University of California Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside
The genus Haplaxius was erected by Fowler (1904) for two
Mexican species. Later, Caldwell (1946) pointed out that this
name should also be applied to the species which had been included
in the genus Myndus Stal in American literature. Caldwell includes
28 species in the genus, two of which were described from Cali-
fornia. A third California species is described in this paper. It is
one of the most distinctively marked species of the genus.
Haplaxius gabrielensis Flock, new species
Similar to mojavensis (Ball) , but with basal and subbasal bands
on the elytra, and lateral margins of frons more broadly expanded.
Female: Vertex slender, narrower at apex than at base. Frons 2.6
times as wide at apex as at base (0.19 : 0.50 mm.), wider than long
(0.62 : 0.59 mm.), with a slight median carina. Pronotum two-thirds
as long as eyes, and deeply, angularly emarginate posteriorly. Elytral
nervures heavily setigerous ; the cubitus forking far back, forming
a cell only twice as long as broad; stigma cell almost semicircular.
Color, dark above and paler below. Vertex dark. Frons brownish
with indication of black inside the base of the lateral carinae. Clypeus
with disc brown, darker on sides. Pronotum pale with dark-brown
areas behind the eyes. Mesonotum pale posteriorly, with a small
dark area outside the carinae, and a large dark area on anterior
half between the carinae. Elytra light, with basal dark band extend-
ing to apex of mesonotum, subapical dark band within basal third of
elytra, apical third dark except for five transparent areas extending
basally along some of the veins ; part of apical veins white. Length,
4.12 mm.
Male: Dark areas considerably reduced, both in size and in inten-
sity, Pygopher longer than wide, posterior ventral margin excavated
in middle, with a short, broad, median process having a triangular
apex reaching to the broadened apical portion of the style. Anal
segment short, broad; ventral side concave, forming a hood over
the genital capsule; telson dorsal. Styles boot-shaped, inner angle
rounded, outer angle and apex truncate. Aedeagus in ventral view
170
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
with one large apical spine and a small suhapical spine curving
towards the anterior, and one smaller suhapical spine curving in a
posterior direction; in lateral view with large, erect ventral spine
extending in an anterior direction. Length, 4.0 mm.
Holotype female, allotype male, and 14 paratypes taken from
Our Lord’s Candle {Yucca whipplei Torr.), San Gabriel Mts.,
California, at 4500 feet, July 10, 1950 (R. A. Flock). Types in
author’s collection. Paratypes to be placed in the collections of
the University of California at Berkeley and at Riverside, in the
United States National Museum, and in the Snow Collection at
the University of Kansas.
HaPLAXIUS MOJAVENSIS (Ball)
Myndus' mojavensis Ball, 1933 Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 23:480.
The types were collected at Mojave, California, on Joshua tree
{Yucca brevifolia Engehn.) by E. D. Ball. I have since taken it in
the San Jacinto Mts., California, Sept. 29, 1948, on Agave deserti
Engelm. The specimens were compared with the type by David
A. Young of the Division of Insect Identification, Bureau of Ento-
mology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department of Agri-
culture.
Haplaxius occidentalis (Van Duzee)
Myndus occidentalis Van Duzee, 1914, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat.
Hist. 2:39.
This species appears to be fairly widespread in southern Cali-
fornia. It is usually found in damp places in washes, on grasses
and sedges. Several of the specimens were also taken on Baccharis
viminea DC. The type locality is Lakeside, California, May, 1913;
Van Duzee, collector. It has been taken on a sticky board hung in
a citrus tree April 25 to May 9, 1947 (R. C. Dickson) , during an
investigation of possible vectors of “quick decline”, a virus disease
of citrus.
Key to Reported California Species
A. Elytra with definite markings between the veins.
B. Elytra with markings at apex mojavensis
BB. Elytra with basal and subbasal dark bands
and apical markings gabrielensis
AA. Elytra without definite markings between the veins
Mccidentalis
October, 1951] arnaud & quate — ^brachymyrmex
171
Literature Cited
Fowler, W. W.
1904. Biologia Centrali-Amerieana. Hemiptera-Homoptera.
1:97-8, pL 10.
Caldwell, J. S.
1946. Notes on Haplaxius Fowler with descriptions of new spe-
cies. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 48:203-6, 1 pi.
NOTE ON THE SWARMING OF BRACHYMYRMEX SP.
(Hymenoptera : Formicidae)
On the evening of August 15, 1950, between 6:35 and 7 :05 p.m.
(Pacific daylight saving time), above the lawn on the south edge
of the State Capitol Grounds at Sacramento, California, the writers
observed large swarms of Brachymyrmex sp.^ A swarm containing
several thousands of the small males was first observed while look-
ing into the direction of the sun. The central mass of the swarm was
about four feet in diameter and occupied a space from about three
to eight feet above the ground. Small masses of males would at times
increase the speed of their frenzied dance and would form small
cylinders of blurred wings and bodies which would move up and
away from the larger body and after a few seconds return to the
slower moving swarm. After the discovery of the first swarm an
examination of the place revealed that over an area of lawn of at
least 100 by 100 feet there were four additional swarms of males
in flight in addition to numerous flying individuals filling the entire
area. One of these swarms reached a height of approximately fifteen
feet. Occasionally smaller numbers of the ants would form several
small cylinders as noted above. Some males and females were
noted crawling about in the grass. A few females were seen flying
about and were not intimately associated with the main swarms of
males. A section of shaded lawn separated from the above men-
tioned area by a row of trees also contained at least one large swarm
which was more difficult to see because of the lack of sun due to
surrounding trees. Still another swarm of Brachymyrmex was ob-
served at the opposite north end of the grounds. In an adjoining
fountain many hundreds of fallen specimens were observed on the
surface of the water where they could not escape. Meteorological
conditions: still air, bright sunlight, temperature 97 degrees F.
— P. H. Arnaud and L. W. Quate.
■'Determined by M. R. Smith, U. S. National Museum.
172
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
ANOPHELES FREEBORNI HIBERNATING IN
WOOD RATS’ NESTS (Diptera: Culicidae)
Raymond E. Ryckman and Ken Y. Arakawa
School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine, Loma Limda, California
While collecting Triatoma from the nests of Neotoma fuscipes
Baird on November 27, 1950, at Redlands, California, several ano-
phelines were observed flying from the food and dung chambers
of a wood rat’s nest. Five specimens of some 20 mosquitoes were
collected. On examination they were found to be four females and
one male of Anopheles freeborni Aitken; two of the females had
recently obtained a blood meal. Several of the mosquitoes which
were disturbed on opening the nest made definite directional flights
back into the remaining portions of the nest. One may conclude
from their desire to re-enter the nest that this is a preferred habitat
and not one accidentally discovered by them.
On February 5, 1951, three wood rats’ nests were opened in
the San Timoteo Canyon, 11 miles southeast of Redlands, Cali-
fornia. The nests were located 150 yards from suitable anopheline
breeding grounds and 300 yards from the nearest cattle.
The following data were obtained from these three nests.
Nest No. 1. Twelve females of Anopheles freeborni present.
Nest size: 6 feet in diameter at base and 5 feet high.
Nest No. 2. Nine females of A. freeborni.
Nest size: 4 feet in diameter at base and 3 feet high.
Nest No. 3. Ten females of A. freeborni.
Nest size : 6 feet in diameter at base and 4% feet high.
Many of the mosquitoes were in the central portion of the
brushpile-like nest, being surrounded by as much as two feet of
nesting material. Seventy-one per cent of the mosquitoes had plump
abdomens and 29 per cent were rather slender. None of the mos-
quitoes had obtained a fresh blood meal for at least several days.
Seriological examination is contemplated if mosquitoes are found
with recent blood meals, to determine whether the hibernating
females may have fed on the wood rats in the interior chambers
of the nest.
These findings show that this ecological niche should be con-
sidered when endeavoring to reduce the population of overwintering
anopheline females.
October, 1951]
LA RIVERS ORTHOPTERA
173
NEW NEVADA ORTHOPTERA RECORDS FOR
THE 1949 COLLECTING SEASON
Ira La Rivers
University of Nevada, Reno
TETTIGONHDAE
Tettigoniinae
Zacycloptera atripennis Caudell, 1907
In the 42 years since the discovery of this species, sporadically
intensive collecting has failed to extend its range beyond that of the
type locality, the southern end of Walker Lake, Mineral County,
Nevada. Although I have never quite believed the species could be
so restricted, particularly in light of the fact that many Nevada
valleys are practically carbon copies of Walker Valley, several
attempts on my part to detect it beyond the confines of the valley
were failures.
It might be supposed that the large Walker Lake, occupying most
of Walker Valley, had something to do with creating a habitat
somehow different from that of other valleys lacking bodies of
water, but even a casual collecting acquaintance with Z. atripennis
and its habits plainly showed the lake to be as non-functional as a
habitat factor as if it did not exist. The large insect is a distinct
arenophile, inhabiting sand dunes and sanded areas, and the plants
it has been recorded from are pronounced eremophiles and widely
recorded far from the vicinity of water. These plants grow practi-
cally to the rapidly receding shoreline of brackish Walker Lake,
and when this 30 by 5 mile lake (175 feet deep) has completely
disappeared, as it will within the lifespan of many who read this,
these same eremophilous plants will grow the entire length and
breadth of the valley, unless an alkaline playa occupies the flat
valley floor.
However, the actual discovery of the species outside the type
locality was a considerable and unexpected surprise — expecting to
find it south, east or north of Walker Valley, seemingly the best pos-
sibilities in the order named, I found it two valleys to the west!
Lyon County: Smith Valley (highway 3 miles east of Central),
18, 21 & 23:vii:49, elev. 4,850 ft. — La Rivers
174
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
All specimens were taken at night, three males and two females
being found on the highway, and two ovipositing females in the
brush some 100 yards from the highway. This locality is some 40
airline miles west-northwest of the south end of Walker Lake, and
separated from it by two mountain ranges and their intervening
valleys. The same plants are present although the elevation is
higher. The area in which the Zacyclopterae were found is domin-
ated by the little greasewood, Sarcobatus baileyi, with an abundance
of saltbrush [Atriplex confertifolia) , Indian tea {Ephedra neva-
densis) and sand bunchgrass {Oryzopsis hymenoides) . Along the
sandy road shoulders, an occasional scrawny Dalea polyadenia,
characteristic indicator of sand dunes and their environs, showed
the effects of car movement on desert shrubs. With some slight
change in percentiles, the general botanic picture was character-
istically that of the animal’s type locality. And the first specimens
were taken only accidentally — while collecting for the much more
common Plagiostira gillettei, which see.
In habits, Zacycloptera is more prone to bite than the equally
large Plagiostira, which latter is relatively mild-tempered for such
a husky, well-mandibled insect. The larger, black wings of Zacyclop-
tera, spread down along the abdominal sides when disturbed, give
the animal a more pugnacious aspect than its companion species.
In addition to its vegetarian habits, Zacycloptera, like most of its
group, is avidly scavengerous when the opportunity presents itself.
The first specimen taken, a female, was feeding on a car-crushed
Plagiostira. While this is a common trait in tettigoniids, it is not
at all remarkable, since such pronounced vegetarians as Eleodes
(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) will feed readily on car-crushed
insects.
On July 22, two ovipositing females were found during the
course of night collecting, both in the Sarcobatetum baileyi some
100 yards north of the highway, only one of which was collected.
This specimen kept its ovipositor in the ground for 20 minutes after
being found in spite of the bright Coleman lamp, then pulled her
ovipositor from the ground and hurried off — into my cyanide bottle.
Sieving the spot produced seven grayish-white eggs identical, as
nearly as the eye can tell, to the eggs of Plagiostira gillettei, and
much like those of Anabrus simplex. A rather cold wind was blow-
ing gently, and a temperature reading at the oviposition site gave
69° F.
Mineral County: Yerington-Schurz highway (1 mile east of
October, 1951]
LA RIVERS ORTHOPTERA
175
Mineral-Lyon County line) , 23 :vii:49, elev. 5,500 ft — La Rivers;
Thorne Dunes, 23:vii:49, elev. 4,600 ft — La Rivers.
The Yerington-Schurz highway record is that of a car-crushed
specimen and constitutes the northernmost record for the species,
the locale being some 38 airline miles northwest of the type locality
and 25 airline miles northeast of the Smith Valley locality (33 air-
line miles due north of type locality baseline, and 17 airline miles
due north of the Smith Valley locality baseline). Like the Smith
Valley specimens, it was found at night.
The species seems to wander about on the ground only during
the cooler hours after dark; the three males and one female found
at the Thorne Dunes were all taken between sundown and deep
dusk, and in bushes, principally Dalea polyadenia. LFnlike those at
Smith Valley, none were found wandering the ground after dark,
and so the hoped-for oviposition data was not forthcoming here. I
was not able to induce any of the males to sing.
Capnobotes occidentalis (Thomas), 1872
A specimen of this small-bodied, large-winged species, common
over large parts of Nevada, was found at the Smith Valley Zacy-
cloptera locale feeding on a car-crushed Plagiostira gillettei. Omni-
vorous, it is agile enough to catch other insects in full vigor (La
Rivers, 1948) and is equally a vegetarian and a carnivore.
Plagiostira gillettei Caudell, 1907
This large and extremely handsome insect was also found in
Smith Valley for the first time, and much more commonly than at
any previous Nevada locality. Once considered rare, even after
being recorded from two localities in west-central Nevada (La
Rivers, 1948), its appearance in what can only be described as
comparatively fantastic numbers at certain spots this season makes
past use of the word “rare” almost meaningless.
Lyon County: Smith Valley (1) — Artesia Dunes, 20:vii:49, elev.
4.800 ft. — La Rivers; (2) — highway 3 miles east of Central, 15,
18, 21, 22:vii:49, elev. 4,850 ft. — La Rivers; (3) — V 2 mile south
of Hudson (Hele), 23:vii:49, elev. 4,800 ft. — La Rivers; (4) —
Three Forks (3 miles north of Central), 9, 14, 16, 18:vii:49, elev.
4.800 ft. — La Rivers.
The species was first taken at the Three Forks locality, which is
a small sanded area just north of the West Walker River, dominated
by the arenophilous T etradymia comosa, a large, strikingly pleasant
bush with whitish stems and leaves and bright yellow flowers;
where I have seen it in Nevada, this plant is an indicator of sanded
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
areas. Its principal companion plant here was the nearly equally
large shadscale, Atriplex canescens.
Mid-day collecting at Three Forks almost immediately disclosed
the presence of Plagiostira, and in considerable numbers, several
in each bush. They were invariably hanging quietly, head up or
down, and some feeding took place during this hot noon period.
The animal is slow and clumsy and easy to catch. Few showed
any signs of alarm even when approached as close as three feet,
and when they did decide to move, they wandered slowly and re-
luctantly downward along a stem. If the source of the disturbance
passed on, or moved away a distance, they returned to inactivity
or feeding. If an unsuccessful pass was made at an individual, it
usually sufficiently excited the animal to cause it to drop, sometimes
aided by a weak push from the hind legs, into the center of the bush.
Few made this descent in less than several stages, but the brittle
dead stems and dense living stems of the large bush were usually
sufficient to save them from further persecution.
These specimens were a little more pugnacious than I had re-
membered them from previous Nevada collecting, and I soon found
that catching them between two handkerchiefs was easier on the
fingers, both from the standpoint of the occasional sharp twig en-
countered, and their formidable jaws, and the chance of missing
the specimen was also considerably lessened. As with practically all
insects which bite at all, these would bite anything within reach —
one excited female swallowed the tarsi and half of the tibia of one
of her middle legs, which were extracted whole only with consider-
able difficulty.
While most specimens here were taken from the numerous T etra-
dymia comosa, they were also common in the tops of the large and
green shadscale. Typically, the heat at this part of the day regis-
tered 100° F. Night collecting at Three Forks showed that practi-
cally all specimens left the bushes and wandered about extensively
on the ground during these cooler hours. Although night temper-
atures were pleasantly warm, Plagiostirae were lethargic, and even
constant nudging failed to elicit more than a reluctant hop, seem-
ingly more in indignation than fear. Such habits lead to specula-
tions as to what protection the species has for perpetuation. Although
undoubtedly possessed of parasites, none were found during the
several weeks observance of the species in Smith Valley. Principal
associates in this night wandering were the large tenebrionids
Eleodes ohscura sulcipennis and E. armata, the former predominant.
October, 1951]
LA RIVERS ORTHOPTERA
177
The discovery of Plagiostirae on the highway east of Central was
accidental, and several nights collecting produced several quarts
of specimens. The center of population for this particular area
seemed to begin some three miles east of Central and extend the
mile-and-a-half from there to the west portal of Wilson Canon. At
about the middle of this area, the topography breaks from a low
central bench down to lower, rolling land toward Wilson Canon,
and the eastern edge of the bench yielded the greatest number of
specimens. In this same general area, hordes of Celerio lineata
(Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) caterpillars were marching about dur-
ing the day, stripping first any and all Onagraceae to be found, then
feeding on other vegetation. Unlike the Three Forks locality, this
area was dominated by Sarcobatus baileyi and Atriplex conferti-
folia (see Zacycloptera atripennis) and was quite different in facies.
About a third of the highway Plagiostirae were taken while feed-
ing on their car-crushed brethren, and it was found that any high-
way-killed animal was acceptable food — specimens were seen feed-
ing on the remains of Eleodes hispilabris imitabilis (tenebrionid) ,
Zacycloptera atripennis, an unidentified myrmeleonid, the large scor-
pion Hadrurus hirsutus and the remains of the common blacktailed
jackrabbit, Lepus calif ornicus. One lone female was noted trying
to insert her long, decurved ovipositor into the asphalt. While all
specimens try to bite when picked up, none make the vigorous body
cortortions of such as Capnobotes in attempts to “mandibulate”
the captor. The defensive display made by spreading the intensely
black hind wings down along the abdominal sides is a conspicuous
element of their “fight” reaction, and many of the males sang weakly
and intermittently when handled.
At this locality, Hadrurus hirsutus was found feeding on a non-
crushed male Plagiostira, which it had evidently caught while
prowling the highway. In addition, crushed specimens were food
for Eleodes hispilabris imitabilis, an unidentified myrmeleonid,
Zacycloptera atripennis, Capnobotes occidentalis and the gryllacri-
did Stenopelmatus fuscus.
The lone ovipositing Plagiostira was taken in rather rocky
ground a few yards south of the highway.
At the Artesia Dunes, in northeastern Smith Valley, the species
was commonly found day and night. These dunes are stationary,
with a good growth of Dalea polyadenia. Ephedra nevadensis, Atri-
plex canescens and T etradymia comosa and are low, long, generally
north-south ridges apparently blown eastward from the shores of
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
the large alkaline pi ay a, Artesia Lake, which occupies a consider-
able portion of the north end of Smith Valley. Unlike Three Forks,
where the species was not found in vegetation during nighttime, or
the Central Highway, where no specimens could be found during
daytime, at Artesia Dunes they were found both in vegetation and
on the ground during twilight and after dark. Two specimens in
copulo were noted in a large Russian thistle {Salsola kali tenui-
folia), while two additional females were found with the newly
attached seminal sac still protruding unassimilated from the ab-
dominal terminus. As many as 15 specimens were found in one
medium-sized Dalea bush.
The Hudson locality was much like that at Three Forks, being
on the south side of the West Walker River, with the same species
of plants.
Churchill County: Fossil Hills, 20 mi. WSW of Fallon, 31 :vii:49,
elev. 4,500 ft — La Rivers; 1 mi. E. of Mahala Sloughs, 14:vii :49,
elev. 4,000 ft.
The Mahala Sloughs specimens were collected by Miss Laura E.
Mills and Mrs. J. S. Mills of Fallon, and from information obtained
from Miss Mills later, it seems that the species was commoner on
the highway here (U. S. 50) than in Smith Valley. The dominant
plant in this region of white alkali is the large greasewood, Sarco-
batus vermiculatus, on which the Mills saw Plagiostirae feeding. On
the highway with the larger insect was the much smaller gryll-
acridid Ammobaenetes lariversi, which is known to be quite com-
mon locally on sand dunes.
At the Fossil Hills locality, several specimens were found in hot
mid-afternoon in large Russian thistles growing on a series of small
dunes composed of fine, very white sand. These dunes lay in a south-
facing pocket in the southwest corner of the small range, at a con-
siderable elevation above the Lahontan Valley floor, and the domi-
nant bush was Russian thistle. This record, with Mahala Sloughs,
delineates the known northwestern limits of the species’ range in
this part of Nevada.
In the following list of host plants, those newly added by this
season’s collecting are marked with an asterisk :
* Artemisia tridentata, Atriplex canescens, A. confertifolia,
*Dalea polyandenia, * Ephedra nevadensis, Oryzopsis hymenoides,
Salsola kali tenuifolia, *Sarcobatus baileyi, *S. vermiculatus and
*Tetradymia comosa.
October, 1951]
LA RIVERS — ORTHOPTERA
179
Anoplodusa ARizoNENsis (Rehn), 1904
Churchill County: 6 mi. E. of Stillwater, 9:viii;49, elev. 4,000
ft. — La Rivers.
The discovery of this very rare insect as far north as west-central
Nevada was the crowning surprise of the collecting season. Pre-
viously known only from Arizona and extreme southern Nevada, its
rarity has made it an object of intense search in the past (Tinkham,
1942) , The comments of Rehn and Hebard (1909) concerning the
single specimen they caught on the Nevada side of the Nevada-
California state line could be applied with hardly a change in
wording to the solitary Stillwater specimen. Both localities are foot-
hill slopes of volcanic hills, and both specimens were flushed from
bushes, “greasewood” in the case of southern Nevada, saltbrush
{Atriplex confertifolia) at Stillwater. The species’ former distri-
bution seemed to indicate it was restricted to creosote areas [Larrea
divaricata) ; the Stillwater discovery, approximately 300 airline
miles northwesterly of its southern Nevada locality, adds the ex-
tensive shadscale area to the species’ life zone. Stillwater is some 150
airline miles northwesterly from the northwestern limit of creosote
in Nevada’s Sonoran Trailway (for a brief resume of this Trail-
way, see La Rivers, 1948:654).
My attention was attracted to the female specimen by the acti-
vities of a small Western collared lizard {Crotaphytus collaris
baileyi) hunting near the top of a saltbrush {Atriplex conferti-
folia) . As I watched, the lizard flushed a large yellowish orthopteran
which flew strongly to another bush about 100 feet away, where it
was caught. Two days and one night were spent combing a vicinity
of about a square mile for other specimens, without success. The
two dominant plants of the gradual slope are the mentioned Sarco-
hatus baileyi and Atriplex confertifolia. The slope itself is composed
of soft alkaline dust — Pleistocene Lake Lahontan sediments — cov-
ered with the typical desert pavement of volcanic stones and pebbles.
The specimen was not quite so prone to bite as is the similarly-
built Capnobotes occidentalis.
It seems expedient, at this point, to mention an additional speci-
men for California. Tinkham (1942) recorded a badly disinte-
grated individual from Yermo in southern California, in the col-
lection of the state quarantine station there. I recently noticed a fine
female specimen in the collection of the Division of Entomology
and Parasitology of the University of California at Berkeley with
180
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
the following data; San Bernardino County: Yeimo Quarantine
Station, 3:vii:49, elev. 1,935 ft. — Warren Leigh, It was taken in
early evening, presumably at light.
GRYLLACRIDIDAE
Stenopelmatus fuscus Haldeman, 1852
Lander County: 8 mi. E. of Austin, on U. S. 50, 2:ix:49, elev.
5,500 ft. — La Rivers and T. J. Trelease; Lyon County: Smith
Valley — (1) — Artesia Dunes, 20:vii:49, elev. 4,800 ft. — La Riv-
ers — (2) — highway 3 mi. E. of Central, 18:vii:49, elev. 4,850
ft. — La Rivers.
The above records add two more counties to those already listed
for the State (La Rivers, 1948). The animal certainly occurs in
every county of the State. All specimens were found wandering
after dark, the Lyon County individual feeding on a car-crushed
Plagiostira.
Literature Cited
La Rivers, Ira.
1948. A synopsis of Nevada Orthoptera, Amer. Midi. Nat., 39 (3) :
652-720.
Rehn, J. A. G., and M. Hebard
1909. An orthopterological reconnaissance of the southwestern
U. S. III. California and Nevada, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila.,
61:409-483.
Tinkham, E. R.
1942. The re-discovery of Anoplodiisa arizonensis. Bull. Chicago
Acad. Sci., 6(12) :221-227.
Book Notice
INSECTS IN YOUR LIFE. By C. H. Curran. Sheridan House, Inc.,
New York, 316 pp., illustrated. 1951. Price $3.50.
As the title suggests, insects cannot be entirely divorced from
the human race. They have been associated with man ever since
he first laid aside a few acorns, a bit of smoked meat and a supply
of hides to cover his back. Good or bad, they are reluctant to be
disassociated from either animal or plant life. Dr. Curran has
written a graphic and excellent account of some of the closer con-
tacts we have with insects. To fully appreciate his viewpoint, the
reader must cast away all hearsay prejudices and assume an atti-
tude of confidence in words of a well educated and experienced
entomologist. It must be borne in mind, too, that these few examples
are only fragments of what may be written on behalf of or against
these tiny creatures that have had some two hundred million years
more experience on this earth than we humans.
October, 1951] lanham — wing of euglossa
181
Because of the great abundance of insects everywhere indoors
and out, people, young and old, should become acquainted with their
looks and ways. And this book offers the chance to get started. Its
pages are full of charm and wisdom — charm that causes one delight
in understanding the ways of dragonflies and butterflies and the
wisdom needed to recognize and to know how to control clothes moths,
termites, bot flies and numerous other insect pests. “Ticks are a
Menace to Animal Life”; “Butterflies are Big Game”; “The Yucca
Moth the World’s First Horticulturist” writes Dr. Curran. And if
you are not too squeamish, be sure to read the chapter, “On Eating
Insects” so that you may continue the daily consumption of insects
with much more understanding and relish; and who knows, perhaps
insects contain more food vitamins than a doctor’s prescription.
Insects furnish one of the most marvelous examples of the pur-
pose and spontaneity of life and without insects and flowers this
would be a dull world.
Dr. Curran has also written an important systematic work on
“North American Diptera” and another popular book; “Insects of
the Pacific World.” I recommend most highly all of these.
— E. 0. Essig
THE MODIFIED HIND WING OF EUGLOSSA
( Hymen optera : Apoidea)
Urless N. Lanham
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
The hind wing of the aculeate Hymenoptera characteristically
has two lobes on the posterior margin: the vannal lobe, limited
exteriorly by the vannal (= preaxillary) incision, which usually
coincides with the end of the vannal vein, and the more proximal
jugal (= anal) lobe, limited by the jugal (= axillary) incision,
which is usually in line with a more or less chitinized fold near the
base of the wing. One or another (rarely both) of these lobes is
frequently secondarily absent. Thus, the jugal lobe is absent in
the more advanced mutillids, all but the most primitive ants, and
certain vespid and sphecoid wasps, as set forth in Bradley’s well-
known key to the families of the Clistogastra, in Comstock’s “An
Introduction to Entomology.” In the Apoidea, the jugal lobe is
absent in Bombus, and in the Euglossini. The tribe Euglossini
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
comprises five genera, both pollen-collecting and parasitic forms,
which are limited to the New World, and are mainly tropical.
Although the jugal lobe is missing in Euglossa, the space which
should be occupied by the lobe is in part filled by a brush formed
by a dozen or so strong bristles arising from a basal thickening
of the vannal vein. These bristles lie in a single row, but some of the
bristles are bent, so that the surface formed is curved. I have seen
no reference to any such structure in the Hymenoptera, and term
Fig. 1. Portion of base of hind wing of Euglossa.
JB, jugal brush; V, vannal vein; VL, vannal lobe.
it the jugal brush. In at least some species of Euglossa, the brush
is fairly large and conspicuous, and one could imagine that it might
serve the same function as the jugal lobe. However, in Eulaema
and Exaerete the brush is quite small in relation to the area of the
wing. Although the jugal brush might be analogous to the jugal
lobe, it is certainly not homologous to it, since the bristles are not
formed by a breakup of the wing membrane. The presence of a
basal lobe on the trailing edge of the flight surface is quite char-
acteristic of the more powerfully flying groups of Diptera and
Hymenoptera, and presumably is of some aerodynamic significance.
Morphologically, the Euglossini are among the most remark-
able of bees, Michener (1944, Comparative external morphology,
phylogeny, and a classification of the bees (Hymenoptera). Bui.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 82:290) describes the unique tentorium of
Euglossa. In addition, the extensive velvety area (possibly sensory
or scent-dispersing) on the anterior surface of the middle tibia in
males, and the partially or almost entirely enclosed pubescent area
on the hind tibia of the males are not, to my knowledge, known
outside the tribe.
I am indebted to Dr. T. H. Hubbell for the use of specimens in
the collection of the University of Michigan Museum.
October, 1951] hull — new world xylotinae
183
SOME NEW WORLD XYLOTINAE
(Diptera: Syrphidae)
F. M. Hull
University of Mississippi
Several interesting species of Syrphid flies belonging to the sub-
family Xylotinae have recently been discovered among miscel-
laneous material. These flies are here described. The genus Crepi-
domyia is neotropical; heretofore only four species have been
known.
Crepidomyia dion Hull, new species
Related to C. darlingtoni Hull. There is no spur on the hind
tibiae. The wings are quite dark, but the general color is blue-black.
There are no yellow spots upon the second abdominal segment.
Length 13.5 mm.
Female. Head: the face, cheeks, front, vertex and occiput are
black. There is a narrow band of white pubescence along the sides
of the face adjacent to the lateral carina. The lateral and medial
Carina are quite sharp. There is a transverse band of whitish pollen
across the middle of the front expanded somewhat near the eye mar-
gins ; this band when viewed anteriorly becomes pale brown in front
of the ocelli. The immediate rim of the preantennal callus and the
inner portion of the antennal pits are light yellowish-brown. The
antennae are black, the arista missing; antennal pile black. The pile
of the upper front is black; across the middle front it is whitish and
the few hairs of the face are white. The occipital pollen is greyish-
white; the pile is whitish becoming black dorsally. Thorax: the
mesonotum is quite dull black, a little more shining upon the post-
calli, the area in front of the calli and upon the scutellum. There are
only very faint traces of pollinose vittae submedially and sublaterally
upon the mesonotum, but there is a prominent yellowish white tri-
angle of pollen medial to and adjacent to the humerus; it becomes
evanescent after curving around behind the humerus. The transverse
suture is conspicuously margined with pollen of the same color which
reaches only to the notopleura. The mesonotum, including the scutel-
lum, is densely covered with appressed black setae and has scattered
longer black hairs. The scutellar fringe is quite copious and white.
The pleura are shining black with thinly dusted whitish pollen and
only scattered white hairs. The squamae are greyish-white basally
but widely blackish-sepia along the margin and fringe. Halteres
reddish-orange. Legs : entirely black except the hind basitarsi which
are perhaps dark reddish to orange-brown and pale yellow pilose.
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
The hind femora are moderately thickened in the middle with heavy-
spines throu^ho-ut their length. The hind trochanters have a short,
sharp, black spur apically. The hind tibiae end without spur.
Wings -, deeply sepia-bro-wn beginning at the base of the submarginal
cell, becoming paler on the discal cell and at the apex of the wing.
The pterostigma is still more blackish except towards the apex where
it too becomes pale. The small cross vein is slightly recurrent api-
cally, pulled out apically and hence oblique, and joins the discal cell
beyond the middle. The third vein is gently curved backward. The
marginal cell is opened as wide as its apical width ; the whole basal
portion of the wing is pale brown -with slight yellowish cast with
the exception of the basal portion of the marginal cell and extreme
base of the basal cells which are almost hyaline. The wings have a
distinct purplish reflection, greatest when viewed from the ventral
surface and greater from the blackish areas. Abdomen: slightly
widest upon the third segment which has approximately parallel
sides; the fourth segment is a little narrowed. The fifth segment is
creased upon the outer third near the middle creating the impression
of two segments. The entire abdomen is dully shining black and
slightly greasy. The pile is short, appressed, black, but yellow later-
ally on the sides of the first and second segments, in the middle
posteriorly on the fourth segment and upon all of the fifth segment.
Holotype: female, Chanchamayo, Peru, Jan. 3, 1949. J.
Schunke. Type in author’s collection.
Crepidomyia cybele Hull, new species
Distinct in the stripes of golden appressed pile on the mesonotum
and the light brownish-orange face. Not closely related to other
species. Length 12.5 mm.
Female. Head: the face is light bro-wnish-orange -with dense
golden pubescence reaching almost to the blunt medial carina and
the bunt lateral carina. The cheeks are brassy black; the front is
black and quite brassy in reflection with an obscure band of golden-
brown pollen across the middle of the front and pale yellow pile
which is more or less concentrated in an oval patch along the eye
margin on each side of this band. Just before the narrow pre-
antennal callus there is a transverse depression. The vertex is shin-
ing black, greenish to brassy in reflection -with seven black hairs
behind and perhaps as many in front. The first segment of the
antennae is blackish, the second is dark bro-wn, the third missing;
the facial pile is yellow and the occiput brassy black, yellowish polli-
nose with pale brassy pile throughout. Thorax: the mesonotum is
black with a broad, medial, posteriorly furcate, faint, reddish sepia
pollinose vitta and still more faint similar ones sublaterally ; the
lateral margins throughout and the medial vitta, at least upon the
October, 1951] hull — new world xylotinae
185
anterior half is densely appressed, greenish brassy pilose; the
pleural and scutellar pile is of the same color; the reflection of the
scutellum is brassy, its apex with deeply crimped margin and copious,
conspicuous, brassy ventral fringe. Squamae and fringe and halteres
pale orange. The anterior and middle legs, except for coxae and tro-
chanters, are entirely bright clear egg-yellow with similarly colored
pile. The hind femora are yellowish-brown basally, becoming reddish
through the middle, still darker at the apices, their pile golden except
apically, their ventral margins with nine stout, sharp, black, spinous
setae. The hind tibiae are nearly blackish but actually dark reddish-
sepia, especially ventrally and basally; their pile is black, except
for a short streak of golden hair baso-laterally and medio-apically.
The hind tibiae have two stout, bidentate, short, spinous processes,
deep cleft between. Hind tarsi yellowish-brown, most of their dorsal
pile golden. Wings: almost uniformly tinged with pale yellowish-
brown; the costal cell and the first basal cell are light yellow; the
pterostigma is deep yellow except apically; the marginal cell is
opened as wide as its apical width; the third vein is more gently
concave than in dion n. sp ; the small cross vein is more oblique, not
recurrent, entering the discal cell barely beyond the middle. Abdo-
men: black, but shining brassy to purplish on the first segment and
the sides of the second, third and fourth segments. These latter
segments are broadly opaque black down the middle and the opaque
color is expanded posteriorly to include most of the posterior margin
and anteriorly expanded only upon the second and fourth segments.
Pile upon the brassy areas and sides long, erect and pale yellow.
Upon the black areas short, black and quite appressed.
Holotype: female, Chanchamayo, Peru, Jan. 20, 1949, J.
Schunke. Type in author’s collection.
Neplas sapphirina Hull, new species
Related to hidens Curran. The third abdominal segment is wholly
shining green without opaque areas or subbasal reddish-brown
bands. The second segment has a strong bluish cast especially anter-
iorly and laterally. Hind femora strongly bluish basally, greenish
apically. Length 10.7 mm.
Male. Head: face black except above the epistoma where it is
pale yellow. The cheeks are black ; the front is brassy black and bare
upon a broad rectangle lying upon the lower half of the front. The
upper half of the front is linearly notched antero-medially and the
sides of the front and the whole of the face are pale yellowish-white
pubescent. The frontal and facial pile is yellowish-white ; the face
has a sharp medial carina. The first two' segments of the antennae
are nearly black; the third is elongate, twice as long as its basal
width ; it is a little more narrow on the apical half and black with the
base dull reddish, the pile white. The vertex is dully shining black
with the area across the front of the ocelli opaque blackish and the
186
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
anterior half of the vertical triangle yellowish white pollinose and
yellow pilose. All vertical pile and all occipital pile pale; the upper
occipita hairs are more deeply yellow or reddish-yellow. The eyes
touch for about ten facets; the anterior facets are considerably
enlarged. Thorax: the mesonotum is black, rather shining, with
three faint, coppery vittae, the region between is faintly greenish;
the post calli and the scutellum have bluish reflections; the meso-
notal pile is short, erect and black with vittae of pale brassy pile.
There is a pair of wide, widely separated, brassy stripes which begin
anteriorly but become quite slender at the base of the scutellum ; they
merge into a transverse, wide band of similarly colored pile in front
of the scutellum. There is a narrow medial vitta, a sutural marginal
vitta and a sublateral stripe running from the suture back to the
scutellum, all of pale yellow pile. The pile in front of the suture is
thinly yellowish and there is a conspicuous, yellowish-white patch
of pollen bordering the humerus medially. The scutellar pile is
abundant and pale yellow. The pleura are bluish black with nearly
white pile. The white squamae have a blackish sepia border and
fringe. Halteres yellowish. Legs : the anterior and middle femora are
quite black; their apices are narrowly brownish-yellow. Hind femora
are immensely thickened, shining black with bluish reflections, very
dark reddish-brown at the apex, with five apico-lateral, sharp, black
spines ventrally. The pile of the femora for the most part is nearly
white. The anterior and middle tibiae are black but light yellow
diffusely on the basal fourth or less. The first two segments of an-
terior and middle tarsi are yellowish white; remaining segments
black. Hind tibiae black, the base narrowly whitish, the dorsal pile
whitish, the ventral pile short and black. These tibiae are quite con-
cave with knife-edge both basally and apically; the ventral spur
is quite long and flattened, rounded and pale at the apex. The hind
tarsi are black on the last four segments, sepia on the basal one,
the dorsal pile pale. W^gs: greyish hyaline, the pterostigma dark
brown. Abdomen: slightly narrowed at the end of the second seg-
ment. The second segment is long; it is one and three-fifths longer
than its posterior width and distinctly emarginate and except at
the apex, with a deep shining blue reflection. Viewed from the rear
this segment is dully opaque through the middle and more widely
at base and at apex. The first segment is black, dully shining,
transversely striate with faint bluish reflections. The second seg-
ment is also markedly striate. Third segment and the fourth
entirely shining greenish brassy in color. The pile is yellowish
white basally becoming black along the posterior margin except
at the sides. All of the pile of the fourth segment is brassy-yellow.
The fourth sternite is crimped into a thin median ridge. Pile of
first and second segments whitish along the sides.
Holotype: male, Chanchamayo, Peru, August 1, 1948, J.
Schunke. Paratypes: two males, same data. Types in author’s col-
lection.
October, 1951]
FRICK REARING FLIES
187
A SATISFACTORY TECHNIQUE FOR
REARING AGROMYZID FLIES FROM THE
LEAF MINING LARVAL STAGE^
(Diptera: Agromyzidae)
Kenneth E. Frick
IrHgation Experiment Station, Prosser, Washington
Rearing adults from mined leaves containing larvae is the most
desirable method of collecting these small flies. Host records, mined
leaves, larvae, and puparia, as well as the adults, are all valuable
as aids in separating the many closely related species found in a
number of genera, particularly Liriomyza Mik and Phytomyza
Fallen.
The literature concerning the rearing of agromyzids is scant.
Inchbald (1881) found the adults not difficult to rear, “if the col-
lector will only imitate Nature in her ways and means.” He found
that an occasional light sprinkling of water was needed to supply
moisture normally provided by rain or dew. Frost (1924) placed
the mined leaves individually into small, round, seamless tin boxes
or in tissue paper triangles as the mined leaves were collected in
the field. The paper triangles were kept in a tin box. Upon returning
to the laboratory, all larvae that had emerged and pupated were
placed individually in small, one-dram vials, corked to prevent
evaporation. With those species which pupated in the mines, a small
section of leaf containing the pupa was cut out and placed in a
stoppered vial.
In spite of the relatively dry climatic conditions occurring in
California, lack of humidity was found to be the limiting factor
when rearing the various species in the laboratory. None of the
larvae of the numerous species reared by the writer was known to
leave a desiccated leaf, crawl to another, and begin a new mine.
Therefore, it was necessary to devise a method to keep the leaves
fresh for a period of four or five days until the larvae had emerged
or pupated at the end of the mine.
^Published as Scientific Paper No. 916, Washington Agricultural Experiment
Stations, Institute of Agricultural Sciences, The State Colleg^e of Washington,
Pullman.
188 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
Leaves containing mines of a particular species were gathered
with petioles as long as possible. The collected leaves were segre-
gated as to mine type, and kept in paper bags containing a damp
paper towel and held shut by paper clips. Mines of all ages were
included. Those from which the larvae had emerged were pressed
in a standard plant press. The smaller, newer mines, although more
difficult to detect, were preferred because parasitism by braconid
and chalcidoid parasites became a crucial factor in rearing flies
from mature larvae. Freshly externally parasitized larvae, i. e.,
those that were motionless, but not discolored, made satisfactory
specimens for preserving in alcohol.
Upon returning to the laboratory, the writer separated the
leaves which were to be kept fresh from the others. The petioles
were clipped back one-eighth to one-fourth of an inch from the
original breaking point and the leaves immediately placed in
water. The petioles of two to six leaves, depending upon the size,
were then rolled together in wet cotton strips making a firm plug
that could be forced into the top of a vial of water (fig. 1) . To pre-
vent the emerging larvae from falling to the water around the
cotton plug and drowning, the vials were inverted.
Each vial was supported by a piece of wire — straightened paper
clips proved convenient — having one end clamped around the neck
of the vial. When the cotton plugs were fitted firmly, no leakage of
water occurred. Each vial or series of vials holding leaves mined
by the same species was then placed in a wide mouthed one-half
pint or one pint jar. The lids of the jars previously had been cut
out near the rim and covered with a fine mesh cloth. The vials were
removed immediately after all larvae had emerged. The leaves fre-
quently made satisfactory herbarium specimens. An inverted vial of
water plugged with cotton was usually placed in the j ars to increase
humidity.
Some adults failed to emerge, particularly of those species whose
larvae mine the leaves of plants associated with damp situations.
As a result, it was found necessary to add about half an inch of
fine, washed sand to the bottom of each jar. The sand was kept
moist by adding water as needed, until all adults had emerged.
For economy of space, the pupae of each species passing through
a winter diapause were placed in a small numbered vial covered
with a fine mesh cloth held in place by a rubber band. As many
October, 1951]
FRICK REARING FLIES
189
vials as possible were then placed upright in the jars, and the bottom
of each jar was kept covered with about half an inch of water. With
the cloth lids on the jars, the humidity remained sufficiently high
to prevent pupal desiccation.
Fig. 1. Diagram of a rearing jar. The inverted vial within is sup-
ported by a piece of wire. Damp sand covers the bottom of the jar.
When a great number of leaves mined by a single species were
encountered, as was often the case when agricultural crops were
attacked, a high percentage of adult emergence was obtained simply
by filling jars of suitable size (gallon jars often being required)
with the mined leaves. The humidity created by the decomposing
vegetation was sufficient to keep the leaves fresh until the larvae
had emerged and pupated. Care was taken, however, to keep any
liquid in which the pupae might have drowned, from collecting on
the bottoms of the j ars.
Literature Cited
Frost, S. W.
1924. A study of the leaf-mining Diptera of North America.
Cornell Agric. Expt. Sta. Mem., 78:6-7,
Inchbald, P.
1881. Remarks on our dipterous plant-miners, and the plants
they affect. The Entomologist, 14:41.
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
A METHOD FOR TAKING APHIDS IN FLIGHT
F. C. Hottes
Grand Junction, Colorado
It has long been the practice for entomologists to make aphid
flight studies by the use of “sticky traps”. This requires the re-
moval of the aphids from the adhesive material, a process which,
as those of us that are called upon to make the determinations
know all too well, often results in irreparable damage to the speci-
mens. I have had no practical experience with aphid traps, nor
have I been able to check the literature; however, I have long had
the idea that a more effective method of making aphid flight studies
would be welcomed by economic entomologists.
Last fail a chance observation of many aphids resting on a
turkish towel hanging on a clothes line rekindled this thought.
The towel was a deep yellow and by chance was hanging next
to a pale blue one, which in turn was followed by white ones. The
blue towel and the white ones had hardly any aphids on them, in
sharp contrast to the yellow which had many. Experiments to
determine if aphids had a color preference for yellow were set up,
and carried through the month of October and into November,
thus covering the height of the fall aphid migration. It was de-
termined that at no time was the yellow towel less than three times
as effective as the blue in attracting aphids, and often ten times.
The blue towel was about twice as effective as the white, in fact
the aphids on the white towels were so few that perhaps they
landed there by chance. A typical count for a given twenty-minute
period was 72 for the yellow, 8 for the blue and 2 for the white.
The aphids seemed reluctant to take flight from the surface of
the towels and walked with difiiculty over their shaggy surface.
This indicates that once caught they were at least temporarily
trapped. Specimens could be picked off readily without damaging
them. Only once were specimens mounted for study ; they belonged
to the following genera: Aphis, Macrosiphum, Amphorophora,
Pemphigus and Prociphilus.
Considering that Turkish towels have two eflective surfaces, have
considerable area, that aphids seem reluctant to take flight from
their surface, and that aphids apparently show a color preference,
towels appear to warrant further investigation as aphid traps.
October, 1951] walz — rearing phaenicia sericata 191
REARING THE GREENBOTTLE FLY ON DOG BISCUITS
A. J. Walz^
University of Idaho Branch Experiment Station, Parma, Idaho
The greenbottle fly, Phaenicia sericata (Meigen), was success-
fully raised on dog biscuits in the laboratory, following the method
described by Frings (1947, 1948) , with a few modifications. “Milk
Bone Small Size Dog Biscuits,” manufactured by the National Bis-
cuit Company, was the brand used. The small size dog biscuits gave
better results than the “Milk Bone Tiny Bits,” as there was less
packing of the medium. The addition of powdered milk as a source
of protein for the adults to feed on increased egg production, and
the flies started oviposition sooner than when fed only on moist
dog biscuits.
The laboratory colony was started by caging wild flies and feed-
ing them on powdered milk and moist dog biscuits. Three and one-
half dog biscuits were placed in a 50 ml. beaker filled with water,
and left in the cage for 24 hours for the flies to oviposit on. The mass
of eggs and dog biscuits was then placed on top of the prepared
larval food.
To prepare food for the larvae, dog biscuits were placed in a
gallon j ar to a depth of two inches, covered with water and allowed
to stand until soaked through; then the water was poured off. The
biscuits were soft to the touch throughout when ready; the time it
took for the water to soak through the dog biscuits varied from one
batch to another. Fine wire screen was used to confine the maggots
to the jars. If the population of maggots was too high for the avail-
able food, additional moist dog biscuits were added at the rate of
two inches at a time.
The maggots fed for six to seven days at 80 degrees F. Coarse
sawdust was added on top of the mixture for the maggots to pupate
in. After pupation the sawdust containing the puparia was poured
out and placed in cages for emergence.
Very little odor was noticed during the rearing of the flies. After
the maggots left the media to pupate, decomposition odors were
noticed but these were held back by the sawdust.
^Published with the approval of the Director of the Idaho Agricultural Experi-
ment Station as Research Paper No. 324.
192
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4
Literature Cited
Frings, H.
1947. A simple method for rearing blowflies without meat. Sci-
ence, 105 (273) : 482.
Frings, H.
1948. Eearing houseflies and blowflies on dog biscuit. Science,
107 (2789) : 629-630.
A NOTE ON THE MANNER OF FEEDING OF
AGULLA ADNIXA HAGEN
(Raphidiodea : Raphidiidae)
J. W. Tilden
San Jose State College, San Jose, California
In feeding, this species devours aphids entirely, swallowing all
parts and rejecting nothing. The prey is masticated rapidly and
then swallowed with a gulping motion. An adult female, placed in
a vial containing a twig with fifty-seven aphids, began at the bottom
of the colony and ate it entirely in less than nine minutes.
Feeding is systematic and rapid. The head is passed among the
foliage and surfaces palpated with both pairs of palpi. Sight appears
to play but little part in the location of prey. Upon touching an
aphid, the head is then withdrawn and the long pronotum arched
back, and the head then darts forward with great speed, in a snake-
like movement that is nearly too fast to follow. The prey is grasped
by the mandibles and the head is raised slightly and withdrawn.
The mandibles work rapidly and rythmically while the palpi, for
the most part, are not applied to the victim once it is captured, but
are vibrated rapidly.
The gular sutures are very flexible and may be seen to give to
some extent as swallowing takes place. After the colony was eaten,
a second inspection of the twig took place, very carefully done, to
be sure that no further prey remained. Subsequently, an extended
period of grooming and adjustment of appendages followed, in-
cluding raising, lowering and extension of the wings, without any
attempt to fly. A period of apparent torpidity then ensued, and
no further activities followed during the remainder of the day.
Next morning the raphidid appeared to be as hungry as before,
and repeated the entire process in a similar manner with another
aphid colony. This behavior indicates a very effective predator.
October, 1951] index to volume xxvii'
193
Acanthocnema, 120
Acantholyda, 120
Acmaeodera boharti, 29
Acrida, 120
Adams, Gelastocoris, 71
Aedes impiger, 11
nearcticus, 12
squamiger, 38
Agapetus, 140
Agromyzidae, 81, 187
Agulla adnixa, 192
Amphisteriius astarte, 159
Anagapetus bernea, 143
chandleri, 142
debilis, 144
hoodi, 143
Ancylopus, conocolor, 159
Anopheles freeborni, 172
Anoplodera instabilis, 152
Anoplodusa arizonensis, 178
Anthocopa beameri, 64
daleae, 62
maryae, 62
rubrella, 61
Aphidae, 190
Aphidius, 120
Aphoebantus hirsutus, 168
sp. nr. tardus, 168
Apion sp., 152
Apoidea, 181
Aradidae, 39
Arakawa, Anopheles freeborni
hibernation, 172
Argas persicus, 23
reflexus, 23
Arnaud, Brachymyrmex, 171
Ashmeadiella bucconis denticu-
lata, 65
cactorum cactorum, 66
clypeodentata simplicior, 70
gillettei cismontanica, 67
gillettei gillettei, 66
gillettei rubra, 67
meliloti meliloti, 65
prosopidis, 65
rhodognatha, 71
truncativentris, 68
Athous farallonicus, 28
Atissiella, 93
Bailey, Thrips homonym, 19
Dudley Moulton, 145
Barber, Chrysomelidae, 17
Basilia forcipata, 96
Beal, Novelsis, 57
Blacus, 46
Breakey, spinose ear tick, 59
Buprestidae, 29, 94
Calliphoridae, 191
Capnobates occidentalis, 175
Capsus, 120
Carabidae, 27
Cerambycidae, 35, 152
Chironomus, 120
Chlorops, 120
Chyliza leguminicola, 153
Chrysobothris sinaloae, 30
Chrysomelidae, 17
Gixiidae, 169
Coelioxys sp. nr. moesta, 155
Coleoptera, 13, 17, 27, 35, 39, 40,
43, 44, 57, 58, 72, 94, 120, 127,
151, 157
Collembola, 120
Crepidomyia cybele, 183
dion, 183
sapphirina, 185
Crocidema arizonica, 33
Culex apicalis, 12
quinquefasciatus, 12
Culicidae, 11, 38, 172
Curculionidae, 13, 31
Dactylispa luhi, 19
Dactylopsylla bluei psilos, 128
digitenua, 134
minidoka, 136
pentachaeta, 131
Danae chinensis, 162
Dermacentor andersoni, 25
parumapertus, 25
Dettopsomyia, 92, nigrovittata, 92
Deuterophlebia coloradensis, 49
mirabilis, 49
Dermestidae, 57
Derobrachus geminatus, 35
nipponica, 49
shasta, 51
tyosenensis, 49
Deuterophlebiidae, 49
Dilophus, 120
Diptera, 1, 11, 20, 43, 49, 81, 92, 96,
120, 152, 172, 183, 187, 191
Dorilas, 120
Drosophila melanogaster, 1
Drosophilidae, 1, 92
Editorial notes, 36
Edmunds, Utah ticks, 23
Edwards, Seal Contest, 36, 139
Elateridae, 28
Eleodes armata, 176
obscura sulcipennis, 176
Book notices, 89, 126, 147, 148, 180Elmidae, 127
Bostrychidae, 43 Encymon truncaticollis, 161
Brachymyrmex, 171 valgus, 161
Braconid ae, 46 violaceous cupreatus, 162
*New names in bold face, synonyms and homonyms in italics.
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4
Endamoeba, 148
Endomychidae, 157
Engonius mushanus, 157
Entamoeba, 148
Ephemerella pelosa, 121
spinosa, 122
sp. 124
Ephemeroptera, 44, 120
Ephydridae, 92
Eremomyia, 152
Essig, book notice, 180
Essig et al, history Pacific Coast
Ent. Soc., 97
Euglossa, 181
Eupagoderes bryanti, 31
Eysarcoris, 148
Feronia bryanti, 27
Flock, Haplaxius, 169
Formicidae, 171
Frick, Liriomyza langei, 81
rearing Agromyzid flies,, 187
Gelastocoridae, 71
Gelastocoris rotundatus, 71
Gillaspy, Steniolia nigripes, 167
Glossoma, 140
Goldschmidt, heteromorphoses, 1
Gryllacrididae, 180
Haemaphysalis leporis-palustris,
25
Haplaxius, 169, gabrieliensis, 169
mojavensis, 170
occidentalis, 170
Heifer, Metataenia, 94
Hemiptera, 39, 71, 120, 148, 153
Heterlimnius koebelei, 127
quadrimaculatus, 127
Heteromorphoses, 1
Hispa, 17
Hispella, 17
Homoptera, 169, 190
Hoplopsyllus anomalus, 91
Hottes, collecting aphids, 190
Hull, Xylotinae, 183
Hurd, Lepidopterists’ Society, 22
Pseuthomethoca, 156
Hymenoptera, 46, 61, 120, 154,
156, 167, 171, 181
Hystricophora paradisiac, 151
Isoptera, 44
Itonididae, 20
Ixodes angustus, 25
diversifossus, 23, 25
kingi, 24
marmotae, 24
pchotonae, 25
pacificus, 24
sculptus, 24
spinipalpis, 25
Lane, book notice, 126
Lanham, hind wing of Euglossa,
181
La Rivers, Nevada Orthoptera,
173
Leech, publication notice, 147
Lepidoptera, 99, 120, 150
Lepidopterists’ Society, 22
Leptopsylla, 120
Licinius, 40
Linsleya, 58, compressicornis, 58
convexa, 58
infidelis, 58
sphaericollis, 58
suavissima, 58
Liriomyza, 187
langei, 81
orbona, 84
Lonchaea hirtithorax, 153
Lupinus polyphyllus, insects asso-
ciated with, 149
Lycoria, 153
Lytta auriculata, 44
MacNeill, Gelastocoris, 71
Mac Swain, Linsleya, 58
Nemognatha and Zonitis, 72
Macrosiphum albifrons, 153
Magdalis, 120
Malkin, Heterlimnius, 127
Mayo, Ephemeroptera, 121
Megachile brevis, 155
Megachilidae, 61
Meilichius erotyloides, 166
pachycerus, 166
Meloidae, 44, 58, 72
Metataenia clotildae cupreosplen-
dens, 96
clotildae refulgens, 94, 96
Michener, Megachilid bees, 61
Micropeza, 120
Monopsyllus wagneri, 42
Moulton, Dudley, 145
Mutillidae, 156
Mycetina marginalia, 157
minor, 160
Nematoda, 148
Nemognatha cantharidis, 76
hurdi, 77
soror, 78
Nielsen, Culicidae, 11
Nomenclature, 119, 148
Novelsis horni, 57
varicolor, 57
Nycteribiidae, 96
Ohtaius, 159
Onychobaris langei, 35
Ornithodoros eremicus, 23, 24
kelleyi, 24
parkeri, 24
talaje, 24
turicata, 24
October, 1951]
INDEX TO VOLUME XXVII
195
Orthoptera, 120, 173
Osorius, 40
Otobius megnini, 23, 59
Papaipema pertincta, 150
Papilio ajax, 120
Pacific Coast Ent. Soc., 37, 97
Field trip, 42
History, 97
Proceedings, 37
Roster, 113
Parindalmus tonkineus, 159
Pentastomida, 37
Peritaxia longipennis, 34
Phaenicia sericata, 191
Philia, 120
Phytomyza, 187, albiceps, 152
Pipunculus, 120
Plagiostira gillettei, 175
Plague, 41
Poneramoeba, 148
Poreospasta polita, 44
Prince, Dactylopsylla, 128
Propp, spinose ear tick, 59
Pseudomethoca anthracina, 156
harpalyci, 156
Ptilomyia, 93, enigma, 93
Publication notice, 147
Quate, book notice, 89
Brachymyrmex, 171
Rantus, 120
Raphidiidae, 192
Raphidiodea, 192
Reddy, sex determination in adult
rice & granary weevils, 13
Rees, Culicidae, 11
Rbadinopsylla acuminata, 148
Rhina, 120
Rhipicephalus sanguineus, 26
Rhopalomyia californica, 20
Rhyacophilidae, 140
Rhizopoda, 148
Rockwood, lupine insects, 149
Ross, Anagapetus, 140
longior, 164
luzonica, 165
Siphonaptera, 37, 42, 91, 120, 128,
148
Sitona californica, 151
Sitophilus granarius, 13
oryzae, 13
Solierella similis, 154
Sphecidae, 167
Staphylinidae, 40
Stark, Dactylopsylla, 128
Hoplopsyllus, 91
Steniolia nigripes, 167
Stenopelmatus fuscus, 180
Stephanopachys pacificus, 43
Stephanurus dentatus, 148
Streblidae, 96
Strepsiptera, 38
Strohecker, Endomychidae, 157
Syrphidae, 43, 183
Tendipes, 120
Tettigonia, 120
Tettigoniidae, 173
Thomas, Derobrachus, 35
Thoracispa, 18
Thripidae, 19
Thrips seiosus, 19
temporatus, 19
Thysanoptera, 19
Ticks, 23, 59
Tilden, Agulla adnixa, 192
Rhopalomyia californica, 20
Titania, 120
Tosastes columbianus, 32
Trichobius corynorhini, 96
Trichoptera, 140
Tubifera aenea, 43
Tylos, 120
Van Dyke, Coleoptera, 27
Walz, rearing Phaenicia, 191
Wheeler, Dettopsomyia and Ptilo^
myia, 92
Roth, Streblidae & Nycteribiidae, Wirth, mountain midge, 49
96
Ryckman, Anopheles freebomi
hibernation, 172
Saula dentipes, 164
longiclava, 165
Xenopsylla cheopis, 42
Zacycloptera atripennis, 173
Zonitis aureus, 73
maculicollis, 73
propinqua, 74
1
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation of
The California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME TWENTY-SEVEN
1951
EDITORIAL BOARD
P. D. HURD and H. B. LEECH, Edifors
E. C. VAN DYKE, Associate Editor
E. G. LINSLEY, Associate Editor
R. L. USINGER, Associate Editor
E. S. ROSS, Assistant Editor
R. C. MILLER, Treasurer
A. E. MICHELBACHER, Advertising
1951
E. L. Kessel
H. B. Leech
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1952
E. R. Leach
E. G. Linsley
1953
E. O. Essig, Chairman
G. F. Ferris
San Francisco, California
195 1
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME XXVII
Adams, P. A., and C. Don MacNeill
Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion in California 71
Arnaud, P. H., and L. W. Quate
Note on the swarming of Brachymyrmex sp 171
Bailey, Stanley F.
a homonym in the genus Thrips Linne 19
Dudley Moulton 145
Barber, H. S.
Hispella, a synonym of Hispa Linnaeus, and a new
Dactylispa from China 17
Beal, R. S.
Habitats of species of Novelsis 57
Breakey, E. P., and Harold Propp
The spinose ear tick in Washington 59
Editorial Notes
E. C. Van Dyke honored 36
The Entomological Society of Canada 36
Edmunds, Lafe R.
A check list of the ticks of Utah.. 23
Edwards, J. Gordon
Official Seal contest 36, 139
Essig, E. 0.
Book Notice: Insects in your life 180
Essig, E. 0., et al
The history of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society 97
Flock, R. A.
A new species of Haplaxius, with a key to California
species 169
Frick, Kenneth E.
Liriomyza langei, a new species of leaf miner of eco-
nomic importance in California. 81
A satisfactory technique for rearing agromyzid flies
from the leaf mining larval stage 187
Gillaspy, James E.
Nesting habits of Steniolia nigripes Parker 167
Goldschmidt, Richard B.
New heteromorphoses in Drosophila melanogaster Meig 1
Heifer, Jacques R.
A new subspecies of Metataenia 94
n
Hottes, F. C.
A method for taking aphids in flight 190
Hull, F. M.
Some new world Xylotinae 183
Hurd, Paul D., Jr.
Lepidopterists’ Society 22
The female of Pseudomethoca anthracina (Fox) 156
Lane, Merton C.
Book Notice: Larvae of the Elaterid beetles of the
tribe Lepturoidini 126
Lanham, Urless N.
The modified hind wing of Euglossa 181
La Rivers, Ira
New Nevada Orthoptera records for the 1949 collect-
ing season 173
Leech, H. B.
Publication Notice: Bulletin of animal behaviour 147
MacSwain, J. W.
A new genus of Meloidae from North America.. 58
New North American species of Nemognatha and Zonitis 72
Malkin, Borys
Heterlimnius koebelei in Oregon 127
Mayo, Velma Knox
New western Ephemeroptera H 121
Michener, Charles D.
Records and descriptions of Megachilid bees from Texas 61
Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Proceedings 37
Prince, Frank M., and Harold E. Stark
Four new fleas of the genus Dactylopsylla Jordan, 1929 128
Quate, Larry W.
Book notice: Studies honoring Trevor Kincaid 89
Reddy, D. Bap
Determination of sex in adult rice and granary weevils 13
Rees, Don M., and Lewis T. Nielsen
Four new mosquito records from Utah 11
Rockwood, L. P.
Notes on insects associated with Lupinus polyphyllus
Lindl. in the Pacific Northwest 149
Ross, Herbert H.
The caddisfly genus Anagapetus 140
Ill
Roth, Vincent D.
New records for Streblidae and Nycteribiidae 96
Ryckman, Raymond E., and Ken Y. Arakawa
Anopheles freeborni hibernating in wood rats’ nests 172
Stark, Harold E.
A specimen of Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker) lacking
a pronotal ctenidium (Siphonaptera) 91
Strohecker, H. F.
New species of oriental Endomychidae, with remarks
on some previously known species 157
Thomas, Sherman L.
Derobrachus geminatus on grape roots 35
Tilden, J. W.
Observations on Rhopalomyia californica Felt. 20
A note on the manner of feeding of Agulla adnixa Hagen. 192
Van Dyke, Edwin C.
New species of Coleoptera from North America 27
Walz, A. J.
Rearing the greenbottle fly on dog biscuits 191
Wheeler, Marshall R.
Dettopsomyia and Ptilomyia: Two genera new to the
United States 92
Wirth, Willis W.
A new mountain midge from California 49
MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME XXVH
No. 1 March 31, 1951
No. 2 April 28, 1951
No. 3 September 25, 1951
No. 4 December 28, 1951
I
JFor your agricultural needs • • •
PENCO
agricultural chemicals
PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — Fine to
medium granulated powder of uni-
form high quality. Setting point
89° C. minimum.
PENTECH® — Technical DDT made
especially for manufacturers of dust
concentrates, dusts and emulsion
concentrates. A granular, dry,
friable powder.
PENCO DB-50® — Fine, dry powdered
dust base containing 50% DDT, for
use by dust manufacturers in formu-
lating finished insecticides.
PENCO WB-50® — Micron-sized pow-
der containing 50% DDT and su-
perior wetting agents for use as water
suspension spray. Mixes easily, ad-
heres to foliage.
'A 'A
PENCO HI-GAM® 99 — This is tech-
nical lindane, the essentially pure
gamma isomer of benzene hexa-
chloride.
Other Pence Insecticides
KRYOCIDE ® — Time-tested natural
cryolite insecticide for control of
many chewing insects which attack
orchard and garden.
PENPHOS® W -15 — A wettable pow-
der containing 15% parathion. De-
signed for use as a water spray and
as a dust base concentrate. Effective
for the control of a wide variety of
economic insect pests.
SODIUM CHLORATE — High quality
weed-killer for long-range, non-
selective weed control.
PENCO BHC TECHNICAL 36 (Benzene
Hexachloride) — A superior, partially
refined technical BHC containing
approximately 36% of the active
gamma isomer. Readily lends itself
to production of impregnated dusts.
PENCO BHC DUST BASE D-12— 12%
gamma isomer for use by dust manu-
facturers in the formulation of fin-
ished insecticides.
For information on any or all of these
products write: Pennsylrania Salt
Manufacturing Company of
Washington, Agricultural
Chemicals Oivision, Tacoma,
Wash., Portland, Ore., Los Angeles,
Calif., Wenatchee, Wash., Yakima,
Wash., Berkeley, Calif.
1J3!ITI
Chemicals
11
AIFAIPA CATERnLLAK
APPIE l£AF
5^teleTO^»IZER
ASPARAGUS aSETLE
BUD MOTH OR
BUD WORM
CITRUS RUST MITE
ARMY CUTWORM
BOU WORM
(COTTON)
CH»<H BUG
APPt£ l£AF CRUMPlB
THERE’S A
SPRAY OR DUST
.... for every infestation
Every Niagara product offers proved con-
trol to provide the most effective insecti-
cide or fungicide available to growers today.
The secret of Niagara’s superiority hes in
perfectly balanced formulation which has
been skillfully developed and fully tested by
Niagara’s technical staff. Successful growers
know from experience that Niagara sprays
and dusts used in a planned, year ’round
protection program, play a major part in
producing the highest quahty pest-free crops.
Your local Niagara fieldman will be glad to
help you plan your crop protection program.
Call him today.
Send today for
FREE field service
bulletin
Whatever your
crop or infestation,
Niagara field serv-
ice Dulletins give
complete and accu-
rate information on
the hest treatment.
Send for your free
copy today. Write
Department 121
^ CONSULT A ^
t NtAOARA }
t mu tXHNT
5 ■ .
SPRAYS
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA
Home Office: Middleport, New York
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
& DUSTS
Ill
OUTDOOR LABORATORY
Rohm & Haas Experimental Farm at Bristol, Pa.
Long-time testing on our 300-acre Experimental Farm proves the
formulations developed by Rohm & Haas Research Laboratories
— under actual farming conditions. Result: maximum effectiveness
in commercial use of such chemicals for agriculture as Dithane
and Rhothane.
Because it controls many diseases of many crops without retarding
plant growth, Dithane helps thousands of farmers to increase
yields of potatoes and other crops. And because of its unique
insecticidal qualities, Rhothane gives orchardists effective control
of the red-handed leaf roller on apples, and the orange tortrix
on pears, apples, grapes and other fruit.
Scientific development and exhaustive testing-in-use will continue
to assure the effectiveness oiall Rohm & Haas agricultural chemicals.
DitBane and Rbotbane are trade-
marks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in
principal foreign countries.
CHEMICALS
FOR INDUSTRY
ROHM e HAAS
COM PANY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
insect control
During the past three years, ALDRIN and DIELDRIN have achieved recognition as out-
standing insect toxicants for the control of grasshoppers, boll weevil, certain other cotton
pests, mosquitoes, flies and many subterranean insects.
With the increasing number of published reports revealing results of experimental work
with ALDRIN and DIELDRIN, interest of entomologists in the performance of these chemi-
cals continues to grow. Wide fields of investigation still remain open in agricultural, horti-
cultural, arboricultural and public health pest control. Laboratory and fie.d research with
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN on collateral toxiocological and residue problems makes available
important data of value to entomologists.
When planning experimental programs, it is well to remember that modern insect toxi-
cants are characterized by specificity. ALDRIN and DIELDRIN are compatible with all
modern insect toxicants, thus affording the possibility of using them in various combinations
to meet the entire insect problem of any crop.
ALDRIN and/or DIELDRIN are available for experimental use in the following forms:
ALDRIN
100% ALDRIN (Crystalline)
60% Equivalent Solution
25% Emulsifiable Concentrate (2 lbs. ac-
tual ALDRIN per gallon)
25% Wettable Powder
50% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed trea,tment and in soil pest
control)
2%% Dust
DIELDRIN
100% DIELDRIN (Crystalline)
18%% Emulsifiable Concentrate (1% lbs.
actual DIELDRIN per gallon)
26% Wettable Powder
60% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed treatment and in soil pest
control )
2%% Dust
Your correspondence is invited concerning formulations and field applications of ALDRIN
and DIELDRIN. Entomological Reports on ALDRIN and DIELDRIN may be obtained upon
request.
H Y M A
DENVER, COLORADO
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN are distributed nationally by Shell Chemical Corporation,
New York City
V
from research to field —
DuPdnt Agricultural Chemicals
Measure Up to the Responsirieity
For Effective Control of
Insects, Diseases, and Weeds
Today a necessary part of almost
every agricultural operation — farm,
ranch, orchard and garden — is the
efficient use of quality agricultural
chemicals.
Nearly every commercial crop is
affected by insects, diseases or weeds.
All types of livestock are attacked by
insects or subject to weed poisoning.
Controlling these pests directly re-
sults in greater yields of better quality
farm products and livestock.
Du Pont agricultural chemicals are
backed by a complete laboratory re-
search and farm testing program to
assure top quality safety and effec-
tiveness.
u. 5. PAT. OFF.
BETTER THINGS FOR BETTER LIVING — THROUGH CHEMISTRY
E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS & COMPANY, (BNC.)
GRASSELLI CHEMICALS DEPARTMENT
WILMINGTON 98, DELAWARE
VI
MULTI-FILM "L"
“L” STANDS FOR LIQUID
A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER
that really WETS and still DEPOSITS
MULThFSLM ADDS A PLUS VALUE
TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Colloidal Products Corporation
ESTABLISHED 1920
2598 TAYLOR STREET • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays
BULLETIN OF
ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Arrangements have been made
for completing vol. 1, and for the
publication of volumes 2 (applica-
tions in regard to nomenclatural
problems), 3 (documents considered
by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature at Paris,
1948), 4 (Official Record of the In-
ternational Commission at Paris),
and 5 (Official Record of the section
on Nomenclature of the thirteenth
International Congress of Zoology
at Paris, 1948) .
All inquiries regarding publica-
tions should be addressed to : Inter-
national Trust for Zoological No-
menclature, 41 Queen’s Gate, Lon-
don, S. W. 7, England.
• •
PACIFIC
DISCOUGRV
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
/
N
111
m-f
^y ^y
?^HEMICALS^
1885
SINCE
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
Vll
Vlll
I
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEM9CAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.
PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA
LOOK TO DOW
FOR
INSECTICIDES
METACIDE— A liquid einulsifiable insecticide that has proved to be an
excellent product for the control of most aphids, loopers, orange
tortrix, bud moth, and certain other insects.
OVOTRAN-WETTABLE (containing K-6451)— A 50% wettable powder for
control of all growth stages from egg to adult of the several important
species of plant feeding spider mites occurring in California.
DN-289— A non-oil dormant spray for the control of a greater number
of insect pests in the dormant stage on prune, plum, cherry, apple,
and pear trees.
DN-lll— Is used in summer spray application on apples, peaches, and
citrus fruits, almonds, and walnuts.
LINDANE— Gamma isomer of Benzene Hexachloride 99% for fly con-
trol. Effective against those flies resistant to certain other insecticides.
SOIL AND SPACE FUMIGANTS
DOWFUME W-85— With active ingredient Ethylene Dibromide for nema-
tode and wireworm control, and increased growth response resulting
in increased yields.
DOWFUME EB-5— An improved grain fumigant containing Ethylene
Dibromide (5% by volume). Designed for fumigation of stored grain,
is outstanding for its high toxicity, its power to penetrate all levels
of the bin, and its unusual power to control pests in the surface layer
of the grain.
METHYL BROMIDE— A fumigant of high toxicity with excellent pene-
trating properties for food products, food processing plants, and fresh
fruit and vegetables. Controls insects in all stages of development,
also effective at a low dosage for rodent control.
WEED KILLERS
2-4 DOW WEED KILLER, FORMULA 40-the finest 2,4-D AMINE salt
formulation available.
ESTERON 44— a superior ESTER formulation of 2,4-D.
DOW SELECTIVE WEED KILLER-a non-2,4-D product for peas and inter-
planted grains.
ESTERON BRUSH KILLER controls nearly every kind of woody growth.
ESTERON 245 for certain weeds resistant to 2,4-D.
DOW GENERAL WEED KILLER for general weed control.
DOW SODIUM TCA 90%-the NEW grass killer.
Dow pest contiol products have been thoroughly tested and proved
in actual use over a period of many years. They are the result of
extensive research and experimentation in the laboratories of The
Dow Chemical Company. Your inquiries are invited.
THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
LOS ANGELES • SAN FRANCISCO • SEATTLE
YOU GET THE BEST
Scientific Pest Controi Products!
When you use ORTHO products, you’re getting the benefits of this matchless
combination of values: nearly half a century of research knowledge and field
experience, progressive product development, quality manufacturing, techni-
cal field service . . . and results against pests!
These ORTHO Products are leading the field
Modern Organic Pesticides
ISOTOX — Gamma Isomer of BHC from
lindane. Dusts, Sprays, Wettable
Powder. Concentrate
VAPOTONE - TEPP, Dusts, Spray
Concentrate
VAPOPHOS — Parathion. Dusts, V/ett-
able Powders
PERSISTO— DDT. Dusts, Wettable
Powder
PEST-B-GON— DDT. Spray
ORTHO-KLOR— Chlordane. Dusts,
Spray, Wettable Powder
ALLTOX — ^Toxaphene, Dusts, Wettable
Powder, Spray
6AMT0X— BHC. Dusts, Wettable
Powder
ESTERCIDE 330— Ester 2, 4-D Weed
Killer Spray
ESTERCIDE-T 245 and
ESTERCIDE-T 2— Ester 2, 4, 5-T
Weed and Brush Killer Sprays
WEED-B-GON 64— Amine 2, 4-D
Weed Killer Spray
Local ORTHO dust mills throughout the country supply freshly-mixed,
custom-mixed dusts for more timely, more effective control of pests.
For further information on ORTHO products, call your local ORTHO Dealer
or contact the nearest ORTHO office:
CALIFORNIA SPRAY- CHEMICAL CORP.
RICHMOND, SACRAMENTO, FRESNO, SAN JOSE, AND WHITTIER. CALIF.
PORTLAND, ORE. CALDWELL, IDAHO KANSAS CITY, MO. OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA.
SOUTH HAVEN, MICH. ORLANDO, FLA. LYNDONVILLE, N. Y. ELIZABETH, N. J.
SINCE 1906
Trademarks: ORTHO, ISOTOX. VAPOTONE, VAPOPHOS, PERSISTO, B-GON, GAMTOX
REG. U. S. PAT. OFF.